Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutROCKWELL ELECTRIC CORP - 2000-08-07 1 , CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH 2000 MAIN STREET CALIFORNIA 92648 OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK CONNIE BROCKWAY CRY CLERK LETTER OF TR-ANSI1IITTAL OF ITEM APPROVED BY THE CITY COUINCTL! REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY OF THE CITY OF HUNTII\GTON BEACH DATE: August 16, 2000 TO: Rockwell Electric Corporation ATTENTI01r: Henry D. Logan Name 545 Corporate Drive DEPARTMENT: S-.reet Escondido, CA 92029 • R.EGARDIING: Professional Services City,State,Zip Contract - Water SCADA System See Attached Action Agenda Item E-1 7 Date of Approval 8`7-00 Enclosed For Your Records Is An Executed Copy Of The Above Referenced Agenda Item, Remarks: Connie Brockway City Clerk Attachments: Action Agenda Page X Agreement x Bonds Insurance x RCA Deed Other CC: R. Beardsley DPW x x x Name Department RCA Agreement Insurance Other T. Rulla DPW x x x Name Department RCA Agmement Insurance Other Name Department RCA Agreement Insurance Other Name Department RCA Agreement insurance Other C. Mendoza x x Risk Management Dept. Insurance (Telephone:714-5364227) A Council/Agency Meeting Held: �D Deferred/Continued to: Ap roved ❑ Conditionally A proved ❑ Deni b&►-City Cler 's Signature Council Meeting Date: Department ID Number: PW-00-069 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH REQUEST FOR ACTION SUBMITTED TO: HONORABLE MAYOR AND CITY COUNCIL MEMBERS SUBMITTED BY: RAY SILVER, City Administrator 14v foi 1/► �� PREPARED BY: "'ROBERT F. BEARDSLEY, Director of Public Works l SUBJECT: Approve Professional Services Contract for Water SCADA System Statement of Issue,Funding Source,Recommended Action,Alternative Action(s),Analysis,Environmental Status,Attachment(s) Statement of Issue: Should the City Council authorize a professional services contract for implementation of the Water System Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) System, CC 1127? Funding Source: Unappropriated undesignated Water Fund Balance in the amount of $433,333; A one third share of the costs, $216,667, will be charged to budgeted funds from the West Orange County Water Board for its participation in this project. Current year funds were committed to extra engineering services required for completion of design. Additional funds need to be appropriated this fiscal year to keep the project on schedule. Recommended Action: 1. Approve staff recommendation to select Rockwell Electric Corporation as the most responsive/responsible provider of services for the Water System SCADA System at a reasonable cost to the City; and 2. Approve the attached Professional Services Contract with Rockwell Electric Corporation; and authorize the Mayor and City Clerk to execute the contract. 3. Authorize the Director of Administrative Services to appropriate $433,333 from the undesignated Water Fund balance to the project account. 4. Authorize the Director of Public Works to expend $650,000 to cover contract costs of $525,000, an estimated contingency of$70,000, and supplemental expenditures of $55,000 for construction management and inspection services. Alternative Action(s): Deny approval of the contract and provide staff with alternate direction. , t � REQUEST FOR ACTION MEETING DATE: DEPARTMENT ID NUMBER:PW-00-069 Analysis: The City Water Operations SCADA system monitors and controls the operation of the City's water wells, reservoirs, MWD water turnout, and the West Orange County Water Board pipeline connections. The SCADA system also operates and controls 15 flood control pump station facilities. The existing system is being replaced to continue to efficiently and safely operate these facilities. The system will use a spread spectrum radio for monitoring and control systems, hardware and software to monitor and control the operations of the wells and stations. One-third of the SCADA system is the responsibility of the West Orange County Water Board (WOCWB) of which the City is 56.1% owner. Funds for the WOCWB share of the project are included in the Board's Fiscal Year 1999-2000 and 2000-2001 budgets. Westin Engineering, under contract with the City, developed the SCADA Master Plan and the detailed technical specifications for the project. Significant expertise is required to construct the new SCADA system incorporating various hardware, software,'and communication components into a completely integrated system. The following six (6) qualified firms submitted proposals for the project: • Real Enterprise Solutions, Incorporated (TAVA) • Rockwell Electric Corporation • Systems Integrated • Northern Digital, Incorporated • Neles Automation • Carol Electric Co. Incorporated Proposals were evaluated based on the firms' knowledge, experience, and capability to best provide this type of project at a reasonable cost to the City using a structured Qualifications Based Selection process. Staff and Westin Engineering reviewed the proposals and unanimously recommend Rockwell Electric Corporation. The contractor has recent experience with similar systems, and their proposal clearly conveys their understanding of the City's needs and requirements. Rockwell's proposed fee is $525,000. Staff has included a contingency of $70,000, due to the complexity of the project. Supplemental expenses such as construction management and inspection by Westin Engineering are budgeted at $55,000. City Share WOCWB Share Total Rockwell Proposal $350,000 S175,000 $525,000 Contingency ' $46,667 $23,333 $70,000 Construction Management $36,666 $18,334 $55,000 Total $433,333 $216,667 $650,000 * Due to the complex nature of the SCADA project, staff is requesting 13.3% be reserved to cover change orders instead of the normal 10% limit set by Resolution No. 4896. Examples of possible change orders include changes in field conditions, unavailable materials, errors in the plans or modifications required by the City and the ability to expedite the project. RCA.doc -2- 07126100 9:58 AM REQUEST FOR ACTION MEETING DATE: DEPARTMENT ID NUMBER:PW-00-069 Public Works Commission Review: The Public Works Commission accepted the Director's report regarding the project at its May 17, 2000 meeting. Environmental Status: Categorically exempt under Title 14 California Code of Regulations, Chapter 3, Section 15301 Class 1(b). Attachments: City Clerk's • .g- NumberDescription 1. Professional Services Contract between the City of Huntington Beach and Rockwell Electric Corporation. 2 Fiscal Impact Statement for Water Fund 3 Request for Proposals/Consultant Proposal RCA Author: T. Rulla RCAflnal.doc -3- 07/27/00 2:42 PM ATTACHMENT # 1 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES CONTRACT BETWEEN THE CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH AND ROCKWELL ELECTRIC CORPORATION FOR THE WATER SCADA SYSTEM (CC 1127) THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 7th day of August 2000, by and between the City of Huntington Beach, a municipal corporation of the State of California, hereinafter referred to as "CITY," and ROCKWELL ELECTRIC CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, hereinafter referred to as "CONSULTANT." WHEREAS, CITY desires to engage the services of a consultant to design, fabricate, install, and place in service the Water SCADA system (CC 1127); and Pursuant to documentation on file in the office of the City Clerk, the provisions of HBMC Chapter 3.03 relating to procurement of professional service contracts has been complied with; and CONSULTANT has been selected to perform said services, NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed by CITY and CONSULTANT as follows: 1. WORK STATEMENT CONSULTANT shall provide all services as described in the Request for Proposal, and CONSULTAI`T's proposal dated June 1, 2000 (hereinafter referred to as Exhibit "A"), which is attached hereto and incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Said services shall sometimes hereinafter be referred to as "PROJECT." CONSULTANT hereby designates Henry D. Logan who shall represent it and be its sole contact and agent in all consultations with CITY during the performance of this Agreement. 1 Agrcc/Prof/Water SCADA RLS 00-213 2. CITY STAFF ASSISTANCE CITY shall assign a staff coordinator to work directly with CONSULTANT in the performance of this Agreement. 3. TIME OF PERFOR-MANCE Time is of the essence of this Agreement. The services of the CONSULTANT are to commence as soon as practicable after the execution of this Agreement and all tasks specified in Exhibit "A" shall be completed no later than 360 days from the date of this Agreement. These times may be extended with the written permission of the CITY. The time for performance of the tasks identified in Exhibit "A" are generally to be shown in the Scope of Services on the Work Program/Project Schedule. This schedule may be amended to benefit the PROJECT if mutually agreed by the CITY and CONSULTANT. 4. COMPENSATION In consideration of the performance of the services described herein, CITY agrees to pay CONSULTANT a fee not to exceed Five Hundred Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($525,000). 5. PRIORITIES In the event there are any conflicts or inconsistencies between this Agreement, the CITY's Request for Proposal, or the CONSULTANT's Proposal, the following order of precedence shall govern: (1) Agreement, (2) the CONSULTANT's Proposal, and (3) the CITY's Request for Proposal. 6. EXTRA WORK In the event CITY requires additional services not included in Exhibit "A," or changes in the scope of services described in Exhibit "A," CONSULTANT will undertake such work after receiving written authorization from CITY. Additional compensation for such extra work shall be allowed only if the prior written approval of CITY is obtained. 2 Agree/PrnMater SCADA RLS 00-213 7. METHOD OF PAYMENT A. CONSULTANT shall be entitled to progress payments toward the fixed fee-set forth-herein in accordance with the progress and payment schedules set forth in Exhibit "A." B. Delivery of work product: A copy of every memorandum, letter, report, calculation and other documentation prepared by CONSULTANT shall be submitted to CITY to demonstrate progress toward completion of tasks. In the event CITY rejects or has comments on any such product, CITY shall identify specific requirements for satisfactory completion. Any such product which has not been formally accepted or rejected by CITY shall be deemed accepted. C. The CONSULTANT shall submit to the CITY an invoice for each progress payment due. Such invoice shall: 1) Reference this Agreement; 2) Describe the services performed; 3) Show the total amount of the payment due; 4) Include a certification by a principal member of CONSULTANT's firm that the work has been performed in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; and 5) For all payments to include an estimate of the percentage of work completed. Upon submission of any such invoice, if CITY is satisfied that CONSULTANT is making satisfactory progress toward completion of tasks in accordance with this Agreement, CITY shall promptly approve the invoice, in which event payment shall be made within thirty (30) days of receipt of the invoice by CITY. Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the CITY does not approve an invoice, CITY shall notify CONSULTANT in writing of the reasons for non-approval, within seven (7) calendar days of receipt of the invoice, and the schedule of performance set forth in Exhibit "A" shall be suspended until the parties agree that 3 Agree.:'PrD D Water SG\DA RLS 00-2 k 3 past performance by CONSULTANT is in, or has been brought into compliance, or until this Agreement is terminated as provided herein. D. Any billings for extra work or additional services authorized by CITY shall be invoiced separately to CITY.. Such-invoice shall contain all of the information required above, and in-addition shall list the hours expended and hourly rate charged for such time. Such invoices shall be approved by CITY.if the work performed is in accordance with the extra work - or-additional services requested, and if CITY is satisfied that the statement of hours worked and costs incurred is accurate. Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any dispute between the parties concerning payment of such an invoice shall be treated as separate and apart from the ongoing performance of the remainder of this Agreement. 8. DISPOSITION OF PLANS, ESTIMATES AND OTHER DOCUMENTS CONSULTANT agrees that all materials prepared hereunder, including all original-drawings-, designs, reports, both field and office notices;calculations, maps, memoranda, letters and other documents, shall be turned over.to CITY upon termination of this Agreement or upon PROJECT completion, whichever shall occur first. In the event this Agreement is terminated, said materials may be used by CITY in the completion of PROJECT or as it otherwise sees fit. Title to said materials shall pass to the-CITY upon payment of fees determined to be earned by CONSULTANT to the point of termination or completion of the PROJECT, whichever is applicable. CONSULTANT shall be entitled to retain copies of all data prepared hereunder. 9. INDEMNIFICATION AND HOLD HARMLESS CONSULTANT shall protect, indemnify, and hold and save harmless CITY, its officers, officials, employees, and agents from and against any and all liability, loss, damage, expenses, costs (including, without limitation, costs and fees of litigation of every nature) arising out of or in connection with performance of this Agreement or its failure to comply with any of its obligations contained in this Agreement except such loss or damage which was caused by the 4 Agreelltot Water SCADA R LS 00.21 3 sole negligence or willful misconduct of CITY. CITY shall be reimbursed by CONSULTANT for all costs and attorney's fees incurred by CITY in enforcing this obligation. 10. WORKERS' COMPENSATION Pursuant to California Labor Corle-Section 1861, CONSULTANT.acknowledges awareness of Section 3700 et seq. of said Code, which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation; CONSULTANT covenants that it will comply with such provisions prior to commencing performance of the work hereunder. CONSULTANT shall maintain workers' compensation insurance in an amount of not less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars (S100,000) bodily injury by accident, each occurrence; One Hundred Thousand Dollars•(S100,000) bodily injury by disease, each employee; and Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) bodily injury-by disease,-policy`limita CONSULTANT shall require all subcontractors to provide such workers' compensation insurance for all of_the subcontractors' employees. CONSULTANT shallfurnish to CITY a certificate of waiver of subrogation under the terms of the workers' compensation insurance and CONSULTANT shall similarly require all subcontractors to waive subrogation. 11. GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE In addition to the workers' compensation insurance and CONSULTANT's covenant to indemnify CITY, CONSULTANT shall obtain and furnish to CITY a policy of general public liability insurance, including motor vehicle coverage covering the PROJECT. Said policy shall indemnify CONSULTANT, its officers, agents and employees, while acting within the scope of their duties, against any and all claims of arising out of or in connection with the PROJECT, and shall provide coverage in not less than the following amount: combined single limit bodily injury and property damage, including products/completed Operations liability and blanket contractual liability, of$1,000,000 per occurrence. If coverage is provided under a form which includes a designated general aggregate limit, the aggregate limit must be no less than $1,000,000 for this PROJECT. Said policy shall name CITY, its agents, officers, employees and volunteers as Additional Insureds, and shall specifically provide that any other insurance 5 Agree/Protlwater SCAR A RLS 00-213 coverage which may be applicable to the PROJECT shall be deemed excess coverage and that CONSULTANT's insurance shall be primary. Under no circumstances shall said above-mentioned insurance contain a self- insured retention, ova"deductible"or any'other similar form of limitation on the required coverage. 12. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY INSURANCE CONSULTANT shall furnish a professional-liability-insurance policy covering the work performed by it hereunder. Said policy shall provide coverage for CONSULTANT's professional liability in an amount not less than S1,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate. A claims-made policy shall be acceptable if the policy further provides that: A. The policy retroactive date coincides with or precedes-the professional services contractor's start of work (including subsequent policies purchased as renewals or replacements). B. CONSULTANT will make every effort to-maintain similar insurance during the required extended period of coverage following project completion, including the requirement of adding all additional insureds. C. If insurance is terminated for any reason, CONSULTANT agrees to purchase an extended reporting provision of at least two (2) years to report claims arising from work performed in connection with this Agreement. D. CONSULTANT will report circumstances or incidents that might give rise to future claims. 6 AgreelProiiWater SCADA RLS 00-213 13. CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE Prior to commencing performance of the work hereunder, CONSULTANT shall furnish to CITY certificates of insurance subject to approval of the City Attorney evidencing the foregoing insurance coverages as required by this Agreement; said certificates shall: A. provide the name and policy-number of each carrier and policy; B. shall state that the policy is currently in force; and C. shall promise that such policies.shall not be-suspended,.voided or canceled by either party, reduced in coverage or in limits, except after thirty(30) days' prior written notice; however, ten (10) days' prior written notice in the event-of cancellation for nonpayment of premium. CONSULTANT shall maintain the foregoing insurance-coverages.in force-until the work under this Agreement is fully completed and accepted by CITY. The requirement for carrying-the foregoing insurance coverages-shalI-not derogate from the provisions for indemnification of CITY by CONSULTANT under the Agreement. CITY or its representative shall at all times have the right to demand the original or a copy of all said policies of insurance. CONSULTANT shall pay, in a prompt and timely manner, the premiums on all insurance hereinabove required. 14. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR CONSULTANT is, and shall be, acting at all times in the performance of this Agreement as an independent contractor. CONSULTANT shall secure at its expense, and be responsible for any and all payment of all taxes, social security, state disability insurance compensation, unemployment compensation and other payroll deductions for CONSULTANT and its officers, agents and employees and all business licenses, if any, in connection with the services to be performed hereunder. 7 AgrecTrof'Water SCADA RLS 00-213 15. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT All work required hereunder shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner. CITY may terminate CONS[;LTANT's services hereunder at anytime with or without cause, and whether or not PROJECT is fully complete. Any termination of-this Agreement by CITY shall be made in writing, notice of which shall be delivered to CONSULTANT as provided herein. 16. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING This Agreement is a personal service contract and the supervisory work hereunder shall not be delegated by CONSULTANT to any other person or entity without the consent of CITY. 17. COPYRIGHTS/PATEI\TS CITY shall own all rights to-any patent or copyright on any work, item or material produced as a result of this Agreement. 18. CITY EMPLOYEES AND OFFICIALS CONSULTANT shall employ no CITY official nor any regular CITY employee in the work performed pursuant-to this Agreement. No-officer or employee of CITY shall have any financial interest-in this Agreement in violation of the:applicable provisions of the California Government Code. 19. NOTICES Any notice or special instructions required to be given in writing under this Agreement shall be given either by personal delivery to COivSULTANT's agent (as designated in Section 1 hereinabove) or to CITY's Director of Public Works, as the situation shall warrant, or by enclosing the same in a sealed envelope, postage prepaid, and depositing the same in the United States Postal Service, addressed as follows: TO CITY: TO CONSULTANT: 8 AgreerProfiwater SCADA RLS 00-213 Director of Public Works Henry D. Logan City of Huntington Beach Rockwell Electric Corporation 2000 Main Street 545 Corporate Drive Huntington Beach, CA 92648 Escondido, CA 92029 20. MODIFICATION -No waiver or modification of any language-in this-.Agreement,.shall bevalid unless in writing and duly executed by both parties. 21. CAPTIONS Captions of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience and reference only, and the-words contained therein-shall.in no way be held.to,explain,-modify,.amplify or aid in the interpretation, construction or meaning of the provisions of this Agreement. 22. SECTION HEADINGS. The titles, captions, section, paragraph,-subject headings and descriptive phrases at the beginning of the various sections in this Agreement are merely descriptive and are included solely for convenience of reference only and are not representative of maters included or excluded from such provisions, and do not interpret, define, limit or describe, or construe the. intent of the parties or affect the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. 23. INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT The language of all parts of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against any of the parties. if any provision of this Agreement is held by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, void, illegal or invalid or affect the remaining covenants and provisions of this Agreement. No covenant or provision shall be deemed dependent upon any other unless so 9 AgreelTrofiWater SCADA RLS 00-2 t 3 expressly provided here. As used in this Agreement, the masculine or neuter gender and singular or plural number shall be deemed to include the other whenever the context so indicates or requires. Nothing contained herein shall be construed so as to require the commission of any act contrary to law, and wherever there is any conflict between any provision contained herein and -any present or future statute, law, ordinance or regulation contrary to which the parties have no right to contract, then the latter shall prevail, and the provision of this Agreement which is hereby affected shall be curtailed and limited only to the extent necessary to bring it within the requirements of the law. 24. WMIGRATION CONSULTANT shall be responsible for full compliance with the immigration and naturalization laws of the United States and shall, in particular, comply-with the provisions of the United States Code regarding employment verification. 25. LEGAL SERVICES SUBCONTRACTING PROHIBITED CONSULTANT and CITY agree that CITY is not liable for payment of any subcontractor work involving legal services, and that such legal services are expressly outside the scope of services contemplated hereunder. CONSULTANT understands that pursuant to Huntington Beach City Charter Section 309, the City Attorney is the exclusive legal counsel for 10 ASree.Tro%Water SCADA R LS 00-2 E 3 CITY; and CITY shall not be liable for payment of any legal services expenses incurred by CONSULTANT. 26. ATTORNEY'S FEES In the event suit is brought by either party to enforce the terms and provisions of this agreement or to-secure the performance hereof, each party shall bear its own attorney's fees. 2 7; ENTIRETY The foregoing, and Exhibit "A" attached°hereto, set forth the entire Agreement between the parties. IN WITNESS-WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by and through their authorized offices the day, month and year first above written. ROCKWELL ELECTRIC CORPORATION, CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH, a a DelawWcoration municipal corporation of the State of California Bson, Preside • �`�� � G✓ L Mayor AND ATTEST: By: Kathleen E. Zi a lli, Secretary -City Clerk d° APPROVED AS;TnRM:AREWED AND APPROVED: — a. S City Attorney �-� ministrator 7lZl p 8i1 INITI ED AND A PROVED: a ,IEirector f Public orks 11 AgreeiProMater SCADA R"00-213 Client : 9119 ROCKWELLEL ,)vm k+h\%Q X S SZ4 AC ORD, CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE o�ii2ioo PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Bowen`, Miclette & Britt, Inc . ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 1111 North Loop West, #400 HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Houston, TX 77008 713 8 8 0-710 0 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURED _ INSURERA: Cont inental"-'Casualty ._Company -Rockwell -Electric, Inc . ItiSURERB: Royal Insurance ,Com any 'of Americ 545 Corporate Drive Escondido, CA 92029 - - - — INSURER D: I .INSURER E: COVERAGES THE'POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT'TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR. MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. NSR POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION R I TYPE OF INSURANCE i POLICY NUMBER !p p E MM/ppIYY LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY I GL194 2 6 0 5 7 8 � 10/O 1/9 9 110/01/0 0 ' EACH OCCURRENCE $1, 0 0 0 , 0 0 0 I X ,COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY I I I ' FIRE DAMAGE(Ary one ira) 1 s250 , 000 ! I CLAIMS MADE I X I OCCUR 1 �p e i MED EXP{Any one person► IS 5, O Q Q 2$A���' gt$RILR'� I �- i PERSONAL&ADV INJURY ;s 1, 0 00, 000 I s�N�wCLE'r� I I GENERAL AGGREGATE I S2 , 0 0 0, 0 0 0 I GEN-L AGGREGATE LIM ITAPPLIES PER: ' �S��10E GCS I I PRODUCTS -COMP/OP AGG i S2PRo. POLICY rX !JEC I LOC I I A . AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 'BUA19 4 2 6 0 5 9 5-O/S 1 10/01/9 9 ' 10/O 1/0 0 'COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT X ANY AUTO BUA19 4 2 6 0 5 4 7-TX 1 (Ea accident) S 1, 0 0 0 , 0 0 0 E ALL OWNED AUTOS I I tJ ! I _ BODILY INJURY �I SCHEDULED AUTOS I AYrl (}.fED AS TO FOAM: ,!(Per person) I S X I HIRED AUTOS /'•r•t -,Yr� Tt t I. i . V:1J_11 iJ�.��}�, �.'iylJ�ttOrne�r - - BODILY INJURY - - X I NON-OWNED AUTOS_ : 1- � ,;+w �-N - _-I(Peracciderq- PROPERTY DAMAGE I S (Par aoeider:) GARAGE LIABILITY ' L 1 e� I AUTO ONLY•EA ACCIDENT S 'ANY AUTO b J+�O G1G-RCr, p 1n i� 1 OTHER THAN EA ACC .5 �M S. 1 WL 61i ISO -�.0 I AUTO ONLY: AGG :5 B -I EXCESS LIABILITY_ 'PHN010 2 9 2 5-O 1 ' 10/O 1/9 9 10/0 /0 0 I EACH OCCURRENCE i$5, 000, 000 OCCUR �J CLAIMS MADE I I 'AGGREGATE I S5, 000, 000 i i DEDUCTIBLE I I S I - RETENTION S i I S 'WC STATU-A ' WORKERS COMPENSATION AND i WC 194 2 6 0 5 5 0 10/O 1/9 9 110/O 1/0 0 ' X ,ORKLIMIT i °ER TH- EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY I I—` I 1 I I i E.L-EACH ACCIDENT S 1, 000 000 I 1 E.L DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE'S1, O 0 0 , 00 0 I I I I E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT.$1 0 0 0 0 0 0 MOTHER 'PRO189147247 110/O1/99 , 10/01/00 , Equipment/Rented-Lease Property Package ! $350 , 000 Any One Item/ .Policy I 750 000 Max. Limit DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONSILOCATIONS/VEHICLESIEXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENTISPECIAL PROVISIONS Professional Liability Insurance : Policy #ZRU970361 written with Zurich Specialties London Limited. Effective 3-9-00/01 . $1, 000 , 000 Aggregate Limit $25, 000 Deductible . Re : Huntington BEach Water SCADA System Project (See Attached Descriptions) CERTIFICATE HOLDER I I ADDITIGNAL INSURED'INSURER LETTER* CANCELLATION SHOULD ANYOFTHE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIE SSE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION The City of Huntington Beach DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL M ,-OVAIL3.0_DAYSWRITTEN Attn: Risk Management/Tom Rulla NOTICETOTHE CERTIFICATE HOLDERNAMED TOTHE LEFTJQ A%VX 2000 Main Street aao�no �ae �aoe�cnaemc>x�nas Huntington Beach, CA 92648 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE I ��C ACORD25-S(7/97)1 of 3 ##S58793/M39295 340 Q ACORD CORPORATION 1988 i• • , 1 IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement j on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer,and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. i �Sl 'J V u l i� E GALL #---I J i1:e f0� ACORD25-S(7P97)2 of 3 #S58793/M39295 DESCRIPTIONS (Continued from Page 1) It is hereby understood and agreed the City of Huntington Beach, its agents, officers, and employees are added as an additional insured under this policy but only insofar as their legal liability arises out of the operations of the Named Insured. A!?PR01TD AS TO FORM. GAIL 11UTTO11, City Attorney AMS 25.3(07/97) 3 of 3 ##S58793 M39295 ZDOO JUL i 8 A 8: 48 1 ' POLICY NUMBER: GL194260578 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY Insured: Rockwell Electric, Inc. THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS (FORM B) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: KPPROVED AS TO FORM: Huntington Beach, its agents, officers,and employees uAIL HUTTON City Attorney By: Pi f l-�i (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) WHO IS AN INSURED (Section 11) is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of"your work"for that insured by or for you. CG 20 10 11 85 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1984 ❑ i ;,. CA AUO 01 '00 07:31 FROVI:Bawen*clette d Britt, Inc. 713-880-7149 T-470 P.02/03 F-7SB CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE oe/0�i PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Bowen, Miclette & Britt, Inc. ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 1111 North Loop West, #4 0 0 HOLDER THE CO THIS VARAGE AFFOERTIFICATE RDED BY TH NOT AMEND. POLIC ES OEpOWR Houston, TX 7700E 713 8 8 0-710 0 INSUREFIS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURE RA Zurichecia].ties London_ Limited YES/Rockwell Electric, Inc - i I'4UPERa: -- 545 Corporate Drive _.. Escondido, CA 92029 INSURER uiguAER O: COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD IND'CATZO NOT ITHSTANDFNO ANY PGOUTARMEWT, TERM OR CONOITON Oe ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY 13E ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUB,;ECT TO ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUGti POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SKOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PA10 CLAIMS. UA .�* TYPE' OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER --— POLICY FECTIY- POAICY XPiAATiOH i LIMITS i GENERAL IUABLLJTY j EAGHOCCURRENCE E -- ---- :COMuERCIAL GENERAL LABILITY� � ~F1RFaA.11AC1E(Ar�yanefira .S —^ _— _ CLAIMS MADE OCCUR j i MED El(P(M_y ens person) -- iP—ERSONAL d AJY INJJRY i S . . .._._..... ..__._~ ....; i �GfiIrERAL AGGIiEGATE�r6 _. _... _..-- jOEN'L AGGREGATE LIMI'APPLIE9PER: ;PRODUCTS -COMPIOPAGO 5 •1i PCU4V.. nil PRO. - ��, - i .._.— .. —. '' _..� AUTOMOBILE UAMUTY I COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT ANY AUTO i It A arraoemr i 3 ALL OWNED AIYTOS ROPILY INJUAV SCKEDULEDAUTOS y I(Per Pe n) --_ NIAEDAuros APPROVED A9, TO FORM: I IDOOILvlNJUAY aaNcwNEDAuros UAIL HUTTO , City AttOfnas [aaeciaen,) S rlwFel+*Y DAMAGE IPereaidenl) i S GARAGE UABINTY I AUTO ONLY-EA ACCIDENT S — ANY AUTO D OTHER 1 FUN EA ACC f _ I 8 I l I AUTO ONLY: ,,,,G I= EXCESS LIABILITY _ i ! EACH OCCURRENCE _ S OCCUR r CLAIMS MADE 1 f I AGGREGATE j DEDUCTIBLE i Re TEN"ION 6 ! r 6 , WORILERSCOMPEN80ION AND TOC Ila EMPLOYERS'LIANLITY T_. 1 E,L EACM ACCIDENT VE.L.CISEASS-FA EMPLOYEE.6�_ . 6,L,DISEASE-POLICY.LIIAIT 4 3 A ! &rwrO Profeasional ZRU970361 ; 03/09/00 ; 03 09 01 - $1, 000, 000 Aggregate ti DESCRIPROH OF OPERtiTIOHWLOCATIONSNENCLf. %rL1IS"S ADDEO BY EHDORS AfHTf3pEC{At PROWMIONS Re : Huntington. Beach Water SCADA System Project It is hereby understood and agreed the City of Huntington Beach, its agents, officers, and employees are added as an additional insured under this policy but only insofar as their legal liability arises out of the operations of the Named Insured. CERTIFICATE HO 0MQNALWGUAeO•I)W9UAGRLETTi • CANCELLAT1014 SHOULD AMYCFTH@ ADOVE RESCRM ED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFDRE TH E E)MmnoN The City of Huntington. Beach DATE THEREOF. THEIS9UING INSURER WILL JHQ%XX_1ADWAIL 3.0 DAYSWRIMN Attn: Risk Management/Tom Rulla 4aROET0,NCc.ErMACATEMeL0ER1iAMED10TNeIEFT 2000 Main Street1�e+ei Huntington Beach, CA 9254E AUTHORIZED REPRE39NTArM ACORD2&SQAM1 of 2 ##960105/M59829 340 Q ACORD CORPORATION 1M AUG 01 '00 07:31 FROM:Bowen,Miclette i Britt, Inc 713-880-T149 T-470 P 03/03 F-798 IMPORTANT It the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies)must be endorsed. A statement on this cartlticate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsemsnt(s). If SUBF40GATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policioa may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certitlaate of Inauranee on the reverse side of this Corm does not constitute a contract lzetween the issuing Insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. r NyTafJ _r.,D �.S TO FORtA:- . 'A"-T .rt i l:,y(}A:. C lty kttorne� f ,a ACCAD2&Q(7,%?)2 0! 2 #560105/M59929 ATTACHMENT #2 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH INTERDEPARTMENTAL COMMUNICATION To: Ray Silver, City Administrator From: John Reekstin, Director of Administrative Services Subject: FIS 2000-53 — Professional Services for Water SCADA System Date: July 19, 2000 As required by Resolution 4832, this Fiscal Impact Statement has been prepared for "Approve Contract for Professional Services for Installation of an Upgraded Water SCADA System". If the City Council approves this request (total appropriation $433,333), the estimated working capital of the Water Fund at September 30, 2000 will be $3,456,000. d111? Jo Reekstin, Director of Administrative Services ATTACHMENT #3 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING DIVISION REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS for Water SCADA System Cash Contract No. 1127 April 24, 2000 PROPOSAL. SUBVUTTALS: Responses to the Request for Proposal (Proposal) are to be submitted to: Thomas A. Rulla, P.E. Engineering Division Public Works Department City of Huntington Beach 2000 Main Street P.O. Box 190 Huntington Beach, CA 92648 no later than 4:00 P. M. on June 1, 2000. Four copies of the Proposal shall be submitted in a sealed envelope and marked: "Proposal for Water SCADA System." Proposals received after the specified time will not be accepted and will be returned unopened. A pre-proposal meeting will be held at the Water Operations conference room located at 19001 Huntington Street at 1:00 P.M. on May 9, 2000. PNDEX SECTION PAGE i. Introduction 2 2. Special Provisions and Project Schedule 2 3. Schedule of Events 2 4. Instructions for Proposers 3 5.. Proposal Submittal 3 6. Proposal Evaluation and Award of Contract 8 7. Special Provisions 8 8. General Requirements 13 9. Proposal Submittal Conditions 14 10. Attachments 15 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH RFP for Water SCADA System 1. INTRODUCTION The City of Huntington Beach (City) is requesting proposals from qualified firms with previous experience on Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) System projects based on standard hardware and software, with support available in the Southern California area, and demonstrated commitment to the SCADA industry. A firm receiving this RFP is considered tentatively qualified. Proposals shall include additional requested qualification submittals. Subject to the terms and conditions set out herein, the consultant shall design, fabricate, install, and place in service the Water SCADA system including all hardware and software required to meet the functional and performance capabilities which are described in the Technical Specifications. The hardware and software comprising the Water SCADA system is hereinafter referred to collectively as the Water SCADA system, The Water SCADA system will replace the City's existing SCADA System, which is installed at the City's Water Operations facility(WO). The consultant shall perform the installation and phase-in of the Water SCADA system without disrupting the operation of the City's water supply and distribution system. 2. SPECIAL PROVISIONS AND PROJECT SCHEDULE The Special Provisions defined in this section supplement the Professional Services Contract provisions. The consultant shall assist the City with obtaining any necessary installation or operating permits. The City will pay all application and permit fees for this project. Consultant shall submit a schedule for the completion of the work. All work required to complete this project and successfully pass its availability test shall be done in accordance with Consultant's schedule, but in not event shall the work extend beyond 360 calendar days after the Notice to Proceed is issued by the City. 3. SCHEDULE OF EVENTS April 24, 2000 Issuance of Request for Proposals May 9, 2000 Mandatory Pre-proposal Meeting (two weeks after issuance) June 1, 2000 Proposals Due June 8, 2000 Post-Proposal Meetings (Estimated and if required by City) July 17, 2000 City Council Approval of Consultant Contract (estimated date) Page 2 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH RFP for Water SCADA System 4. INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPOSERS 4.1 Pre-Proposal All telephone,personal,and written communications regarding information concerning this request shall be made to the representatives noted below: COMMERCIAL: TECHNICAL: The City of Huntington Beach WESTIN ENGINEERING, INC. 19001 Huntington Street 2512 Chambers Road, Suite 201 Huntington Beach, California 92648 Tustin, California 92680 Attn: Tom Rulla Attn: William Gabris AIan Carrie Phone: (714) 536-5524 Phone: (714) 838-3620 Fax: (714) 374-1573 Fax: (714) 838-0853 All questions must be received no later than two weeks prior to the required response date. Responses to questions beyond the information provided in this document will be provided to all RFP recipients by issuance of written addenda. 4.2 Technical Site Visits Each proposer may request to visit selected field sites including the Control Center up to two weeks prior to the proposal due date. Technical site visits will be limited to questions concerning the affected sites, existing and retained equipment and interface requirements, and other questions of a technical nature. Presentations of consultant's capability or product demonstrations will not be allowed. Whether a consultant requests and participates in a site visit will in no way influence the evaluation of the proposal. 5. PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL The City reserves the right to accept the Proposal which, in the sole judgment of Cite, is the best Proposal; to award the Contract; to reject any and all Proposals; and to waive irregularities in the Proposals. 5a1. Withdrawal of Proposals At any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of Proposals, a proposer may withdraw and/or resubmit the associated Proposal, by written request. Page 3 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH RFP for Water SCADA System No proposer will be permitted to withdraw during that period of time between the scheduled closing time for receipt of Proposals and the actual award of Contract or a period of one hundred and fifty (150)days,whichever occurs fast. 5.2. Ownership of Proposals All Proposal documents shall become the property of the City for its sole use and shall be treated as confidential. 5.3. Proposal validity All prices quoted by the Proposer shall be guaranteed firm for one hundred and fLfty(150) days from date of Proposal opening. If a Proposal is not signed properly or includes any changes, it will be considered non- responsive. Proposals must be executed in permanent ink or type written. 5.4. Proposal Content Each proposal shall consist of the following documents: L Proposer Qualifications 2. Table of Compliance 3. Price Quotation Forms 4. Description of Proposed System (and other consultant information). 5.5 Project References Provide a minimum of three references for Water SCADA Systems completed by your firm which are similar in size and scope to the City's Water SCADA system project. The reference projects should be in a price range (excluding RTUs) from$250,000 to S 1,000,000. For each project provide the following: • Client name • Industry application • Your company's participation . • Total monetary value of the project • Client Project Manger and telephone number • Brief description of project Master Station hardware configuration • Contracted due date for factory acceptance test • Actual date of factory acceptance test and reason for any delays • Actual date for project completion(system in service). Page 4 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH RFP for Water SCADA System 5.6 Maintenance Support Provide information on the following concerning post warranty maintenance support available from you company: • Separate maintenance and product support group * Software update service • Remote dial-in access for troubleshooting and software support * 24 hour/7 day or other call-in maintenance support * Web site customer area, problem resolution and software patches 5.7 Web Site Provide the address for the company web site. 5.8 User Grogp Provide the following information if your company has a user's group: • How long the user group has been in existence • A list of attendees and agenda from the last user's group meeting 5.9 Sample Documentation Provide the table of contents and selected excerpts from the following documents. The documents can be either standard baseline documentation or documentation from a recently completed project. • Operator's Manual • Factory Acceptance Test procedures 5.10 Sample Screens Provide sample screens from the baseline or recent project for.the following: • Overview • Reservoir or pumping station graphic • Alarm list �*' Trend 5.11 Table of Com liance Detailed Table of Compliance(TOC)Forms to be used are provided as part of this Specification(Attachment D). Proposer shall submit TOC responses that address each Page 5 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH RFP for Water SCADA System uniquely numbered section of the Specification including appendices,the contractual material,and the General Conditions. - For each addressed item, the TOC shall state one of the following: a. Conform(C) -Proposers proposed system is fully compliant with the stated requirements. For each section where conformance is indicated for the Technical Specifications, Proposer shall state whether the function is part of Proposer's - standard system(CS), or is a new or modified existing function to be developed (CN). Under these classifications, the following apply: (CS) If the consultant states that they are fully compliant(CS) with the stated requirements, no other comments or clarifications shall be made. If comments or clarifications are necessary then the consultant must use one of the other classifications, COY,A or E. For everyfunction/feature which the Vendor states thatthey conform standard(CS), it is expected that those functions/features can be demonstrated either at the Purchaser's site or the Vendor's factory and as part of the City's Proposal evaluation and selection process.. (CN) If the function/feature is considered conform new or modified . existing junctionlfeature to be developed(CA), the consultant shall explain the nature of the development and an estimate of time required to complete the work, and an item price for the new work. The price listed shall be the take out price if the Purchaser decides to accept the Vendor's existing function/feature. For every function/feature which the Vendor states that they conform new or modified(CN, it shall be required that those functions/features be described in the software design documents as part of Milestone Payment b. Alternate (A) -Proposer's proposed fi nction/feature meets the intent of the stated requirements but in a different manner. Proposer should describe the specific requirement that the proposed system is not fully compliant with and a description of the alternate proposed, if the alternate function/feature is standard or new,and how it meets or exceeds the intent of the stated requirement. All Alternate functions/features proposed will be competitively evaluated during the Proposal evaluation process. If the Proposer's Alternate is accepted, modifications shall be made to those requirements when the Conformance Specification is prepared. Page 6 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH RFP for Water SCADA System For every alternate (A)function/feature which the Vendor states is standard, it is expected that those functions/features can be demonstrated either at the Purchaser's site or the Vendoes factory and shall be included as part of Milestone Payment 6. For every alternate (A)function/feature which the Vendor states is new, it shall be required that those functions/features be described in the software functional design documents as part of Milestone Payment 3. c. Exception (E) -Proposer's proposed function/feature is not compliant with or does not provide the stated requirements. Proposer should state the reason for taking exception, and any conditions, assumptions, or interpretations. The exception(E) function/feature shall be considered "no Proposal" and will be weighed during the Proposal evaluation process. If the consultant's Proposal is accepted,these requirements shall be deleted from the Contract when the Conformance Specification is prepared. Many of the numbered sections of the specification are long and contain several paragraphs. For TOC responses CN,A, or D the Consultant shall be specific as to what particular feature/function and sentence is being referenced. Generalized statements like "We are offering our standard warranty" or"We are providing our standard report generation package" are not acceptable. Explain how they differ from the requirements. If variations from the Specification have not been identified in the Table of Compliance, then irrespective of potential conflicts in other Consultant submitted material, the City shall be entitled to assume that the Proposer's proposal conforms in all respects with the Specification and will become part of the contractual documents. 5.12 Price Quotation Forms The Price Quotation Forms to be used are provided as part ofthis Specification (Attachment D). Unless prior approval is received in writing from City,no pages may be omitted and no item descriptive text may be changed. Additional pages, offering options or alternatives, or providing explanatory footnotes, may be submitted at the Proposer's discretion. All optional quotations shall include all costs associated with the item in question. Optional designates that City may include or exclude this function at City's sole_ discretion, without impact on any other items. 5.13 Description Of Proposed System The Proposer may include any additional material deemed necessary to describe the proposed hardware/software. This description may be used where appropriate to outline the proposed hardware configuration,present proposed capabilities, describe the proposed software, present the Proposer's experience and references regarding similar system installations, and present the staff who will manage and implement the project. If pre-printed material is used Page 7 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH RFP for Water SCADA System to support answers to questions, it is not acceptable to merely reference the material, such as "see operator's manual". The reference must be specific as to page,paragraph or figure. 5.14 Post-Proposal Meetings After receiving the Proposals, the City may request individual meeting(s) with certain Proposers to clarify and discuss their submittal. Failure by a Proposer to attend such requested meetings shall be a cause for rejection of the Proposal. All requested clarifications shall be documented by the Proposer as addenda to the submittal. City reserves the right to request meetings with only those Proposers from whom additional Proposal clarifications are desired by City. 6. PROPOSAL EVALUATION AND ANVARD OF CONTRACT Firms will be evaluated on their knowledge, experience, and capability to best provide this type of project. The City's consultant evaluation and selection process is based upon Qualifications Based Selection (QBS) for professional services. The City Mll evaluate Proposals and reject the Proposal of any non-responsive Proposer. In evaluating Proposals, City will consider the following: a. Proposer Qualifications b. Responsiveness to Specifications b. Delivery Schedule c. Similar System Experience d. Applicability of Standard Product e. Maintenance Support f. Price. Additional factors that will be considered include organization and management, financial capacity, and quality control. 7. SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7.1 Price and Payment Payments will be made by the City on the basis of identifiable milestones verified by the City during the implementation of the project. Milestone payments will be due upon completion, according to contract provisions, of the milestone event. Invoices for completed milestones will not be accepted more frequently than once per month. Amendments to the contract resulting from modifications and/or additions(deletions) to the system requirements shall have the negotiated price adjustment processed by a change order issued by the City. The price increases (decreases) for these changes will be added to (subtracted from) the total Page 8 s CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH RFP for Water SCADA System system price paid by the City. Upon completion of the next payment milestone,the City will pay the percent value of the completed milestone as defined above,plus any additional monies so that the total payments to date equal the cumulative payment percent based on the amended contract price. The progress payment schedule is defined in the following table: rVULESTONE DESCRIPTION % Accum 1 Contract Signing, Award,Notice to Proceed, and receipt of 5% 5% Detailed Project Schedule. 2 Completion and submittal of the hardware design document. City 10% 15% review and approval of hardware design document. 3 Receipt on the integration floor of all Master Station equipment. 25% 40% 4 Completion of installation and testing of radio system 10% 50% 5 Completion, submittal, and the City review and approval of 15% 65% Master Station installation data, draft of Operator's Manual, and FAT procedures. 6 Successful completion of the Factory Acceptance Test. 10% 75% 7 Successful completion of the Site Acceptance Test. 10% 85% 8 All documentation including "as built" documentation complete 5% 90% and submitted. 9 Successful corr_pletion- System Operational Availability Test. 10% 100% Totals 100% 100% Milestone 2 must be satisfactorily completed before any subsequent milestones may be performed. Milestones 4 and 5 must be satisfactorily completed before any subsequent milestones may be performed. Milestone 8 must be satisfactorily completed before milestone 9 may be performed. Payment shall be made by the City within 30 days of receipt and approval of such invoice. Payment of such invoices by the City shall not constitute acceptance of the Work and shall be subject to correction in the payment of any subsequent invoice(s). Page 9 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH RFP for Water SCADA System 7.2 Changes In The Work And Extra Work The City may, at any time,without invalidating this Agreement,make changes in, add to or delete from the Work to be performed hereunder. No such changes shall be made except by written order signed by the City. No claims for extra Work shall be valid.unless authorized by a Contract Change Order signed by.the Consultant and the City. 7.3 Taxes Prices set out in the contract Proposal shall include all applicable Federal, State, or other governmental sales/use taxes, duties, and assessments owed by Consultant as a result of this agreement. All materials furnished by Consultant will be exempt from State of California sales and use taxes. 7.4 Title Except for the software portion of the Water SCADA system licensed to the City hereunder, the City shall acquire free title to the Water SCADA system upon successful completion of the Availability Test. At the time of passage of title to the City, such title shall be good title, free and clear of all liens, claims, demands and encumbrances of whatever nature. Consultant shall execute any and all documents deemed necessary by the City to evidence the passage of title to the City. 7.5 Software License The City is hereby granted a non-exclusive, fully paid, non-transferable, perpetual license to use the Software described in the Technical Specification, in conjunction with the Water SCADA system provided under this Agreement. The City shall have the right under this license to use the software with the hardware equipment provided by the City, or other compatible hardware equipment supplied by others in any configuration desired by the City. Except for the rights granted pursuant to such licenses,the City shall receive no title or ownership rights to such Software. The City shall not sublicense, transfer or assign the Software, without first obtaining Consultant's written consent. The Software provided hereunder is the confidential and proprietary property of the Consultant and/or approved subconsultant(s). The City shall take all reasonable precautions to protect the confidential nature of the Software and to prevent its disclosure to unauthorized perstlnnel. The obligations of the City pertaining to the Software provided under this Agreement shall not extend to any information or data relating to the Software which(a) is in the public domain or enters the public domain by reason of acts or failures not attributable to the City, (b)was disclosed to the City prior to execution of this Agreement and without any obligation of confidentiality, (c) is obtained lawfully by the City from a source other than Consultant and without any obligation of confidentiality, or(d) is required to be disclosed by legal process or governmental or regulatory requirement, provided that the City shall give Page 10 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH RFP for Water SCADA System Consultant reasonable prior written notice of any such legal proceeding or governmental or regulatory requirement. the City shall have the right to make backup copies of the Software. the City shall have the right to reproduce Consultant's documentation pertaining to the Water SCADA system provided that such reproduction includes Consultant's copyright notice. 7.6 Risk Of Loss Consultant shall bear the risk of loss of,or damage to,the Water SCADA system while in transit to the installation site, during unloading,moving the equipment into place in the computer and control rooms,-and during the initial startup of the Water SCADA system. After installation and successful initial startup of the Water SCADA system, the City shall bear all risk of loss of, or damage to,the Water SCADA system, except as set forth in the Warranty and Indemnity Sections. 7.7 Shipment And Installation The Water SCADA system hardware and software components shall be shipped FOB, to the City facility at 19001 Huntington Street, Huntington Beach California, 92648. Prior to shipment,the Consultant shall thoroughly clean the hardware components of the Water SCADA system and repair all paint chips,broken parts and other signs of use that may have occurred while the Water SCADA system was on the factory floor. The Consultant shall notify the City's authorized representative two weeks prior to any shipment. The Consultant shall notify the City's authorized representative 48 hours prior to the arrival of any shipment. Actual delivery shall be made Monday through Friday during the hotzs of 8:00 A I to 4:00 PM. The Consultant shall inspect and note the size and nature of available doors and bays with access to the City's control room and equipment rooms. The Consultant shall divide the Water SCADA system into modules that will not require any structural alterations of the City's control center facility in order to deliver and install the Water SCADA system. The Consultant shall transport the equipment from the City's loading area to the installation site(s) and install the equipment. 7.81 Warranty Consultant warrants that for a period of one (1)year from the date of acceptance (completion of the availability test) or eighteen(18) months from the date of shipment(whichever comes first) of the Water SCADA system, the Water SCADA system, its hardware and software shall operate as a system in accordance with the applicable functional and performance specifications Technical Specifications. Page 11 CITY OF HuNTINCTON BEACH RFP for Water SCADA System Consultant warrants that all the hardware provided by it and the installation of the Water SCADA system will be free from defects in materials and workmanship throughout this Warranty Period;that such hardware will be fit for the purposes for which the hardware is used; and that good title thereto free and clear.of all liens, claims, demands or encumbrances will be conveyed to the City upon full payment of the purchase price. It is not acceptable to merely pass along the warranties from other suppliers which may already be expired or with less time than specified as the "warranty period". Consultant further warrants that during the applicable Warranty Period, the Software provided with the Water SCADA system will function as specified in the Technical Specifications, and shall be free from programming errors and defects in materials and workmanship. During the Warranty Period, upon notification of a defect, Consultant shall have the option to repair or replace the warranted defective part of the Water SCADA system. Exchanged parts removed from any part of the Water SCADA system shall become the property of Consultant and replacement parts furnished therefor shall become property of the City. Consultant shall not be obligated to repair or replace equipment which has been repaired, installed or maintained by others,or altered, or used other than in accordance with the specifications in the Technical Specifications, and Consultant's warranty hereunder shall not apply as to any such equipment. Defects that are identified during the warranty period, and notification is given to Consultant, and whose repair or replacement extends beyond the warranty period shall be covered under these warranty provisions. The above warranty shall apply to all Work performed pursuant to the foregoing warranty with the above stated warranty period commencing on the City's final acceptance of the warranty work. The Warranties stated above constitute the consultant's entire warranty and all other warranties, expressed or implied, including without limitation the warranties of merchantability orfitness for a particular purpose, are hereby expressly disclaimed 7.9 Confidential Information All technical data, standards, specifications, designs, drawings, and the like furnished to Consultant by the City are and shall continue to be the property of the City. Neither Coffiultant nor any subconsultant shall reproduce or copy any such materials in whole or in part except as required to accomplish the Woe'.{performed under this contract. All such information together with all reproductions or copies of it shall be returned to the City upon completion of the Work or termination of this contract. Neither parry to this contract nor their personnel, agents or any subconsultant shall divulge to any one other than persons designated by the disclosing party, any information supplied by Page 12 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH RFP for Water SCADA System the disclosing party and designated as proprietary or confidential so long as, and to the extent that,the information does not become part of the public domain, does not correspond to information furnished or made known to the other party by a third party without restriction to its use, or was not within the other parry's possession at the time of disclosure by the disclosing party. 8. GENER.AL REQUIREMENTS 8.1 Insurance Requirements The consultant shall furnish with the proposal proof of the following minimum insurance coverage. These minimum levels of coverage are required to be maintained for the duration of the project: General Liability Coverage- $1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. If Commercial General Liability Insurance or other form with a general limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location or the general aggregate Iimit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. Professional Liability Coverage - $1,000,000 per occurrence (note: A"claims made" policy is acceptable). Worker's Compensation Coverage : State statutory limits. Deductibles, Self-Insurance Retention, or Similar Forms of Coverage Limitations or Modifications must be declared to and approved by the City of Huntington Beach. A Sample Certificate is included as Attachment B. The consultant is encouraged to contact its insurance carriers during the proposal stage to ensure that the insurance requirements can be met if selected for negotiation of a contract agreement. 8.2 Standard Form of Agreement The consultant will enter into an agreement with the City based upon the contents of the RFP and the consultant's proposal. The City's Sample Contract is included as Attachment C. The City may require the selected consultant to participate in negotiations and to subihit such technical, fee, or other revisions of their proposals as may result from negotiations. 8.3 City Assigned Representatives The City will assign a responsible representative to administer the contract, and to assist the consultant in obtaining information. Page 13 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH RFP for Water SCADA System 9. PROPOSAL SUBivIITTAL CONDITIONS 9.1 Pre-Contractual Expenses , Pre-Contractual expenses are defined as expenses incurred by proposers in: * Preparing a proposal in response to the RFP * Submitting that proposal to the City of Huntington Beach(City) * Negotiating with the City in any matter related to this RFP,proposal, and/or contractual agreement * Any other expenses incurred by the proposer prior to the date of an executed contract. The City shall not, in any event, be liable for any pre-contractual expenses incurred by any proposer. In addition, no proposer shall include any such expenses as a part of the price proposed to perform the requested services. 9.2 Authority to Withdraw R.FP and/or Not Award Contract The City reserves the right to withdraw the RFP at any time without prior notice. Further, the City makes no representations that any agreement will be awarded to any proposer responding to this RFP. The City expressly reserves the right to postpone the opening of proposals for its own convenience and to reject any and all proposals in response to this RFP without indicating'any reasons for such rejection(s). - 9.3 Right to Reject Proposal The City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals submitted. Any award made for this engagement will be made to the proposer which, in the opinion of the City, is best qualified to perform the services. 9.4 Discrepancies in Proposal Documents Should proposer find discrepancies in, or omissions from the UP, or if the intent of the invitations are not clear, and if provisions of the specifications restrict proposer from proposing, they may request in writing that the deficiency(s) be modified. Such request must be received by the City five (5) days before due date. All proposers will be notified by addendum of any approved changes in RFP documents. 9.5A Oral Statements The City is not responsible for oral statements made by any of their employees or agents concerning the RFP. If the proposer required specific information,proposer must request that the City supply it in writing. Page 14 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH RFP for Water SCADA System 10. ATTACHIMNTS Attachment A --- Technical Specifications _ Attachment B --- Sample Insurance Certificate Attachment C --- - Sample City Contract Attachment D --- . Forms Page 15 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH 2000 Main Street P . O . Box 190 California 92648 Robert F. Beardsley, P.E. Department of Public Works Director (714) 536-5431 May 22, 2000 Mr. Henry Logan Rockwell Electric 545 Corporate Drive Escondido CA 92029 Dear Mr. Logan: Addendum No. 1 for Request for Proposals (RFP) for Professional Consulting Services for Water Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) In response to questions raised at the May 9, 2000 pre-proposal meeting, the following additional information is provided: • The budget level estimate for the entire SCADA contract is approximately $500,000. Specification 7.2.18 EIA-232 Cables may be approved equal without pre-made cable ends. • Specification 7.3.3.2. Conduit from the Reservoir Hill/Overmyer Hill Pump Station to the Production shop is an existing 1" conduit (coordinate with Howard Johnson). • Remote Site Installation Drawing C-003. Antenna Mount Types may be modified subject to City approval. Corrosion resistant metallic poles may be substituted for wood poles, if appropriate for specific locations, subject to jurisdiction approval. Mast mounting to existing vent pipes or new cabinets is also acceptable, subject to jurisdiction approval and ability to provide reliable radio path per specifications. Pole mounting of new cabinets may be acceptable, if appropriate for the location. G:IE`GIR1_7L,LA1Scada\RFP Addendum Transmittal.doc RFP SCADA 5/22/00 Page two • Specification 7.3.2.1. City Hall Radio traffic control equipment to be relocated is located at the north end (farthest from the door) with an estimated cable length of 25 feet. Well No. 3A located at 17032 Oak Lane is now an empty lot. The well has been drilled, design is nearly complete for the well facilities, and construction is to begin in the fall. In the event SCADA scheduling cannot be accommodated with well construction, the City will authorize a change to the SCADA contract. Addresses to the water and storm drain pump stations are provided and requested. Also, a map of the West Orange County Water Board pipeline connections is enclosed. Answers to other specific questions are provided in the Enclosures. These clarifications and additional information shall supplement the RFP sent to you dated April 24, 2000. The City of Huntington Beach has added one additional proposer to the short-list: Carol Electric Company, Inc. 3822 Cerritos Ave. Los Alamitos, CA 90720 No other changes or additions are anticipated at this time, and the June 1, 2000 proposal due date shall remain unchanged. Thank you for your interest in this project. Sincerely, Thomas A. ulla Principal Civil Engineer TAR:jm Enclosures c: Robert F. Beardsley, Director of Public Works Daryl Smith; Acting Deputy Director of Public Works Robert Eichblatt, City Engineer Dave Webb, Deputy City Engineer Dennis MacLain, Acting Water Operations Manager Howard Johnson, Water Production Supervisor William Gabris, Westin Engineering G:TNG\RLR.LA%ScadalRFP Addendum Tmnsmittal.doc CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH, WATER SCADA SYSTEM 5/22/00 Specification Requirement Clarification Reference Section 1 SCADA System The SCADA System diagram is conceptual and shows Figure 1 Diagram required functions. Contractor shall supply equipment as defined in Section 5 as required by Contractor's design to provide the functions and performances in the Specification. 3.3 Redundancy The historical database must be redundant and maintained on two servers. The databases must be synchronized. 3.6.2 Editing of historical The historical data shall be editable as specified, and files. available to trends and reports, as if it had been collected automatically. 3.9. Type and quantity of The Contractor is to estimate the number of graphic 3.11 displays to be prepared screens to be prepared based on the information by the Contractor. provided in the specifications. This includes: • Requirements stated in specification paragraphs 3.9.1 to 3.9.4 • 110 information (Appendix A) • Samples of typical existing screens. (Appendix C). For bidding purposes, in addition to the displays in Appendix C, Contractor should assume that each field site will have at least one display. 3.10.2 SCADA access from The laptop user is to be able to access the SCADA the laptops system as if the laptop was a full workstation at the plant. This includes monitoring and control of the plant. The functionality available to a given Operator is to vary depending on his password security level. 5 Laptop Color Display The 800 x 600 pixel display resolution is the minimum Resolution resolution. Displays primarily intended for use and access from the laptops may be designed to accommodate the laptop display resolution or may be designed as primarily tabular displays. 513 Printers The Deskjet printer specified will be used for trends, reports, and printing graphic screens. Only two printers are required. 5D Cell phone interface The City will supply separate cell phones, for use with the laptops, The Contractor is to supply the necessary modem interface and laptop software, configure the software and test the cell phone communications. clarifications 4 Page 1 of 6 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH, WATER SCADA SYSTEM 5/22ro0 Specification Requirement Clarification Reference 5.1 Computer slot type PCI slots may be substituted for the specified ISA slots. 5.1 Hardware Hewlett Packard is the City's preferred supplier of computer hardware. Other suppliers may be approved upon Contractor request after Contract award. 5.3.1 UPS Manufacturer UPS may be may be Best FERRUPS model, or approved equal. 7 Radio mounting Contractor shall refer to Section 7.2.2.3-2 of the specification. The specification has been written to allow some flexibility in the mounting of the spread spectrum radio at the remote sites. For indoor installations the radio shall be mounted on a wallboard using a NEMA-4X enclosure supplied by the radio manufacturer (for example, MDS P70). For outdoor installations the radio can be mounted using one of the following methods: 1. Pole mounted using the NEMA-0 enclosure supplied by the manufacturer 2. Cabinet mounted using the NEMA-4X enclosure specified in Section 7.2.2.4 using a 24" pedestal 3. Mounted in the existing Murphy Controller cabinet The specific mounting method used at each outdoor installation shall be approved by the City prior to installation. 7 Radio Supply Power for the radios is available local to the radio. The supply is typically 3 to 4 amps, at 24Vdc, but depends on manufacturer and model. 7.1.1 Contractor shall be The City will make available to the successful responsible for Contractor the results of Westin's field survey. selecting the Westin's signal strength measurements were made at a appropriate antenna specific location and antenna height that may not be height. available to the Contractor for final antenna location. Contractor shall remain responsible for selecting the appropriate antenna location and height. 7.1.1 The Contractor will Contractor must assume that the right to use existing Appendix D provide wood poles for power poles or light standards may not be available for those sites that do not antenna installations. In those cases, Contractor's have an existing proposal shall include the necessary design and structure to mount the approval from all required public jurisdictions, antenna to. procurement of all permits including encroachment and clarifications 4 Page 2 of 6 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH, WATER SCADA SYSTEM 5i221/00 Specification Requirement Clarification Reference inspection permits, and complete construction including fabrication and installation. The West Orange County Water Board sites are within the jurisdiction of the Cities of Seal Beach, Westminster, Garden Grove, and Huntington beach, and unincorporated Orange County. Use of existing poles or installation of new poles must have their respective approvals. 7.1.2 Fiber-optic connections The Contractor shall supply and install a fiber connect Drawing C007 center/patch panel, and jumper cables at both ends of the existing multimode fiber cable. The cable runs between City Hall and Water Operations. All six fibers are to be terminated at each end using ST connectors. The fiber system is to be tested to EIAITIA standards, and the results submitted to the Engineer for approval. Only one fiber is to be utilized by the SCADA system. Fiber interconnect center/patch panel shall be Siecor WDC series, sized appropriately, or approved equal. 7.2.2.3 Indoor radio enclosures Reference 7.2.2.3. The radio is in a NEMA 4X enclosure. For indoor installation it shall be mounted on a %" plywood wallboard. 7.3.2.1 Relocation of the City The City traffic control equipment which is to be of Huntington Beach's relocated to the new rack, is approximately 25 feet from Equipment. the new rack position, at the North end of the room. 7.3.3.4 RF Transmission line. 718" cable is not required for this project due to the Use of 718" cable. short path length (approx. 1/2 mile). The use of 7/8" cable is optional, however the Contractor shall verify its compatibility with the radio equipment supplied. Western Multiplex recommends that 718" cable not be used with their radio. 7.3.1 Installer Qualifications Installers shall either have the indicated license and certification, or the Contractor shall demonstrate to the City that the installers have suitable knowledge and experience to perform the radio system installations. 9.1.3.6 Spare parts The City will purchase spare parts separately. They are not required to be supplied under this Contract. The Contractor must replace or fix failed parts during the warranty period. If City spares are used during this period, the Contractor must replace these parts free of charge to the City. clarifications 4 page 3 of 6 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH, WATER SCADA SYSTEM 5/22/00 Specification Requirement Clarification Reference 10.5 Test Equipment All test equipment required for specified tests, is to be supplied by the Contractor. 11.3.1 Database The database from the existing SCADA system is available in spreadsheet format and will be made available to the successful Contractor. 11.3.1 B Water Application Water Application Displays refers to the SCADA Displays displays and no additional water application displays are required. Appendix D Obermeyer UPS There will be no UPS at Obermeyer. Appendix D Well Site 3A, Well 3A is currently under design. The proposer is to 17032 Oak Ln. assume that the facility is complete at the time the radio equipment is to be installed. The signals are similar to those at other wells. Appendix D Street addresses of See attached list and map. sites, and map. Distances to the control Obermyer Reservoir to the Resevoir Hills, approx 75 room for Obermeyer. feet. Reservoir Hills to the control room — approx 250 feet. Size of Obermeyer The room is approximately 12 feet x 15 feet. control room Drawing C- Quantity of cable. Contractor's proposal shall include the quantity of 003 cable, from the antenna to the Murphy Controller, as listed on Drawing C---3 Note 3. Subject to Contractor's design, the field site radios will be located within 10 feet of the Murphy Controllers. clarifications 4 Page 4 of 6 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH, WATER SCADA SYSTEM 5/22/00 Specification Requirement Change Reference 1.1.2 SCADA System Add to the bullet list of hardware, the following: Overview • 1 PC Engineer workstation located at WO. 5 Ethernet LAN Delete the existing paragraph 5.E and replace with the following: "E. Redundant Ethernet LAN. - Ethernet Category 5 unshielded twisted pair between servers, workstations, communications servers, and printers. - Provide 10/100 hub with sufficient ports for equipment shown in Diagram 1, plus a minimum of two spare 10/100 ports. - 100 Base-T communications between servers and workstations. 106ase-T between other devices. - Printers to be networked and made available from either server or workstations. Provide print server where required. - LAN system, including hubs, cabling and terminations, to meet, and be tested to,Category 5 standards. 5 Engineer's Add the following paragraph at the end of Section 5. Workstation G. "One Pentium III 500Mhz Workstation located at Water Operations. Specifications identical to the Water operations Console computer specified in paragraph 5.0 above." 3.6 Report Generation The Contractor shall configure six reports, and the associated computations. Automatically generate a "Quantities" and a "Quality" summary reports as follows: • End of Day • End of Week End of Month The six reports shall also be available "on-demand" The report contents will be specified by the Engineer after Contract Notice to Proceed. The "Quantities" report will consist of totalized flows, averages, and peaks, at approximately 40 points in the system. The "Quality" report will consist of average, peak, and minimum water quality measurements (e.g. chlorine residual) at approximately 40 points in the system. Values which use some manually edited points, shall be clarifications 4 Page 5 of 6 CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH, WATER SCADA SYSTEM siztioo Specification Requirement Change Reference flagged. Weekly reports shall use "rolled-up" values from daily reports. Monthly reports shall use "rolled-up" values from the weekly reports. clarifications 4 Page 6 of 6 KATELLAAVE. �...: .....,..,.�.�.. ....�....�. ..�... FEEDER No.2 CAPACITY.- 47 Clg OL_� PkE�SUk : w 171 p.f 1e µwp 200 pi ORANGEWOOD AVE. ■ ` FEEDER No.S w ■ CAPACR r: 21 ds I 5 cfs F PRESSURE: Q wDc 123 pal ■[ City of Garden Grove two 200 pal CHAP MAN AVE. ! " L --I ■ lAMPSON AVE. r " L ■ • . M..ws w J GARDEN GROVE BLVD. •�—■ � r � 5 cfs ' City of Westminster ■ TRASK AVE. cfs 5 cfs 2 cfs y of Seal Beach ■ City of Westminster City of Westminster ■ . F WESTMiNSTER AVE. ■ 2 cfS w City of Westminster HAZARD ■ J = a � 5' cfs City of Westminster z BOLSA ! a ■ cn 20 cfs WEST.. ORANGE MCFADDEN City of Huntington Beach COUNTY I p FEEDERS i & 2 ■ AUGUST 7. 1998 EDINGER f I I ]4 cfs City of Huntington Beach i WATER PUMP STATIONS & RESERVOIRS Peck Reservoir 14561 Springdale St. H. B. Well No. 1 15041 Capetown Ln. . . H. B. Well No. 2 15991 Springdale St. H. B. Well No. 3a 17032 Oak Lane H. B. Well No. 4 14561 Springdale St. H. B. Well No. 7 _ 14561 Springdale St. H. B. Well No. 5 - 8651 Warner Avenue H. B. Well No. 6 16221 Gothard St. H. B. Well No. 8 16811 Goldenwest St. H. B. Well No. 9 8851 Warner Avenue H. B. Well No. 10 16192 Sher Lane H. B. Well No. 12 14600 Astronautics Dr. Goldenwest Wells No. 3, 4 17662 Goldenwest St. Dyke Well 18232 Hartlund St Overmyer Reservoir & Pump Station 19071 Huntington St. Reservoir Hill Pump Station 19071 Huntington St. STORM DRAIN PUMP STATION ADDRESSES Adams 962-8164 19961 Chesapeake Ln Atlanta 8151 Atlanta Ave. Banning 962-8524 22011 Malibu Ln. Bolsa Chica 18401 Springdale St. Flounder 9731 Flounder Dr. Hamilton 10101 Hamilton Ave. Heil 7231 Heil Ave. Indianapolis 962-8294 9221 Indianapolis Ave. Marilyn 6742 Marilyn Dr. Meredith 20192 Midland Ln. Newland 8612 Hamilton Ave. Scenario 4742 Scenario Dr. Shields 6252 Shields Dr. Slater 5250 Slater Ave. Yorktown 962-5389 9211 Yorktown Ave. Water Operations - 1900 1 Huntington Street Water Warehouse — 7512 Garfield Avenue Production shop — 19051 Huntington Street shared/welladdr C% ATTACHMENT A TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH WATER SCADA SYSTEM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 24 April 2000 Technical Specification TABLE OF CONTENTS IINTRODUCTION .................................................................................................. .... 1 1.1 EXISTING SCADA SYSTEM............................................................................. 1 1.1.1 Summary of SCADA System Work.............................. 1.1.2 SCADA System Overview ................... ................................... ..... 3 1.1.3 Communication System Overview.................................................... 4 1.2 ORGANIZATION OF SPECIFICATION ........................................................... 4 1.3 DEFINITION OF TERMS ................................................................................... 5 2 SYSTEM FUNCTIONS ......................................................................................... .... 1 2.1 SYSTEM MONITORING.................................................................................... 1 2.1.1 Acquisition of System Data............................................................... 1 2.1.2 Manual Points .................................................................................... 2 2.1.3 Data Processing.............................................................. 2.2 CONTROL...................................................................................................... .... 4 2.2.1 General Requirements........................................................................ 4 2.2.2 Supervisory Control........................................................................... 4 2.2.3 Supervisory Setpoint Control.............. 2.2.4 Pump Scheduling............................................................................... 5 2.3 ALARMING.........................................................................................................6 2.3.1 General Alarm Requirements......................... 6 2.3.2 Alarm Priority.............................................................................. .... 6 2.3.3 Alarm Reporting ......................................................................... ..... 6 2.3.4 Alarm Message ............................................................................ ..... 7 2.3.5 Alarm Lists......................................................................................... 7 2.3.6 Alarm Zone.................................................................................. .... 8 2.3.7 Alarm Acknowledgment and Deletion .............................................. 8 2.3.8 Silencing Audible Alarms.................................................................. 8 2.3.9 Deactivation 1 Reactivation of Points ................................................ 9 2.3.10 Alarm Inhibit................................................................................. .... 9 3 SYSTEM SOFTWARE................................................................................................ 1 3.1 SYSTEM SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS ........................................................ 1 3.2 YEAR 2000 REQUIREMENTS....................... 3.3 LOCAL AREA NETWORK AND REDUNDANCY............................ 3.4 COMMUNICATION DRIVER............................................................................ 2 3.5 SYSTEM DATABASE ................................................................................... .... 2 3.5.1 General Requirements............................... 3.6 HISTORICAL DATABASE ........................ 3.6.1 Historical Data Save .......................................................................... 3 The City of Huntington 13each TOC-i 411?J2000 Technical Specification 3.6.2 Historical Data Edit..................................................... ..................... 3 3.6.3 Historical Data Display............................................... ..................... 3 3.6.4 Historical Alarm Sort.................................................. ..................... 3 3.7 OI OPERATOR INPUT ................................................................ ..................... 4 3.7.1 Console Modes of Operation............................................................. 4 3.7.2 Operator Entry Requirements............................................................ 4 3.8 OI DISPLAY REQUIREMENTS.................................................. ..................... 5 3.8.1 Display Information Fields......................................... ..................... 5 3.8.2 Color Coding. ............................................................. ..................... 5 3.9 BASIC SCADA DISPLAYS................................................................................ 5 3.9.1 Directories.......................................................................................... 5 3.9.2 Schematic Displays..................................................... ..................... 6 3.9.3 Communication Performance ...................................... ..................... 6 3.9.4 blaster Station Configuration............................................................. 6- .3.9.5 Alarm Displays .................................................................................. 7 3.9.6 System Support Displays............................................ ..................... 7 3.9.7 Trend Displays........................................................ 3.10 PUBLIC PHONE COMMUNICATION.............................................................. 8 3.10.1 Alarm Call-out Auto-dialer Interface................................................. 8 3.10.2 Remote Access to System Information.............................................. 9 3.1I SCADA DATA LOGGING............................................................ ..................... 9 3.11.1 Basic SCADA Logs......................................................................... 10 4 GENERAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS ................................................................... 1 4.1 SYSTEM AVAILABILITY AND MAINTAINABILITY................................... 1 4.1.1 Single Point of Failure................................................. ..................... 1 4.1.2 Availability.................................................................. ..................... 1 4.2 SIZING AND EXPANSION......................................................................... 4.2.1 Master Station Equipment.................................................................. 1 4.2.2 Master Station Database'...................................................................2 4.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE................................................................................ 2 4.3.1 Communication Performance ............................................................ 2 4.3.2 Periodic Performance..........................:.............................................. 2 4.3.3 Operator Interface Performance......................................................... 3 4.4 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE .................................................................................. 4 S MASTER STATION HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS ............................................ 1 5.1 COMPUTERS AND PERIPHERALS ................................................................. 2 5.2 COMMUNICATION SUBSYSTEM.......................................................... 17 5.2.1 Spread Spectrum Radio Interface ...................................................... 3 5.2.2 Dial-up Interface.......................................................... ..................... 3 The City of Huntington Beach TOC-ii 4.12/2000 Technical Specification 5.3 MASTER STATION ELECTRIC SUPPLY AND ENVIRONMENT................ 3 5.3.1 Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) ................................................ 4 6 REMOTE TERMINAL liNITS.................................................................................... 1 6.1 GENERAL......................................................................... ....................I............. 1 6.2 MURPHY CONTROLLERS................................................................................ 1 6.3 MODBUS PROTOCOL ....................................................................................... 1 7 COMMUNICATIONS SUBSYSTEM......................................................................... 1 7.1 SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS.................................................................... 1 7.1.1 Site Locations.................................................. ................................. 1 7.1.2 Provided by the City.......................................................................... 2 7.1.3 Referenced Standards......................................................................... 2 7.1.4 Codes and Regulations....................................................................... 2 7.1.5 Environmental Specifications............................................................ 2 7.2 PRODUCTS....................................................................... .................................. 3 7.2.1 .5.8 GHz Point-to-Point Spread Spectrum Radio ............................... 3 7.2.2 900 MHz Spread Spectrum Radio ..................................................... 5 7.2.3 Laptop Computer Test Set................................................................. 8 7.2.4 Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) ................................................ 8 7.2.5 Time Division Multiplexer ................................................................ 8 7.2.6 5.8 GHz Spread Spectrum Antenna................................................... 9 7.2.7 Spread Spectrum Master Radio Antenna......................................... 10 7.2.8 Spread Spectrum Remote Radio Antennas...................................... 11 7.2.9 Antenna Mount-:Ton-penetrating Roof.......................................... 11 7.2.10 Antenna Mount - Wall ..................................................................... 12 7.2.11 Antenna Mount Pipe/Hardware ....................................................... 12 7.2.12 Antenna Wood Pole Mount Hardware............................................. 12 7.2.13 RF Transmission Line............................................................... ..... 12 7.2.14 Wall Penetrations..........`................................................................. 13 7.2.15 Coaxial Cable Lightning Arrestors.................................................. 13 7.2.16 Equipment Racks........................................ .. ............................... 14 7.2.17 EIA-232 Line Driver........................................................................ 15 7.2.18 EIA-232 Cables..................................... ..............I......I.................. 15 7.2.19 Fiber Optic Line Driver ................................................................... 15 7.2.20 Fiber Optic Patch Cables ................................................................. 16 7.2.21 Two-Channel Port Sharing Device.................................................. 16 7.2.22 Ground Rod...................................................................................... 16 7.2.23 Ground Cable................................................................................... 17 7.2.24 Ground Clamp.................................................................................. 17 7.2.25 Ground Kit...................................................... ................................ 17 The City of Huntington Beach TOC-iii 411 12112000 Technical Specification 7.2.26 Ground Bus Bar.............................................. ................................ 17 7.2.27 Vapor Wrap..................................................... ................................ 18 7.2.28 Conduit............................................................ ............................... IS 7.2.29 Miscellaneous Parts ........................................ ............................... 18 7.3 NSTALLATION .............................................................. ............................... 18 7.3.1 Installer QuaIifications..................................................................... 18 7.3.2 City Hall Radio Equipment............................. ................................ 18 7.3.3 Reservoir Hill /Overmyer Pump Station Radio Equipment............ 20 7.3.4 Remote Site Radio Equipment......................................................... 22 7.3.5 Multimode Fiber Circuit.................................................................. 23 8 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS.................................................. 1 8.1 SCOPE OF WORK........................................................ .................................. 1 8.1.1 Master Station SCADA Equipment Installation................................ 1 8.2 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS................................................................ 2 8.3 CONCRETE .................................................................. .................................. 3 8.4 ELECTRICAL............................................................... .................................. 5 9 SCADA SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION AND TRAINING...................................... 1 9.1 DOCUMENTATION ........................................................................................... 1 9.1.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL .................... 1 9.1.2 REVIEW OF DOCUMENTATION.............................................. 9.1.3 SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION........................................................ 3 9.1.4 TESTING DOCUMENTATION....................................................... 7 9.1.5 AS-BUILT DOCUMENTATION ..................................................... 8 9.2 TR.aINNG........................................................................ ................................. 9 9.2.1 General Requirements........................................................................ 9 9.2.2 Training Course Contents.................................................................. 9 10 SYSTEM TESTING..................................................................................................... 1 10.1 FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TEST (FAT)........................................................... 1 10.1.1 System Factory Acceptance Test....................................................... 1 10.1.2 Correction of Discrepancies............................I.................................. 3 10.2 SYSTEM NSTALLATION................................................................................. 3 10.3 SITE ACCEPTANCE TEST................................................................................ 4 10.4 SYSTEM AVAILABILITY TEST................................. 10.4.1 Maintenance Responsibility............................................................... 4 10.4.2 Control Center Environment.............................................................. 5 10.4.3 Availability Calculations ................................................................... 5 10.4.4 SCADA System Availability............................................................. 5 The City of Huntington Beach TOC-iv 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 10.4.5 Test Definitions.................................................................................. 5 10.4.6 Test Satisfaction................................................................................. 6 10.5 RADIO SYSTEM TESTING ............................................................................... 6 10.5.1 Factory Test ....................................................................................... 6 10.5.2 Site Demonstration Tests................................................................... 6 I 1 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION................................................................................. I 11.1 PROJECT ORGANIZATION AND COORDINATION..................................... I 11.1.1 Contractor's Project Manager............................................................. 1 ' 11.1.2 City's Engineer................................................................................... 1 11.1.3 Monthly Reports ................................................................................ 1 11.1.4 Project Coordination Meetings.......................................................... 2 11.1.5 Correspondence..................:............................................................... 2 11.1.6 Procedures for Project Changes......................................................... 2 11.1.7 Documentation Reviews and Acceptance.......................................... 3 11.1.8 Test Notification ................................................................................ 3 11.1.9 Shipment Notice................................................................................. 4 11.1.10 Inspection........................................................................................... 4 11.2 SYSTEM CUTOVER........................................................................................... 4 11.3 PROJECT RESPONSIBILITIES ......................................................................... 5 11.3.1 Development of Displays, Log Formats and Database...................... 5 11.3.2 City's Responsibilities........................................................................ 6 11.3.3 Contractor's Responsibilities.............................................................. 6 APPENDIX A Murphy Controller I/O Point Count Summary APPENDIX B Murphy Controller Modbus Protocol APPENDIX C Typical Displays from the Existing SCADA System APPEItiDIX D Radio Site Data APPENDIX E Radio System Site Drawings The City of Huntington Beach TOC-v 4/12i2000 Technical Specification 1 INTRODUCTION The Water Operations Department of the City of Huntington Beach (City) provides two essential services: • Fresh water production and distribution • Flood control Average daily water consumption in the City varies from approximately 25 MGD in the winter to approximately 43 MGD maximum in the summer. Water is supplied by the City's 8 operating water wells and from water supplied by the Metropolitan Water District via the West Orange County Water Board (WOCWB) pipelines and OC-44 pipeline connection. By OCWD Groundwater Management regulations, at least 25% of the City's annual water consumption must come from import water, i.e. MWD import connections. The City operates and maintains 2 primary reservoir sites, Overmyer and Peck. Overmyer is actually 3 connected reservoirs with Overmyer 1 & 2 holding a total of 2.7 MG and Overmyer 3 holding 21.5 MG. Peck reservoir holds 16 MG. This represents a total primary storage capacity of 40.2 million gallons. Most of the City's well pumps are driven by natural gas engines (with backup by LPG on-site tanks at Wells 4 and 7). It is desirable to minimize starts and stops and leave wells on to minimize pump cycling. Since the wells run on natural gas, there is no concern for on-peak 1 off-peak time-of-use pumping at this time. The City also operates and maintains 15 Flood Control Structures which pump storm water from drainage channels during rainstorm events, and runoff water when not raining. Operation of the storm water pump stations are critical. Although they typically operate only 10 days each year, if a station fails to operate correctly, storm water can quickly accumulate+ and flood expensive residential areas resulting in significant financial liability to the City. 1.1 EXISTING SCADA SYSTEM The City's Water Operations SCADA computer system monitorsland controls the operation of the City's water wells and reservoirs, M vVD water turnouts for the City and the West Qrange County Water Board (WOCVVB), and the City's storm water pump stations. A block diagram of the existing SCADA system is shoe in Figure 1. The current system was installed in 1987 and upgraded in 1989. The Master Station hardware configuration is non-redundant and consists of a DEC VaxStation 3800 host computer with ISC character based color display terminals. The Master Station The City of Huntington Beach T51-1 4/12/2000 Technical Specification communicates with BIF Mini-Remote RTUs located at each field site via leased telephone lines. The leased line network is serviced by the local phone companies (GTE and Pacific Bell) and is a 3002 type multi-drop full-duplex system, with one WOCWB site interfaced through Pacific Bell. The existing sites communicate at 300 baud (Bell 103) half-duplex. The SCADA system monitors and controls the water production system and provides monitoring-only functions for the storm water pump stations. The RTUs and control equipment for the well, pump, and reservoir sites of the water production system, the pump sites of the storm water system, and the WOCWB and OC-44 turnout sites include combinations of Murphy Engine Controllers (Models 100 and 500), Murphy Master Controllers, and/or BIF RTUs. Each engine includes a dedicated Murphy Engine Controller that is programmed to monitor and control the engine and associated pump in three modes; • Automatic mode coordinated from the Murphy Master Controller • Stand-alone mode based on detected failure of the Master Controller or a"hard start' signal • Manual mode. For sites that include more than one engine /pump, a Murphy Master Controller is used to monitor the site controlling variable (e.g. level) and sequence the starting and on-line status of the pumps based on a predetermined algorithm. The master controller also monitors critical data from the engine controllers for use in the engine sequence and control strategy. The Master Controller and the Engine Controllers are connected together using the RS-485 communications port on each controller. The BIF RTU is connected to the Master Controller for multiple engine sites, or directly to the engine controller for single engine sites, in order to access critical engine. site. and pump data that must be telerinetered to the Master Station. The WOCNVB sites do not include Murphy Controllers and are configured with only BIF RTUs. 1A.1 Summary of SCADA System Work It is the City's intention to procure a SCADA system consistent with an industry standard offering that can satisfy the functional and performance requirements defined in this Specification. The Contractor shall design, provide, configure, integrate, install, and test the SCADA system complete with all hardware and software as described in this Specification. The City of Huntington Beach TSI-2 4/12/2000 Technical Specification The Contractor shall take full system integration responsibility for meeting all of the requirements of this Specification. The City intends to retain the existing configuration of the Murphy Engine Controllers and Master Controller and have the new SCADA system communicate directly with these devices. The City will upgrade, program, and reconfigure the Murphy Controller as follows: • Upgrade the Murphy Model 100 Engine Controllers to either the Murphy Model 500- or 555 current generation products • Add Murphy 510 IIO expansion boards to the Master Controllers as required to accommodate additional data. • Reprogram all the Murphy controllers to communicate in the ModBus protocol. • Purchase and install new Murphy 500 or 555 Controllers for the WOCWB sites. The City will also retire and remove the existing BIF RTUs. These RTUs will not be part of the new SCADA system. This work will be done after the new SCADA system is installed and operational. For communications from the SCADA Master Station to the Murphy Controllers, the Contractor shall provide, integrate, install, and test a spread spectrum radio communication system. 1.1.2 SCADA System Overview The SCADA system Master Station for water production and flood control will be located at the City's Water Operations (WO) building located at 19051 Huntington Street, Huntington Beach, California. The SCADA system Master shall consist of the following hardware: • 2 PC file server/ workstations located at WO • 1 PC operator workstation located at WO'- Spread spectrum radio system SCADA interface • Auto-dialer and voice annunciator for alarm callout • Laptop PCs and docking stations for "dial-in" use by operators The City will configure and program the Murphy Controllers as defined in Section 6. a The City of Huntington Beach TS1-3 4!12,`2000 Technical Specification The following major functions shall be performed by the Master Station: • Data Acquisition • Supervisory Control • HMI Support • Alarm and Event Monitoring and Reporting with Filtering • Historical Data Processing and Storage • Report Generation • Alarm Dial-In/Out • Remote HMI Support. Figure 1-2 is a conceptual block diagram of the SCADA system. 1.1.3 Communication System Overview Westin Engineering has completed a preliminary design for a spread spectrum radio communication system. The spread spectrum radio system includes the following: • Master radio antenna located at the Water Operations facility • Two master station (headend) radios operating at a minimum data rate of 4800 bps • Masts, foundations, antennas, and cabling at the master radio and each RTU site 1.2 ORGANIZATION OF SPECIFICATION Section 1 - Introduction Section 2 - System Functions Section 3 - System Software Section 4 - General System Requirements Section 5 - Master Station Hardware Section 6 - Murphy Controllers Section 7 - Radio Communications Section 8 - Equipment Installation Requirements Section 9 - Documentation Section 10 - Training Section 10 - System Testing Section 11 - Project Implementation The City of Huntington Beach TS1-4 4/12r2000 Technical Specification 1.3 DEFINITION OF TERMS The following terms used throughout the Specification are defined for clarity of meaning: ASCII - American Standard Code for Information Interchange City—The City of Huntington Beach Contractor- SCADA system supplier, integrator, and tester CPU - Central Processing Unit CRT - Cathode Ray Tube DDE - Dvriamic Data Exchange, feature built into Microsoft(& windows Engineer- Westin Engineering, Inc. FAT - Factory Acceptance Test GUI - Graphical User Interface HMI—Human Machine Interface HVAC - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning I/O - Input/0utput LAN - Local Area Network Master Station - SCADA computers and operator workstations MB - Megabyte Mhz - Megahertz Of - Operator Interface Operator- User of the SCADA system PC - IBM compatible Personal Computer Poke Point - Action point on the display screen PID - Proportional Integral Derivative control Programmer—Person with the password authority to configure the SCADA system PSIG - Pounds per Square Inch Gauge Purchaser r-The City of Huntington Beach RAM - Random Access :Memory ROM - Read Only Memory RTU - Remote Terminal Unit. Murphy Controllers will be used as RTUs SCADA- Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition SAT - Site Acceptance Test SWC - Surge Withstand Capability TOC - Table of Compliance TV - Television VDU—Video Display Unit WAN - Wide Area Network , CVO—The City of Huntington Beach Water Operations Department Workstation - Operator Interface PC and display monitor The City of Huntington Beach TSI-5 4112,2000 SCADA Water Alarm Dogger Servers Engineering Report Printer Operations Console —- - Console ORIN MINE GG�GG�G OGCGG9G r ��o a. fColor Printer SCADA LANS Comm. Servers Modem r7q Gateway —� �� ��- :°��l] � _�_��e�,i — - Data Mart H (Future) GnGGGGG - 4�F — - City WAN Laptop computer Comm Radio Tower to RTUs Laptop computer WATER PRODUCTION, STORM WATER, WOCWB SCADA SYSTEM Figure 1 Technical Specification 2 SYSTEM FUNCTIONS All described SCADA system functions shall be performed by the Master Station. All RTU functions shall be performed by Murphy Controllers and w'ilI be the responsibility of the City. 2.1 SYSTEM MONITORING 2.1.1 Acquisition of System Data All communications between the Master Station and the Murphy Controllers (RTUs) shall use the ModBus RTU protocol. The subset of the ModBus RTU commands implemented in the Murphy Controllers is defined in Appendix B. RTU data shall be scanned by the Master Station on a scheduled and/or periodic basis using master/remote message exchange sequences which are always initiated by the Master Station. The message exchange shall generate the necessary commands to retrieve all remote site data, shall perform all error checking to ensure the validity of the received data, and shall provide for recovery from errors as necessary to complete the message exchange. A complete system wide data update shall be acquired from all RTUs via an initialization scan, initiated by the Master Station for the following conditions: • During SCADA system startup • Following a Master Station power failure. When an RTU is returned to service, an initialization scan shall be done on RTU(s) which were out-of-service for any reason. Following the completion of any initialization scan, the normal scanning sequence shall resume. The data acquisition software shall provide the following features: • Maintain an updated database as defined in Section 3.5. • Permit any RTC;point to be placed on/off scan. • Permit any RTU point to be placed on/off alarm processing or calculation. • Support the OI functions described in Section 3. All data acquisition errors, including no response from an RTU, shall result in the automatic ratry of the data acquisition function with the RTU. Up to three retries (programmer changeable) shall be made automatically for the same RTU before the next RTU on the communication channel is polled. For all data acquisition errors, an alarm message shall be generated which indicates the type of error causing the failure in the data acquisition with the RTU. The City of Huntington Beach T52-1 4/12,12000 Technical Specification If an RTU has not successfully responded to poll commands for six consecutive attempts (programmer changeable), the system shall declare the RTU failed, and an alarm message shall be generated. The polling of the failed RTU shall then be reduced to sixty minutes (programmer changeable) with no retries attempted after unsuccessful polls. If the RTU subsequently responds to a poll at the reduced interval, the RTU shall then be returned to its normal polling frequency and an event message generated. 2.1.2 Manual Points The system shall allow the definition of database points that are not telemetered but are manually entered. Manual points shall be treated for purposes of display, logging, calculations, etc., the same as telemetered points. 2.1.3 Data Processing 2.1.3.1 Status Data Processing The Master Station shall provide the following status data processing: A. Alarm Priority--Each status point shall be assigned to one of three alarm priority groups. Each alarm priority shall define how an alarm is annunciated including the audible horn, logging, requirement for acknowledgement, call-out, etc. B. Store the last scanned state of every alarm and status indication, and shall detect changes by comparing these states with newly scanned states as they are received. 2.1.3.2 Analog Data Processing The Master Station shall provide the following analog data processing: A. Engineering Units (EU) conversion—Convert analog point raw values to engineering units via a linear transformation: EU=A(raw value)+B, where scale "A" and offset "B" are user defined on a per point basis. d B. Alarm checking—Test the following alarm conditions, when enabled, for local alarming and closed loop control functions: 1. Instrument range (validity) 2. Alarm limits (high and low) The Citv of Huntington Beach TS2-2 4/12,''000 Technical Specification Return-to-normal of limit alarms shall be filtered by a deadband. Each limit and deadband value shall be adjustable on-line by the operator and defined on a per point basis. Instrument range violations shall be alarmed and the last valid reading saved in the RTU database with a bad value data quality tag. C. Alarm priority—Each analog point shall be assigned to one of three alarm priority groups. Each alarm priority shall define how an alarm is annunciated including the audible horn, logging, requirement for acknowledgement, call-out, etc. D. Arithmetic computation- Generate new variables from the simple arithmetic operations of addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, and square root. Computed variables shall be treated the same as field data for all data processing functions. E. Averaging—Computer average and minimum/maximum values for selected values over a programmer adjustable time period. F. Comparison- Compare analog variables (both measured and internally computed) with each other and with operator adjustable limits for purposes of generating new status variables. These status variables shall be processed identically to other variables and may be used to generate alarms or used in Boolean logic functions. G. Rate-of-Change limit checking—Check each analog value for the total net change in value since the last scan of the value, and compare it against a predefined limit value. An alarm shall be generated if the limit is exceeded. A programmer entered deadband value equal to a percentage of the limit value shall also be used, similar to high/low limit checking, in determining the return-to-normal condition. Each analog value shall have a unique rate-of-change limit. a The City of Huntington Beach T52-3 4/112000 Technical Specification 2.2 CONTROL 2.2.1 General Requirements Control functions shall be performed in the following ways: • 2-state commands (START/STOP engine, OPEN/CLOSE valve, etc.) initiated by the operator from the Master Station • Setpoint commands initiated by the operator from the Master Station • Control strategies executing in the Master Station with the final control commands telemetered (2-state, setpoint) to the RTU for execution • Control strategies executing in the RTU with the final control commands (2-state, setpoint) executed directly by the RTU The City will be responsible for all control strategies executing in the RTUs. However, the system shall support the download of control strategy parameters such as pump sequence, level setpoints, etc. 2.2.2 Supervisory Control The operator shall be able to initiate direct discrete output control actions (OPEN/CLOSE valve, START/STOP pump, etc.) through the RTU to the local controls. All supervisory control commands to BTUs shall have communication priority. Supervisory control commands shall be inserted into the channel scan list at the completion of the current communication sequence. The supervisory control function shall have the following capabilities: • The system shall provide a select-check-execute function at the operator interface level before any command sequence is sent to the RTU. • All operator requested control selections shall be checked for proper conditions (status of HOA switch,not out-of-service, etc. as available and appropriate)for control of the device. • The operator will either cancel the selection or execute the control command. • Once the control message has been sent to the RTU, the point under control shall be temporarily inhibited from alarming until the device status is sensed to have changed or a time interval has elapsed. Each controllable device shall have a different alarm inhibit time-out duration. The time-out periods shall be variable and programmer adjustable. If the time interval elapses, the system shall initiate a"command fail" alarm message if verification of the control action has not been received. The Cin of Huntington Beach TS24 4/12/2000 Technical Specification • After detection of change-of-state of the controlled point, the system shall compare the telemetered data with the expected response to ascertain that the proper control action took place. • The system shall update the database with the results of the control action. • If communication errors occur during the control sequence, the system shall retry the operation up to three times(programmer changeable number) in succession. If it is impossible to obtain proper communication or if the RTU does not respond with the proper message, an alarm shall be output with an appropriate message different from the time-out message. In addition to commands requested from the operator's workstation, the capability for application programs to request control functions shall also be provided. 2.2.3 Supervisory Setpoint Control The operator shall be able to select any analog output control point from the screen display and enter setpoints which are then sent to the RTU. All setpoint control commands to RTt;s shall have communication priority. Setpoint control commands shall be inserted into the channel scan list at the completion of the current communication sequence. The setpoint control function shall have the following capabilities: ■ All setpoint control commands shall follow select-before-operate sequences at the operator interface level. ■ The message-exchange sequence with the RTU shall consist of a downloading of parameters from master-to-remote followed by an acknowledge message from remote-to-master. ' 2.2.4 Pump Scheduling An operator shall be able to schedule a supervisory control command that will be executed at a4future time. A display shall be provided for the operator to enter a device or pump name. start time and/or stop time. At the selected time, the system shall execute the supervisory control command to START/STOP the pump. Running pumps shall continue to run until the selected stop time, when the system shall execute the supervisory command to stop the pump. If no stop time is entered, the pump shall run continuously. The City of Huntington Beach TS2-5 41122000 Technical Specification 2.3 ALARMING 2.3.1 General Alarm Requirements The system shall provide the following general requirements: • Alarms shall be reported in multiple locations based on alarm type, alarm state, and acknowledged status: - Alarm zones - Alarm Summary - Graphic and tabular displays where the point in alarm appears • Alarm limit deadbands shall minimize repetitive reporting and Iogging of any continuous oscillating alarm condition (signal excursions around a process limit). • No alarms shall be lost due to conditions such as internal buffer overflow. • An operator shall be able to inhibit the reporting of any alarm condition • Flashing shall denote an unacknowledged alarm. • Color shall denote condition or state of device on all schematic displays. 2.3.2 Alarm Priority Alarm conditions shall be presented in a clear, unambiguous and convenient manner to the operating personnel. Each alarm condition shall be assigned to one of the following alarm priority categories: • Urgent Alarm - Processed as a critical alarm plus outputs to the auto-dialer call program. • Critical Alarm - Sounds the annunciator, displays an alarm message on the screen, and logs to alert the operator. • Operating Alarm - Provides an alarm message on the screen and logs that a deviation from normal operating limits has occurred. 2.3.3 Alarm Reporting When an alarm occurs, the operators shall be alerted as follows: The City of Huntington Beach TS2-6 4/12/2000 Technical Specification • A workstation audible alarm is sounded until silenced or acknowledged for urgent and critical alarms. • The alarm shall appear in the Alarm Zone (newest unacknowledged alarm) on the current display. • The alarm shall appear in the Alarm Summary with the most recent alarm at the top of the list. • The alarm message shall be output to the Alarm and Event logger and saved to the Alarm and Event file. • The appropriate fields on displays shall flash to denote an unacknowledged alarm. • Points in alarm on displays (tabular and schematic) shall change color(to identify state) and shall flash to denote an unacknowledged alarm. A return-to-normal condition shall be treated as an event only, shall not require acknowledgment, and the associated alarm message shall be automatically deleted from the Alarm Summary display. 2.3.4 Alarm Message The alarm message output to the Alarm Summary and the Alarm Zone of the current display shall be identical. Upon acknowledgment, the alarm message shall be removed from the alarm zone. Each alarm message shall contain the following: • Date and time of detection • Station name (RTU, Master Station, etc.) • Point ID • Current value and the alarm limit violated • Alarm Text (description of the condition or return to normal) The alarm message shall clearly define the alarm condition in familiar operator terms. Ambiguous, non- standard, or cryptic messages will not be acceptable. 1.3.5 Alarm Lists All alarms shall be displayed on the Alarm Summary Display and logged on the Alarm and Event logger. The City of Huntington Beach TS2-7 4112/2000 Technical Specification 2.3.6 Alarm Zone An area on all displays or a pop up window shall be reserved for alarm identification of the most recent unacknowledged alarm(s). If no unacknowledged alarms exist in the SCADA system, then the Alarm Zone shall be blank. 2.3.7 Alarm Acknowledgment and Deletion The alarming device must be displayed in order to be acknowledged. The alternatives that shall be made available to the operator are: ■ Acknowledge alarms in the alarm zone window by selecting the ACKNOWLEDGE function. ■ Acknowledge all alarms shown on the visible portion of the Alarm Summary display via PAGE SELECT and depressing the ACKNOWZ.EDGE function key. ■ Acknowledge an alarm displayed on a graphic or tabular display by selecting the point and depressing the ACKNOWZEDGE function key. Upon acknowledgment, the symbols and messages associated with the alarm shall stop flashing on all displays where the alarm appears. Acknowledging all alarms appearing on a display by a page acknowledge shall not also acknowledge additional alarms on associated (but not displayed) pages of the display. All acknowledged alarms shall be automatically deleted from the Alarm Summary Display when the alarm condition clears. If the Alarm Summary becomes full, the oldest acknowledged alarms, which have not cleared, shall be overwritten. 2.3.8 Silencing Audible Alarms The audible alarm at a workstation shall be silenced in two ways: • Alarm acknowledge function , • AIarm mute function When an operator selects the alarm mute function at a workstation, the audible alarms shall be silenced at all workstations. The audible alarms at all workstations shall then remain silent until another unacknowledged alarm is detected by the system. The City of Huntington Beach TS2-8 411112000 Technical Specification The operator shall also be able to enable/disable the audible alarm for periods of anticipated alarms and of unattended hours of operation. A message shall continuously appear on the display screen if the audible alarm is so silenced. The audible alarm silence shall only affect the workstation where it is activated. 2.3.9 Deactivation / Reactivation of Points An operator shall be able to deactivate points on an individual or RTU basis. Deactivation is equivalent to taking a point or RTU out of scan. When one or more points are deactivated, they shall not be processed by the data acquisition software nor the alarm system, and their quality codes in the database shall be changed accordingly. Upon reactivation of the point or RTU, data processing shall resume. An event message shall be recorded when a point is deactivated/reactivated. Points that are deactivated shall be listed on an abnormal points list or otherwise grouped for viewing by an operator. 2.3.10 Alarm Inhibit An operator shall be able to inhibit points from alarm processing. When a point is thus inhibited, its quality code in the database shall be changed accordingly. As the point is scanned, it shall be processed and updated as appropriate in the database. For alarm processing however, alarm conditions shall not be logged, the audible alarm shall not be activated, and the Alarm Summary displays and the alarm zones shall not have entries corresponding to the point. An event message shall be recorded when a point is alarm inhibited/re-enabled. Points that are alarm inhibited shall be listed on an abnormal points list or otherwise grouped for viewing by an operator. 4 The Cit<of Huntington Beach TS2-9 411212000 Technical Specification 3 SYSTEM SOFTWARE 3.1 SYSTEM SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall provide licenses for the SCADA, operating system, and application software for the servers,workstation, and laptop computers. The operating system for the file servers and workstations shall be identical, and shall be Windows NT. The City has no preference concerning the SCADA software. The proposed software will be evaluated based on its capabilities to provide the functions and performances in this Specification,the current customer base, the prospect for long term upgrade and support, and its support of standard data interfaces. The Contractor shall also supply for each SCADA server/workstation and laptop any required toolkits and support software packages. The Contractor shall supply the most recent versions of these packages available at the time of award of this contract. The City shall be registered as the owner with the software manufacturer(s). The Contractor shall configure these packages to meet the requirements of this Specification without modifying the packages in a manner that degrades the ability to upgrade to new software releases as they occur. 3.2 YEAR 2000 REQUIREMENTS All computer operating systems, application programs, and databases furnished by the Contractor shall operate fault free in the processing of time and date, time and date related data, time and date referenced data, and time and date tagged data. Processing includes, but is not limited to, calculations, comparison, references, and sequencing. Fault free operation shall mean that hardware and software products, individually and collectively, shall correctly: I. Manipulate data with associated dates prior to, equal to, and beyond 1 January 2000. 2. Provide correct results when moving forward and backward in time across the date of 1 January 2000. r I Leap year calculations. This requirement relates to computer operating systems, application programs, and databases that reside in and operate with hardware, software, and firmware products, individually and in combination. The City of Huntington Beach TS3-1 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 3.3 LOCAL AREA NETWORK AND REDUNDANCY The Master Station server/workstations, communication servers, and peripherals shall be connected via a redundant LAN. The server/workstations, and communication servers shall normally operate using one or both LANs based on Contractor's design. The system shall automatically switch over to the backup LAN up the failure of the primary LAN'. The Master Station servers/workstations and communication servers shall operate in a redundant(primary/backup) configuration,with no preferred primary/backup assignment. The server designated as backup shall automatically assume the "primary" role if the other server/workstation fails or is taken off-line. Upon return to service,the restored server/ workstation shall update all of its files and function as the backup server/workstation until the primary server/workstation fails or is taken off-line. 3.4 COMMUNICATION DRIVER The Contractor shall provide a ModBus protocol driver, furnished and supported by the SCADA software manufacturer and/or Murphy, for communications with the Murphy Controllers. 3.5 SYSTEM DATABASE 3.5.1 General Requirements All data acquired from the system, all calculated data, all manually entered data, and all application data shall be stored in a real-time database. This database shall be accessible and used by all program elements in the computer system, including the data acquisition software and the OI software. The real-time and historical databases shall be maintained on both the primary and backup servers or media. The primary server shall update the backup server real-time and historical databases at least every 5 minutes. 3.6 HISTORICAL DATABASE The history database shall be derived from real-time database values, operator entered values, application parameters, and calculated values. The history files shall be used to support trending, data archiving, and for the preparation of daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly reports. The City of Huntington Beach TS3-2 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 3:6.1 Historical Data Save The historical data save shall consist of the following files. 1. A chronological file of time and date stamped system alarms. 2. A chronological file of time and date stamped event changes. 3. The analog historical data save shall snapshot selected values from the real-time database. The save function shall run at preselected or periodic times which are programmer definable and changeable. The default values shall be all analog data(measured and calculated) collected once a minute. The historical files shall include 30 days of minute data. Every hour the one minute snapshots shall be processed and compressed to create an hourly file which will include the hourly maximum and minimum value of each variable,the average of the 60 minute values, and the discrete value that occurred on the hour. The historical files shall include 13 months of hourly data. Every 24 hours a daily file(same format as the hourly files) shall be created using the preceding 24 hourly files. The historical files shall include 3 years of daily data. 3.6.2 Historical Data Edit The operator shall be able to display and edit all the historical database files as follows; 1. Enter a data point name, start date and time, and date and time range. 2. The requested data shall be presented in spreadsheet format. 3. The operator enters the revised data. 4. The operator requests"data save". 5. The edited data is saved in the historical data files. Edited data shall be flagged with a "manual enter" data quality flag. When historical data that are components in calculations are edited, the data edits shall propagate into the calculations (i.e. if daily data is edited, the weekly data shall be recalculated). 3.6.3 Historical Data Display All historical data files shall be available for trends (Section 3.9.7). 4 3.6.4 Historical Alarm Sort The operator shall be able to sort and filter the historical alarms and view a display of the results. The City of Huntington Beach TS3-3 4112:2000 Technical Specification 3.7 Ol OPERATOR INPUT 3.7.1 Console Modes of Operation The system shall require a user to log-on and enter a unique password. user log-on/password access security shall restrict a user to specific functions: 1. View Mode - Access To The SCACDA System Displays Is Permitted, But No Control Or Data Entry Can Be Made. 2. Operators Mode - All Displays Shall Be Accessible, Commands May Be Sent To System Devices, All Programs Applicable To Real-Time Operations May Be Run, And All Hardcopy Reports May Be Selected And Printed. 3. Supervisors Mode - This Mode Has Additional Capabilities Of Assignment Of Modes Of Operation And Pass Codes, Hardware Configuration And Backup Assignments, Database And Display Generation, And Point Attribute Modification. This Mode May Use The Database Edit And Display Edit Functions, Or May Perform Program Source Edit, Batch Processing, And Background.Computer Functions. 3.7.2 Operator Entry Requirements The operator shall interface with the SCADA system using display screen poke points, function keys, and pop up menus. - Certain displays and functions (user programmable) shall be accessible directly via display buttons. The following display access buttons shall appear on every display in a consistent location: • MASTER INDEX • OVERVIEW. • ALARIM SUMMARY • SELECT • ENTER/EXECUTE • CANCEL • ALARM ACKNOWLEDGE HELP. The City of Huntington Beach TS3-4 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 3.8 OI DISPLAY REQUIREMENTS Station displays shall include both schematic diagrams and tabular displays. The display system shall be capablt of presenting all information from the real-time, and historical databases. Archived data shall be displayed by reloading archived data into a temporary historical file which can be accessed by the display programs. 3.8.1 Display Information Fields The following fields shall be provided on each display in uniform dedicated locations: • Display title • Time and date • Computer message output field. • Main display field. • Display selection buttons • Alarm zone. 3.8.2 Color Coding The following color code conventions shall be used; • White-telemetered quantity(normal) and fixed text • Red- High/Low alarm, pump fail, valve closed, pump run, etc. • Green-valve open, pump ready, etc. • Yellow- valve in transit, warning or data only • Cyan- off-line • Flashing - unacknowledged alarm • Steady - ackno��ledged alarm, no alarm • Inverted Video - alarm inhibited. 3.9 BASIC SCADA DISPLAYS ` 1.9.1 Directories Contractor shall provide the following directories as a minimum: • :Master Index from which all other directories and major displays can be accessed. • System Overview(geographical) The City of Huntington Beach TS3-5 4/12/2000 Technical Specification • Field Site Directory listing all RTUs • Alarm Summary • Trend Display Directory • Master Station Equipment Overview • Communications Summary. 3.9.2 Schematic Displays Copies of the major displays from the existing SCADA system are shown in Appendix B. Contractor shall replicate these displays. Contractor shall also develop the following schematic displays: + Graphical displays for the three major reservoirs and associated pumping stations. The displays shall depict the major equipment at the site in a geographical layout. • Graphical displays for the flood control sites. • Master Station equipment configuration and status 3.9.3 Communication Performance The system shall include a display of communication statistics for each communication channel. Communication statistics shall include: • Current channel status; polling/ idle • Number of polls attempted • Number of successful polls • % of successful polls • Number of failed polls • Poll response time for most recent poll command. The operator shall be able to reset the communication statistics. 3.9.4 Master Station Configuration The system shall include a display which shows the Master Station equipment status, including primary/backup servers, workstations, printers, communication channels, etc. The City,of Huntington Beach TS3-6 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 3.9.5 Alarm Displays 3.9.5.1 Alarm Summary Displays The system shall include an alarm display formatted as follows: • Display up to 400 alarm entries. If multiple pages are necessary, then an indication at the bottom of the given page shall be provided to indicate that additional alarms exist. Empty pages shall not be in the paging chain • List all current alarms in reverse chronological order, i.e., newest alarm on the top. • Each alarm shall occupy one line formatted as described in Section 2.3A. • Only current alarm conditions shall be listed. • When an acknowledged alarm returns-to-normal, it shall be removed from this list. • Unacknowledged alarms shall be distinguished from acknowledged alarms by flashing until acknowledged. • Alarms shall be displayed in their associated color. • An operator shall be able to filter and sort the entries of the Alarm Summary display based on point type, priority, location, and time. 3.9.6 System Support Displays The system shall provide displays to support special features of the system; • Display generation/modification. • Database generation/modification. • Report and Log generation/modification. • System parameter edit. 3.9.7 Trend Displays 3.9.7.1 Trend Graph Displays The system shall provide trend graphs as follows: • Display real time, historical, and archived values of operator selected variables `' graphically, with time as the horizontal axis with current time on the left side, so that as time progresses the graph gives the appearance of scrolling left to right. • Display a minimum of four curves • Use different colors to distinguish each curve. • Horizontal and vertical scaling grids. The City of Huntington Beach TS3-7 4/12/2000 Technical Specification • Display alarm limits for each point on the vertical axis with the range scale. • User selectable time span • Display the point name of each curve The trend graph shall provide a movable time line. When the operator places moves the time line across the trend graph, the actual trend values shall be displayed. 3.9.7.2 Trend Control Display Points selected for trending shall be grouped in trend sets. The system shall provide a minimum of 32 trend sets with 4 trend variables per set. A trend set, once defined, shall be recalled, and the trend graph displayed, directly without further definition. The trend points and associated parameters for each trend set shall be defined from the trend control display as follows; • List the points currently selected for trending. • Selection and deletion of points • Entry of range(to provide scaling), time resolution, and color of curve Real-time trend data shall be stored in buffers. When the trend buffer is full, new data samples shall overwrite the oldest data samples. Each buffer shall store a minimum of 240 samples per trend display plot. The system shall allow the trending of data from the minute, hourly, and daily historical data files. 3.10 PUBLIC PHONE COMMUNICATION 3.10.1 Alarm Call-out Auto-dialer Interface When specified critical alarms occur, an auto-dialer 1 voice annunciator shall automatically dial up to eight telephone numbers using the public switched telephone network (PSTN). The dialed numbers may be to either pagers or telephones. For pagers, the unit w7ll leave a message or code that a critical alarm has occurred and that callback is requested. For telephones, when the receiving party answers, the unit%vill voice annunciate that a critical alarm has occurred and that callback is requested. Failure of a paged person or an answering party to respond �.v7thin a variable time period (nominally 10 minutes, user programmable) shall result in the next number being dialed. The City of Huntington Beach TS3-8 4/12/2000 Technical Specification Should no party answer, an adjustable time delay shall be invoked which when completed, will cause the entire process to repeat. Following notification by pager or telephone of an alarm condition, the receiving party will dial back to the auto-dialer. The auto-dialer shall then answer after the first ring. The calling parry shall be required to enter a personal authorization 1 identification code using the touch tone handset. The calling party may make the following requests be entering specific touch-tone codes,to which the auto-dialer shall then voice synthesize the response: • All unacknowledged alarms • All acknowledged alarms • Acknowledge an alarm • Repeat any request • Request the current value of any digital or analog point by entering the point ID number. Alarms acknowledged through the auto-dialer shall re-annunciate every 60 minutes until the alarms are acknowledged directly from an operator console or laptop dial-in. The Auto-dial/annunciator program shall be as follows or equal (as approved by the City); Wh,"-911 by Specter(A Quinstar Company) • SCADA'arrn T.M 3.10.2 Remote Access to System Information Each SCADA system shall have a high speed(56 Kbps) dial-in modem connected to the public switched telephone network(PST N) to support remote (laptop or personal computer) access to SCADA system information. Remote access shall operate as a remote workstation. Remote access shall be subject to user log-on privileges. The SCADA system shall be able to restrict remote access privileges including control. The SCADA system shall record an event for each remote access log-on and log-off. The event message shall include the remote user's name, but not their pass code. 1.11 SCADA DATA LOGGING Logs shall be produced on demand, or automatically at scheduled times. In the event of the failure of a printing device, its output shall automatically be rerouted to disk storage. Upon restoration of the printing device the backlogged reports shall be output on the printer. The City of Huntington Beach TS3-9 4111:2000 Technical Specification 3.11.1 Basic SCADA Logs 3.11.1.1 Alarm and Event Logs All alarms and events shall be printed on the alarm and events logger. The messages shall contain as a minimum the information specified in Section 2.3.4. 3.11.1.2 Demand Printed CRT Displays All color display screens shall be printable upon demand to the Color Printer on a per-page basis. Printing of a display to the color printer shall not suspend the SCADA System and shall not lock-up the display updates for more than five seconds. The City of Huntington Beach TS3-10 4r12r000 Technical Specification 4 GENERAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS 4.1 SYSTEM AVAILABILITY AND MAINTAINABILITY 4.1.1 Single Point of Failure The Master Station configuration shall prevent any single hardware or software failure from causing the inability to perform, or the incorrect operation of, any Master Station function. Master Station functions shall not be considered lost provided they can be performed from any workstation. The real-time and historical databases shall be maintained on two SCADA server/workstation hard disks. 4.1.2 Availability The SCADA system Master Station redundancy configuration with primarylbackup fail over operation shall guarantee yearly availability of not less than 99.8%, without loss of any SCADA functions due to hardware or software malfunctions or routine preventive maintenance. The System Availability Test shall be conducted as defined in Section 10.4. 4.2 SIZING AND EXPANSION 4.2.1 Master Station Equipment Server 1 Workstation RAM and disk memory shall be sized as follows: • Real-time database of Section 3.5.1 • Historical requirements of Section 3.6 • All SCADA and support software • Expandable by 100% from the delivered configuration • Fifty percent(50%) of the installed fixed disk memory shall be spare and available for District's exclusive use • RANI and disk memory (fully expanded) shall be supported by the operating system and other software famished with the SCADA system and its use shall not be restricted in any way. The Ciry of Huntington Beach TS4-1 41112;2000 Technical Specification 4.2.2 Master Station Database The Master Station database shall be sized as follows: • RTUs listed in Appendix A plus 100% expansion • I/O points listed for the RTUs in Appendix A plus 300% expansion • 200 calculated values • 200 non-telemetered (manual)points The Contractor will configure the database and build all displays.. 4.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE 4.3.1 Communication Performance 4.3.1.1 Communication Data Security Requirements The System shall provide the following specific communication security capabilities: • RTU failures shall not degrade the SCADA Master's polling of the other RTUs. • Use the capabilities of the ModBus error detection code • Reject all RTL reply messages with erroneous codes • Continuously ascertain the integrity of the communication network • Maintain statistics on the performance of the communication system as defined in Section 3.9.3. 4.3.2 Periodic Performance The required periods between start of execution of various SCADA system functions are as follows. The City of Huntington Beach TS4-2 4/12/2000 Technical Specification PERIODIC PERFORNLAINCE OF FUNCTIONS Function Period Between Start Executions Data Acquisition: - Status/Alarms Data 15 Seconds - Analog Data 15 Seconds Data Processing As data is received Display Update As changed data is received (or at least every 60 seconds). Time update every second (system heartbeat) Totals 60 seconds Database Backup Continuous (as new data are received, processed, calculated or manually input) i 4.3.3 Operator Interface Performance The SC ADA system shall acknowledge all operator requests or provide the operator a visual cue that the request is being processed within two seconds from the time the request is entered. 4.3.3.1 Control Output Time Supervisory control commands shall cause the control device to be actuated (initiated) at the RTU within thirty seconds after the operator executes the last step of the command sequence. 4.3.3.2 Display Response Time The display call-up time for newly requested displays shall be Iess than four seconds. Dynamic data on displays being viewed shall be updated within four seconds after new data is received at the Master Station. The time and date field on each display shall be updated every minute. The City of Huntington Beach TS4-3 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 4.3.3.3 Alarm Response Time All alarms shall be reported to the operator within four seconds after the raw data is received at the Master Station. All alarms shall be spooled to the logger output buffer within fifteen seconds after the raw data is received at the Master Station. 4.3.3.4 Operator Request Completion Time The Master Station shall complete the response within four seconds for each individual request. These shall include point selection, alarm acknowledgment, data entry, start of hardcopy printing, and all similar operations. 4.3.3.5 Failsoft If the Master Station is stressed with loading, it shall enter a failsoft state in which the system response is slowed. However, no situation shall occur which shall cause the Master Station to halt (crash) due to overload. A critical alarm shall be output on a failsoft situation to indicate that this condition exists. 4.4 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE The City will assume primary responsibility for routine maintenance of the SCADA system hardware and software after acceptance of the System. Hardware and software failures, during the warranty period shall be the Contractor's warranty responsibility. Where the source of the failure is obvious, the City will replace the failed part and return it to the Contractor for repair or replacement. If the source of the failure is not obvious or if spare parts are not available, the Contractor shall be required to visit the site and make the repair during the warranty-period. The City of Huntington Beach TS4-4 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 5 MASTER STATION HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS The hardware requirements specified in this Section are minimum requirements. Any additional hardware necessary to meet the requirements in this Specification shall be provided by the Contractor. All equipment must be new and of the latest proven technology: A. Two Pentium III 500 MHz PC Server/Workstations located at Water Operations each with. - 128Mb RANI - 20GB SCSI hard disk - PCI 64 bit graphics processor with 8M13 of integral video memory. Output resolution of 1280 X 1024 NI (or better) with refresh rates up to 120 Hz. - 16-bit Sound card - 3 %2" floppy disk - 250 fib Zip drive - 40X CD ROM drive - Three 56 Kbps dial-out/dial-in modems - 19" super VGA monitor with 1280 X 1024 resolution 72Hz NI ,.26 dot pitch. - Mouse, keyboard, speakers - PCI Ethernet LAN adapters - Microsoft Windows NT and Excel B. Peripheral Equipment - Communications server interface to spread spectrum master radio - Alarm Auto-dialer - One wide carriage 24-pin dot matrix printer - One HP DeskJet color printer - One external tape back-up unit C. One Pentium III 500 Mhz remote Workstation located at Water Operations with: - 128MB RAIM - 20GB SCSI hard disk - PCI 64 bit graphics processor with 8MB of integral video memory. Output resolution of 1280 X 1024 NI (or better) with refresh rates up to 120 Hz. - 16-bit sound card - 3 '/2" floppy disk - 250 Mb Zip drive - 40X CD ROM drive - 19" super VGA monitor with 1280 X 1024 resolution 72Hz NI ,.26dot pitch. - Mouse, keyboard, speakers - PCI Ethernet LAN adapters - Microsoft Windows NT and Excel The City of Huntin,ton Beach TS5-1 2.!1512000 Technical Specification D. Three Pentium II 300 Mhz Portable Laptop Terminals each with; - Docking station for direct connection to SCADA LAIN - 64MB RAM - 3%" high density floppy disk - 3GB hard disk 32-bit Local bus Video w/1MB video RAM and external VGA connector Minimum 12.1" active matrix VGA color display(800 x 600 pixels and 256 colors) 4-hour NiMH battery installed and one spare AC/DC battery charger 82-key full function keyboard Integral cursor pointing device Serial port Parallel Port PCMCIA 56 Kbps V.34 modem Microsoft Windows NT and Excel Cell phone interface software.. E. Redundant Ethernet LAIN - Ethernet Thinwire coax cable between sen?er/workstations, communications servers, printers F. Uninterruptible Power Supply - One UPS system - External manual bypass switch with AC disconnect - UPS and power operations software and interface cable (serial or LAN). 6.1 COMPUTERS AND PERIPHERALS The computer and peripherals brands shall be Hewlett Packard or City approved equal. The model computers vised shall be on the SCADA software supplier's approved products list. Contractor shall provide computers as follows: • Model information submitted to the District for approval prior to ordering • A minimum of five 16-bit ISA expansion slots A A minimum of three 32-bit PCI expansion slots • A minimum of two spare (unused) ISA slots • A minimum of one spare (unused) PCI slot • A minimum of one unused 5 3/4" disk expansion bay The City of Huntington Beach TS5-2 2/15/2000 Technical Specification 5.2 COMMUNICATION SUBSYSTEM Contractor may use a polling RTU/PLC or a separate communication server as required by Contractor's design. The RTU communication interface shall support the gathering of the communication statistics as described in Section 3.9.3. The piaster Station at Water Operations shall have the following communication interfaces; • 900 Mhz spread spectrum radio • 5.8 GHz spread spectrum radio • PST_V for alarm dial-out • PSTN for dial-in and communication with remote laptops. 5.2.1 Spread Spectrum Radio Interface The spread spectrum radio interfaces shall be compatible with the Contractor supplied spread spectrum radios as specified in Section 7. 5.2.2 Dial-up interface The dial-up interface shall support automatic dial-out to report problems during off-duty hours, and remote dial-in of laptop portable terminals to support off-site viewing of SC ADA displays and alarm acknowledgement. Three separate PSTN interfaces shall be provided for the alarm auto-dialer and remote dial-in. The dial-up modems shall be high speed V.34 data/FAX send/receive modems rated at 56 Kbps designed for external connection to the communication server. The dial-up modem shall have front panel mounted LED indicators to show terminal connection status and bi-directional data throughput operation. The modem shall operate from ll5 VAC power from the UPS. 5.3 MASTER STATION ELECTRIC SUPPLY AND ENVIRONMENT The Contractor shall provide grounding for all Contractor supplied SCADA equipment, and coordinate the grounding system with the grounding of the District's building. All Master Station cabinets and equipment shall be grounded at a single point to the District's ground plane. The City of Huntington Beach TS5-3 2l1 512000 Technical Specification All Master Station equipment shall operate without loss of System function or loss of equipment life in an ambient temperature of 15 to 32 degrees C (59 to 90 degrees F) with a maximum relative humidity range of 30%to 80%(non-condensing). 5.3.1 Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) The Contractor shall furnish, install, and make operational a 120/240 VAC single phase UPS system capable of providing clean transient free power to the Field Headquarters SCADA Master Station computers and peripherals. The UPS shall consist of a ferroresonant transformer, charger, inverter, internal bypass switch(for battery maintenance), monitor panel, UPS/power operations monitoring, and a battery with a minimum of two hours of backup capacity. The charger shall be sized to recharge the battery(from full discharge) within eight hours while the transformer is providing full power to the Master Station load. The UPS installation shall be provided with an external bypass switch for maintenance of the complete UPS unit. The UPS shall be sized such that it is normally operating at not more than 70% of full load and the inverter output shall not have more than 5% THD (Total Harmonic Distortion). The UPS shall be a self-contained unit suitable for free standing in the control room near the SCADA computers and peripherals. The UPS shall have an integral alarm monitoring processor with a serial interface to report UPS status to the SCADA System. The UPS shall be interfaced to the redundant SCADA computers and UPS alarms shall be processed by the SCADA System similar to RTU data. The UPS shall be a Best FERRUPSTM model sized to meet UPS requirements for the Contractor's Master Station hardware configuration. The City of Huntington Beach TS5-4 21151,2000 Technical Specification 6 REMOTE TERMINAL UNITS 6.1 GENERAL The City will be responsible for the upgrade, configuring, and programming of the Murphy Controller as follows: • Upgrade the Murphy Model 100 Engine Controllers to either the Murphy Model 500 or 555 current generation products • Add Murphy 510 I/O expansion boards to the Master Controllers as required to accommodate additional data. • Reprogram all the Murphy controllers to communicate in the ModBus protocol. • Purchase and install new Murphv 500 or 555 Controllers for the WOCWB sites. 6.2 MURPHY CONTROLLERS The hardware interface between the Murphy Controllers and the spread spectrum radio will be EIA-232D. The implementation of this interface for the Murphy Controllers is described in the technical literature for the :Murphy Controllers in Appendix B. 6.3 MODBUS PROTOCOL The Murphy Controllers will be programmed to communicate with the Master Station using the Modbus communication protocol as described in Appendix B. The sofnrare functional design document describing the implementation of the Modbus communication protocol for the Murphy Controllers is described in Appendix B. The mapping of the Modbus registers to the I/O signals connected to the Murphy Controllers is also described in Appendix B. The City of Huntington Beach TS6-1 2/12/2000 Technical Specification 7 COMMUNICATIONS SUBSYSTEM 7.1 SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS This section specifies the requirements for the communications subsystem that shall provide reliable communications between the SCADA System Control Center at Water Operations and the Murphy controllers at the remote Water System and Flood Control sites. Spread spectrum master radios shall be installed at the Reservoir Hill/Overmyer Pump Station and at the City Hall Building to communicate with the remote sites using 900 MHz unlicensed spread spectrum. A 5.8 GHz point-to-point spread spectrum link shall be used to connect the master radio at City Hall to the Control Center at Water Operations. This radio link shall be backed up using a single strand of multimode fiber which will be provided by the City from an existing fiber cable that goes from the Utility Room of the City Hall Building to the Computer Room at the Water Operations Complex. The Contractor shall furnish and install all other equipment required to complete this circuit. The master radio at the Reservoir Hill/Overmyer Pumping Station shall be connected to the Control Center using an extended EIA-232 link. The two master radios shall provide two separate independent communication channels back to the Control Center from the remote sites. The radio subsystem shall include the software required for system configuration and to monitor the performance of each individual 900 MHz and 5.8 GHz spread spectrum radio. 7.1.9 Site Locations Listed in Appendix D are all master and remote radio sites along with the latitude and longitude of each site. Also listed are the suggested antenna mount type for each remote site and the master radio that will poll each remote radio. The Contractor shall be responsible for selecting the appropriate antenna height to meet the requirements of this Specification, however the minimum height for the installation of any remote radio antenna shall be twelve feet above ground level. The Contractor will provide wood poles for those sites that do not have an existing structure to mount the antenna to (either a building or pole). At some sites the antenna shall be mounted to the existing wooden power pole. The City of Huntington Beach TS7-1 4/1212000 Technical Specification 7.1.2 Provided by the City The City will provide a strand of multimode fiber for the backup circuit between City Hall and Water Operations. 7.1.3 Referenced Standards This section references the latest revisions of the following standards. They are a part of this specification, as applicable. In case of conflict between the requirements of this specification and those'of the listed standards, the requirements of this specification shall prevail. Standard Title FCC Rules Part 2 Part 15 - Specifically Subpart J, Class B Radiation Limits Part 17 - Construction, Marking, and Lighting of Antenna Structures Part 101- All applicable sections 7.1.4 Codes and Regulations This section references the following codes. They are a part of this specification, as appropriate. Conflicts between the contract documents and the listed codes shall be submitted to the City for resolution prior to ordering materials or performing affected work. The Contractor is also responsible for the adherence to all local codes and regulations. Code Title NEC National Electric Code (NFPA 70) NESC National Electrical Safety Code UBC Uniform Building Code Y 7.1.5 Environmental Specifications All equipment shall function properly and meet all specifications under the following environmental conditions: �- .1.5.1 Temperature Full performance -30 degrees C to60 degrees C Operational -40 degrees C to -70 degrees C Storage -50 degrees C to +75 degrees C The City of Huntington Beach TS7-2 411212000 Technical Specification 7.1.5.2 Humidity Equipment shall operate without degradation to performance over the relative humidity range from 0% to 95%, non-condensing. 7.1.5.3 Seismic Forces The equipment shall withstand without damage, seismic or other forces of equal magnitude to those specified in the Uniform Building Code for the State of California in the Orange County area. 7.1.5.4 Electromagnetic Interference and Susceptibility Shielding and filtering shall be provided to prevent Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) from, or to, other radio frequency equipment installed near, or in the vicinity of the proposed equip- ment. Any such interference shall cause a maximum of 0.5 dB degradation to other equipment. Any indication of interference shall be evaluated and considered on a case-by- case basis with the Owner and the Owner's Representative. Interference to physically adjacent and/or adjacent in frequency band equipment caused by radio frequency emission from Contractor-supplied equipment shall be mitigated at Contractor's expense. The City has a traffic control system between intersections that uses a 902-928Mhz spread spectrum radio system. If the SCADA system spread spectrum radio system interferes with the traffic control system, Contractor shall make the necessary radio configuration adjustments to eliminate the interference. 7.2 PRODUCTS 7.2.1 5.8 GHz Point-to-Point Spread Spectrum Radio 7.2.1.1 General Requirements The Contractor shall furnish and install 5.8 GHz spread spectrum radios that meet the 461lowing minimum requirements: 1. The radio shall support full-duplex point-to-point digital communications at 512 Kbps in the 5.725 — 5.850 GHz spread spectrum radio band. 2. The radio shall be type accepted for operation under Part 15 and Part 101 of the FCC rules. The Citv of Huntington Beach TS7-31 4,11212000 Technical Specification 3. The radio shall have a minimum of two EIA-530 data input channels, and input shall be capable of the following data rates: 56, 64, 128, 256, 512 Kbps. The combined data rate of both inputs shall be < 512 Kbps. 4. The radio shall be 19" rack mountable. 5. Antenna port shall be Type N female. 6. The radio path shall be designed to provide a 30 dB fade margin over the signal level required to obtain a 1 x 10' bit-error-rate. 7. Each radio shall be capable of operating from a primary power input of 120 VAC. 8. The radio shall include all software required for configuration and performance monitoring of the radios at both ends of a point-to-point link. 9. The 5.8 GHz spread spectrum radio shall be Western Multiplex Model 31950, or approved equal, and meet the following minimum requirements. 7.2.1.2 Transmitter Requirements Each radio transmitter shall meet the following minimum requirements: 1. Output Power(at the antenna port): +20 dBm 2. Coding: Direct Sequence 3. Modulation: QPSK 4. Minimum number of codes: 4 5. Output Impedance: 50 Ohms 7.2.1.3 Receiver Section Requirements Each radio receiver shall meet the following minimum requirements: 1. Bit Error Rate (at 512 Kbps): I 10-6 at a received signal level of-95 dBm 2. Maximum Receive Level: 0 dBm, error free; +10 dBm, no damage 3. RF Input Impedance: 50 Ohms The City of Huntington Beach TS74 4i 12/2000 Technical Specification 7.2.2 900 MHz Spread Spectrum Radio 7.2.2.1 General Requirements The Contractor shall furnish and install 900 MHz spread spectrum radios that meet the requirements listed below. Any differences in the requirements for the master and remote radios are specified. I. Each spread spectrum radio shall support point-to-multi-paint digital communications between the master and remote radios in the unlicensed spread spectrum band, 902 -- 928 MHz. 2. Each spread spectrum radio shall be type accepted for unlicensed operation at 9600 bps under Part 15 of the FCC rules. 3. The data interface shall be EIA-232 with a DB-25 connector. 4. Antenna ports shall be Type N female. 5. Each spread spectrum radio path shall be designed to provide a 20 dB fade margin over the signal level required to obtain a 1x10'6 bit-error-rate. 6. The spreading technique used by the radios shall be frequency hopping, with a minimum of 1,000 frequencies in the 902-928 MHz band. The radios must also be capable of omitting specific frequencies from the hop sequence that are known interference sources. 7. Each radio shall be capable of operating from a primary power input of 24 VDC or 120 VAC, as required, on a site-by-site basis. Refer to Appendix D to identify the power requirement for each site. 8. All remote radios shall be enabled for use with the remote diagnostic software specified in Subsection 7.2.2.7. 7.2.2.2 Master Radio The spread spectrum master radio has the following unique requirements: a 1. The spread spectrum master radio shall include two transceivers and two power supplies with automatic switchover capability. On detection of failure, the radio shall automatically switch to the backup transceiver. The City of Huntington Beach TS7-5 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 2. Individual transmitter and receiver alarms shall be provided. Each of the alarms shall have an LED indicator located on the unit's front panel. As a minimum, alarm relay contact closures shall be provided for a summary transmitter/receiver alarm for each radio unit and for loss of input power. 3. The spread spectrum master radio shall be 19" rack mountable. 4. The spread spectrum master radio shall be an Adaptive Broadband Model# MDS P20, or approved equal, which shall include two transceivers, Adaptive Broadband Model # 9810, or approved equal. 7.2.2.3 Remote Radios The spread spectrum remote radio has the following unique requirements: 1. The remote spread spectrum radio shall be an Adaptive Broadband Model # MDS P70, or approved equal, and shall include a single transceiver, Adaptive Broadband Model # MDS 9810, or approved equal. 2. The spread spectrum remote radio shall include a NEMA 4X enclosure suitable for 19" rack mounting or for mounting on a wallboard. For indoor installations the radio shall be mounted on a 3/4" plywood wallboard. For outdoor installations the radio shall be mounted in the outdoor enclosure specified below. 3. Shall include a bulkhead mounted lightning arrestor and ground stud. 4. AC models shall include an internal 24-volt, 12 Amp-hour backup battery. 7.2.2.4 Outdoor Enclosure The outdoor enclosure shall meet the following minimum requirements: 1. Shall be:VEMA-4X rated. 2. Dimensions (HxWxD): 39"x 24"x 20.25 3. Shall be a Hennessy Model # Rw1392420, or approved equal, and include all hardware required to mount on a 24" pedestal. 7.2.2.5 Transmitter Requirements Each radio transmitter shall provide the following: The City of Huntington Beach TS7-6 41/12/2000 Technical Specification I. Output Power(at the antenna port): 0.1 to I watt, adjustable 2. Duty Cycle: 100 % continuous at I watt 3. Frequency Stability: +/- 0.00015 % from -30 to +60 degrees C. 4. Modulation Type: Binary CPFSK 5. Spurious Emissions: -60 dBc 6. Harmonic Emissions: -80 dBc 7. Output Impedance: 50 Ohms 7.2.2.6 Receiver Section Requirements Each radio receiver shall provide the following: I. Type: Dual conversion superheterodyne. 2. Bit Error Rate (at 9600 bps): I x 10' at a received signal level of—110 dBm 3. Frequency Stability: +/- 0.00015% from -30 to +60 degrees C. 4. Bandwidth: 25 KHz 5. Spurious Emissions: 70 dB minimum 6. RF Input Impedance: 50 Ohms 7. Intermodulation (EIA): 59 dB minimum. 8. Desensitization (EIA); 75 dB minimum 7.2.2.7 Radio System Diagnostics The Contractor shall provide radio system diagnostic software that is compatible with the spread spectrum master and remote radios specified above, and that will run on an IBM compatible computer with a Windows 95, 98 or NT operating system. The diagnostic software shall allow for non-intrusive monitoring and control of the following features: I. Monitor transmitter output power 2. Monitor received signal level 3. Monitor radio temperature 4. Monitor frequency offset 5. Monitor frequency deviation. 6. Adjust power output and frequency The radio system diagnostic software shall be Adaptive Broadband Insite 5, or approved equal. The City of Huntington Beach TS7-7 4/1212000 Technical Specification 7.2.3 Laptop Computer Test Set 7.2.3.1 General Requirements The Contractor shall furnish one of the laptop computer described in Section 5 with the diagnostic software for the 5.8 GHz and 900 MHz spread spectrums radios loaded, for the performance of full radio system diagnostics. 7.2.4 Uninterruptible Power Supply(UPS) The Contractor shall furnish and install a UPS to power the radio and multiplexer equipment at the City Hall Building. The UPS shall meet the following minimum requirements: 1. Power Rating: 1,400 VA, 940 watts 2. 120 VAC, 60 Hz power outputlinput 3. Minimum of 1 hour backup time for all equipment in the rack. Refer to Contract Drawings. 4. Minimum recharge rate: 4 hours 5. Maximum transfer time: 4 ms 6. Minimum of six outlets,NEMA 5-15R 7. Minimum cord length: 6 feet 8. 19" rack mountable The UPS shall be a Tripplite Model SmartPro 1400RM, or approved equal. 7.2.5 Time Division Multiplexer 7.2.5.1 General Requirements The Contractor shall furnish and install time division multiplexers that are capable of combining various voice, video and data inputs into a single high-speed output for transmission over a 5.8 GHz spread spectrum radio link. The time division multiplexer shall be a RAD Model Kilomux-2104, or approved equivalent, �d meet the following minimum requirements. 7.2.5.2 Performance Requirements The time division multiplexer shall meet the following minimum requirements: The City of Huntington Beach TS7-8 4/1212000 Technical Specification 1. Main link data rate—9.6 kbps to 768 kbps 2. Input power— 120 VAC 3. Input/Output Slots - 4 4. In-band remote diagnostics and configuration 7.2.5.3 Low-speed Data Module The time division multiplexer shall include a low-speed data module that is compatible with the multiplexer above and that meets the following requirements: 1. Capable of accepting a 300 — 19,200 bps asynchronous input 2. Capable of accepting a 300—38,400 bps synchronous input 3. Minimum of two EIA-232 channels 7.2.5.4 Main Lurk Module The time division multiplexer shall include two main link modules, one for backup, that are compatible with the multiplexer described in Section 7.2.5 and that meets the following requirements: 1. Data rate--9.6, 19.2, 56, 64, 128, 256, 384, and 768 Kbps 2. EIA-530 interface 7.2.6 5.8 GHz Spread Spectrum Antenna 7.2.6.1 General Requirements The Contractor shall furnish and install 5.8 GHz spread spectrum antennas for the radio control path between the City Hall Building and the Reservoir Hill!Overmyer Pump Station. The antennas shall be a flat-panel antenna suitable for operation in the 5.725 to 5.850 GHz frequency band. The 5.8 GHz spread spectrum antenna shall be a Gabriel Electronics Model m DFPD1-52, or approved equal, and meet the following minimum requirements. 7*2.6.2 Performance Requirements The 5.8 GHz spread spectrum antenna shall meet the following minimum requirements: 1. Frequency Range: 5.725 —5.850 GHz 2. Nominal %,Iidband Gain: 23.5 dBi 3. Impedance: 50 ohms The City of Huntington Beach TS7-9 4,112!2000 Technical Specification 4. VSVrR: less than 1.5:1 5. Maximum Vertical Beamwidth (between half-power points): 9.4 degrees 6. Dimensions: Vx V 7. Front/Back Ratio: 43 dB 8. Polarization: vertical 9. Connector Type:N Female 10. Mounts to a 2-3/8" O.D. pipe 7.2.7 Spread Spectrum Master Radio Antenna 7.2.7.1 General Requirements The Contractor shall furnish and install the following master radio antenna at the City Hall Building and the Reservoir Hill/Overmyer Pump Station. The spread spectrum master radio antenna shall be a broadband end-fed collinear antenna suitable for operation in the 902 to 928 MHz frequency band. The spread spectrum master radio antenna shall be a SCALA Model OGB9-900, or approved equal. 7.2.7.2 Performance Requirements The spread spectrum master radio antenna shall meet the following requirements: 1. Frequency Range: 890-960 MHz 2. Nominal Gain: 9 dBd 3. Impedance: 50 ohms 4. VSWR: less than 1.5:1 5. Omnidirectional 6. VerticaI Beamwidth (between half-power points): 30 degrees 7. Polarization: vertical 8. Maximum Power Input: 500 watts 9. Lightning Protection: DC Ground 10. Maximum Height: 10 feet 11. Rated Wind Velocity: 120 mph 12. Connector Type: N Female The City of Huntington Seach TS7-10 4/1212000 Technical Specification 7.2.8 Spread Spectrum Remote Radio Antennas 7.2.8.1 General Requirements The Contractor shall furnish and install the following antenna at all remote radio sites. The spread spectrum remote radio antennas shall be a broadband yagi suitable for operation in the 902-928 MHz unlicensed spread spectrum frequency band. The spread spectrum remote radio antennas shall be a SCALA Model TY-900, or approved equal. 7.2.8.2 Performance Requirements The spread spectrum remote radio antenna shall meet the following requirements: 1. Frequency Range: 890-960 MHz 2. Nominal Gain: 10 dBd 3. V S WR: less than 1.5:1 4. HorizontaI Beamwidth (between half-power points): 48 degrees 5. Vertical Beamwidth (between half-power points): 40 degrees 6. Front-to-Back Ratio: 20 dB 7. Polarization: vertical 8. Maximum Power input: 100 watts 9. Impedance: 50 ohms 10. Rated Wind Velocity: 150 mph 11. Connector Type: N Female 7.2.9 Antenna Mount- Non-penetrating Roof 7.2.9.1 18-Foot Tripod i The Contractor shall furnish and install an 18' non-penetrating ballasted tripod for the installation of the spread spectrum master radio antenna at Reservoir Hill/Overmyer Pumping Station. The ballast shall consist of enough concrete cinder blocks to allow the tripod to withstand 100 mph winds with the antenna installed. The tripod shall be a Microflect Model 99278. or approved equivalent. 7.2.9.2 9'-6" Tripod The Contractor shall furnish and install a 9'-6" non-penetrating ballasted tripod for the installation of the spread spectrum remote radio antenna at those remote sites as specified in Appendix D. The ballast shall consist of enough concrete cinder blocks to allow the tripod to withstand 100 mph winds with the antenna installed. The City of Huntington Beach TS7-11 4/12/2000 Technical Specification The 9'-6" tripod shall be a Microflect Model 99281, or approved equivalent. 7.2.10 Antenna Mount- Wall The Contractor shall furnish and install one of two types of wall mount brackets, as required. Two brackets shall be used for each antenna mount pole, and each bracket shall be capable of mounting a 2-3/8" OD pipe. For those locations where there is no roof overhang or the roof overhang is less than I foot from the outside wall, the Contractor shall use a Microflect B2018, or approved equal. For those locations where the roof overhang is I foot or more from the outside wall, the Contractor shall use a Microflect B2004, or approved equal. The Contractor shall use an 11' hot-dip galvanized steel pole, 2-3/8" OD, for all wall mount installations. The antenna mount pole shall be a Microflect B 1645, or approved equal. 7.2.11 Antenna Mount Pipe/Hardware The Contractor shall furnish and install a I P hot-dip galvanized steel pole, 2-3/8" OD, for the antenna installation at the City Hall Building. The antenna mount pole shall be a Microflect B 1645, or approved equal. The I I' pole shall be attached to the existing antenna mount structure using a heavy duty universal clamp, Celwave Model # PD346, or approved equal. 7.2.12 Antenna Wood Pole Mount Hardware The Contractor shall furnish and install a Microflect Model # 99485, or approved equal, for all sites that require mounting the antenna on a wood pole. 7.2.13 RF Transmission Line the Contractor shall furnish and install the following Radio Frequency (RF) transmission line for the spread spectrum master and remote radios, and the 5.8 GHz spread spectrum radios. The City of Huntington Beach TS7-12 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 7.2.13.1 112"Heliax The Contractor shall furnish and install Andrews Model LDF4-50A, or approved equal, as specified herein. 7.2.13.2 112"Supen`lex The Contractor shall furnish and install Andrews Model FSJ4-50B, or approved equal, as specified herein. 7.2.13.3 RF Transmission Line Connectors The Contractor shall furnish and install Type N connectors for all of the RF transmission lines specified above. 7.2.14 Wall Penetrations Where new penetrations are required through exterior walls, prefabricated coaxial cable entries shall be used. Each coaxial cable entry shall include an entry tube, coupling nuts, sealant retainers and reducers. The coaxial cable entry shall be Microflect Model 13532, or approved equal. Microflect Model B418 or Model B419 watertight entry connectors, or approved equal, shall be used with the coaxial cable entry specified above. 7.2.15 Coaxial Cable Lightning Arrestors 7.2.15.1 900 MHz Spread Spectrum Radios The Contractor shall furnish and install lightning arrestors for all antenna transmission line runs. The lightning suppressors shall be designed to allow less than 220 microjoules of throughput energy during an impulse event. The suppressors shall be direct current blocked. have 50 ohms impedance and have a VSWR of 1.1 or less over a frequency range up to L000 MHz. 4 Lightning surge suppressors shall be Polyphaser Model IS-SONX-C2, or approved equal. The City of Huntington Beach TS7-13 4112,2000 Technical Specification 7.2.15.2 5.8 GHz Spread Spectrum Radios The Contractor shall furnish and install lightning arrestors for all antenna transmission line runs. The lightning arrestors shall be designed to allow<0.5 microjoules of throughput energy during an impulse event. The arrestors shall be direct current blocked, have 50 ohms impedance and have a VSWR of 1.2 or less over a frequency range 4.2 to 6.0 GHz. Lightning arrestors shall be Polyphaser Model LSX, or approved equal, and include an optional BFD adapter to allow for grounding of the lightning arrestor to the internal ground system. 7.2.16 Equipment Racks The Contractor shall furnish and install universal self-supporting equipment racks for the City Hall Building and Reservoir Hill/Overmyer Pump Station which meets the following minimum requirements: l. Width— 19" 2. Rack Height: City Hall --7'; Reservoir Hill/Overmyer Pump Station— 5'-6" 3. High strength, lightweight aluminum construction 4. Universal 5/8"— 5/8"— 1/2" alternating hole pattern 5. Mounting holes on front and back of rack The equipment rack for the City Hall Building shall be Chatsworth Model # 46053-503, or approved equal. The equipment rack for the Reservoir Hill/Overmyer Pump Station shall be Chatsworth Model # 46053-500, or approved equal. 7.2.16.1 Rack Ground Kits The Contractor shall furnish and install rack grounding kits for the equipment racks specified above. The ground kits shall be Chatsworth Model # 41016-001, or approved equal. 7.2.16.2 Multi-Outlet Power Strip The Contractor shall furnish and install a multi-outlet power strip for the equipment racks specified above. The multi-outlet power strip shall be flush mount, with six 110 VAC outlets and no surge protection, and be a Chatsworth Model # 11445-501, or approved equal. The Citv of Huntington Beach TS7-14 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 7.2.16.3 Double-sided Shelf The Contractor shall furnish and install a double-sided shelf for the equipment rack specified above for the City Hall Building. The shelf shall be used for the existing City of Huntington Beach equipment that will be relocated to the new equipment rack. The shelf shall be a Chatsworth Model #40108-519, or approved equal. 7.2.17 EIA-232 Line Driver The Contractor shall furnish and install EIA-232 line drivers at those sites that require an EIA-232 interface cable that exceeds 50 feet. The EIA-232 line driver shall meet the following minimum requirements: 1. Data Rates up to 19.2 Kbps 2. Full-duplex transmission up to 4 miles using 4-wire 24 AWG copper cable 3. 115 VAC power 4. DB25 connector 5. Capable of either asynchronous or synchronous operation 6. Shall be a standalone unit The EIA-232 Line Driver shall be a Black Box ME760A-R2, or approved equal. 7.2.18 EIA-232 Cables The Contractor shall furnish and install a 4-conductor EIA-232 cable for all locations requiring extended distance EIA-232 connections. The EIA-232 cable shall be extended distance quiet (EDQ) cable with dual shields consisting of an aluminum foil shield and an 85% tinned copper braid. Capacitance shall be 12 pFlft +- 2pF/ft. Conductors shall be 24 AWG (702 AWG) stranded and the PVC jacket shall be rated for NEC CL2. Cables shall be custom cut to length so that no extra length must be taken up in the racks and panels other than what is necessary for strain relief and normal slack. The EIA-232 data cable shall be Black Box Type EVI IN04A, or approved equal. 7.2.19 Fiber Optic Line Driver The Contractor shall furnish and install fiber optic line drivers to establish a 9600 bps circuit between the City Hall Utility Room and the Water Operations Computer Room. The fiber optic line driver shall meet the following minimum requirements: The City of Huntington Beach TS7-15 4'i2!2000 Technical Specification 1. Data Rate—9600 bps 2. Shall provide a full-duplex circuit using a single fiber 3. Designed for use with 62.5/125 micrometer multimode fiber 4. Local and remote loopback 5. Electrical Interface—EIA-232 with a DB-25 connector 6. Link budget— 14 dB 7. Fiber connector type— ST 8. Input power— 110 VAC, 60 Hz The fiber optic line driver shall be a TeIebyte Model # 274, or approved equal. 7.2.20 Fiber Optic Patch Cables The Contractor shall furnish and install all fiber optic patch cables required to complete the fiber circuit from the City Hall Building Utility Room to the Water Operations Computer Room. 7.2.21 Two-Channel Port Sharing Device The Contractor shall famish and install a two-channel port sharing device at the City Hall Building Radio Equipment Room to allow for a parallel connection of the fiber optic and radio control circuits to the 900 MHz master radio. The two-channel port sharing device shall meet the following minimum requirements: 1. Interface connectors shall be EIA-232 2. Asynchronous data rates up to 19.2 Kbps 3. Derives power from the EIA-232 data and control signals. The two-channel port sharing device shall be a RAD Model MPS, or approved equal. 7.2.22 Ground Rod The Contractor shall furnish and install a 5/8" diameter, 8' long ground rod at each remote site and at the Reservoir Hill/Overmyer Pump Station site for the grounding of the antenna masts. The City of Huntington Beach TS7-16 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 7.2.23 Ground Cable The Contractor shall furnish and install a#2 AWG stranded, insulated, black copper cable for the grounding of the equipment enclosure at each remote site. The Contractor shall furnish and install a#6 AWG stranded, insulated, black copper cable for the grounding equipment racks at the City Hall Building and at Reservoir Hill/Overmyer Pump Station to the ground system. 7.2.24 Ground Clamp The Contractor shall furnish and install the following ground clamps: 7.2.24.1 - 2-318" OD Pipes The Contractor shall furnish and install U-bolt pipe clamps for connecting the antenna mount pipe or structure at each site to the ground system using 11r2 AWG ground cable. The U-bolt pipe clamps shall be Harger Lightning Protection, Inc. Model # 234, or approved equal. 7.2.24.2 Bronze Transition Clamp The Contractor shall furnish and install bronze transition clamps at all remote sites to allow the mounting of a lightning arrestor to the antenna mount pipe. The bronze transition clamp shall be Polyphaser Model #J-2, or approved equal. 7.2.25 Ground Kit The Contractor shall furnish and install a ground kit, Andrew Model # 204989-1, or approved equal, to ground the outer conductor of the 1/2" heliax at each site. 7.2.26 Ground Bus Bar The Contractor shall furnish and install a ground bus bar at the Reservoir Hill/Overmyer �umping Station site as shown in the Contract Drawings. The ground bus bar shall be a arger Lightning Protection, Inc. Model # GBI I4112E, or approved equal. The City of Huntington Beach TS7-17 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 7.2.27 Vapor Wrap The Contractor shall furnish and install a Polyphaser WK-1 Weatherproofing Kit, or approved equal, to cover all outside RF connections and lightning arrestors. 7.2.28 Conduit The Contractor shall furnish and install 1" galvanized rigid steel conduit for the installation of 1/2" heliax cable at all remote sites where the antenna is installed on a wood power or utility pole. The Contractor shall also furnish and install 1" galvanized rigid steel conduit between Peck Reservoir and Well No. 7 for the installation of 4-conductor copper cable for the extended EIA-232 link. Refer to Section 8 for detailed requirements. 7.2.29 Miscellaneous Parts The Contractor shall furnish and install all parts not listed herein, but which are required for the installation of the 900 MHz and 5.8 GHz spread spectrum radios and'all associated equipment. 7.3 INSTALLATION Installation details are shown in the drawings in Appendix E. 7.3.t Installer Qualifications The Contractor shall exclusively use installers who meet the following requirements: 1. At least one (1) lead technician with a General Class FCC commercial license 2. Installers must possess a NARTE or equivalent certification. 7.3.2 City Hall Radio Equipment The Contractor shall coordinate the installation of all equipment at City Hall with Jim Day, (714) 960-8829. The City of Huntington Beach TS7-18 4/122000 Technical Specification 7.3.2.1 Equipment Installation The Contractor shall perform the following steps to install the equipment in the radio equipment room at the top of the City Hall Building. 1. Relocate the fire extinguisher that is to the right side of the door (as you are looking into the room) to the wall on the left side. 2. Install a 19" open rack(7' tall) at the end of the existing row of equipment, near the entrance to the room. Install the rack ground bus and then connect to the internal ground system using #6 AWG ground cable. Secure the rack to the cable tray for earthquake bracing. 3. Relocate the City of Huntington Beach's equipment to the new rack as shown in the Drawings in Appendix E and then connect to the rack ground bus. There are three Cylink GYSMP modems, one RAD multiplexer and associated power supplies. The Contractor shall use 1/2" superflex to extend the existing feedlines to the new equipment rack. No equipment shall be taken off-line until approval has been obtained from Jim Day. 4. Install all new equipment into the equipment rack and then connect the equipment to the rack ground bus. 5. Interface all new equipment as shown in the Drawings in Appendix E. 7.3.2.2 Antenna Installation Install the 900 MHz and 5.8 GHz spread spectrum antennas as shown in the Drawings in Appendix E. The 5.8 GHz antenna shall be oriented to achieve maximum signal level to and from the transceiver at the Reservoir Hill/Overmyer Pumping Station. Coordinate with Jim Day for specific antenna mount location. 7.3.2.3 RF Transmission Line The RF transmission line shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended practices and shall be less than the specified minimum bending radius. All connections shall be made with Type "N" connectors approved by the cable manufacturer. A Manufacturer approved clamps and supports shall be used to relieve stress on the transmission line and connectors. The installation of fittings, clamps and connectors shall be performed using tools and procedures conforming to the manufacturer's recommendations. The City of Huntington Beach TS7-19 4/12/2000 Technical Specification The Contractor shall perform the following steps to complete the installation of the RF transmission line for the 900 MHz and 5.8 GHz spread spectrum radios at the City Hall Building: i. Run 1/2"heliax from each antenna along the existing cable tray and enter the radio room through the far right cable entrance point. The outer conductor of each 112" cable shall then be connected to the ground bus on the outside wall of the radio room using a ground kit. 2. Once inside the radio room the 1/2" cable shall ran through the cable tray to the point just above the equipment rack and terminated with a lightning arrestor. A 1/2" superflex jumper shall then be used to connect the lightning arrestor to the radio equipment. The lightning arrestor case shall then be connected to the internal rack ground system. 3. Cover all outside transmission line connection points with vapor wrap to form a watertight connection. 7.3.3 Reservoir Hill/Overmyer Pump Station Radio Equipment The Contractor shall coordinate the installation of all equipment at Reservoir Hill/Overmyer Pump Station with Howard Johnson, (714)536-5503. 7.3.3.1 Extemal Ground Bus Installation 1. Install the wall penetrations in the location shot�,n in the Drawings in Appendix E. These will be the entrance points for the RF.transmission lines and ground cable. Both wall penetrations shall be watertight. 2. Install the external ground bus to the wall approximately three feet above the wall penetration using concrete anchors. 3. InstalI a ground rod in the ground directly below the external ground bus and connect the ground rod to the ground bus using a#2 AWG stranded insulated ground cable. The ground cable shall be connected to the ground rod using an exothermic weld. 4. Mount two lightning arrestors to the external ground bus. The City of Huntinaton Beach TS7-20 4;12/2000 Technical Specification 7.3.3.2 Equipment Installation The Contractor shall perform the following steps to install the radio equipment in the Reservoir Hill/Overmyer Pumping Station: 1. Install the equipment in a 19" open rack (5'-6"tall) as shown in the rack elevation diagram. 2. Coordinate with Howard Johnson to identify the specific location for the equipment rack. 3. Secure the equipment rack to the floor using concrete anchors. Secure the top of the rack to the wall for earthquake bracing. 4. Install a rack ground kit along the back rail of the equipment rack and then connect all equipment in the rack to it. Use a#2 AWG ground cable to connect the rack ground kit to the external ground bus. 5. Pull a 4-conductor, 24 AWG cable from the Reservoir Hill/Overmyer Hill Pump Station to the Production shop using an existing 314" conduit (coordinate with Howard Johnson to identify conduit location). and connect the two extended EIA-232 line drivers. 6. Interface all other equipment as shown in the Drawings in Appendix E. 7.3.3.3 Antenna Installation The Contractor shall perform the following steps to complete the installation of the 900 4IHz and 5.8 GHz spread spectrum antennas: 1. Install the 900 MHz spread spectrum at the top of the non-penetrating roof mount as shown in the Contract Drawings. Refer to manufacture specifications to determine the amount of ballast weight required for the roof mount to withstand 100 mph winds with the antenna installed. 2. Install the 5.8 GHz spread spectrum antenna to the south wall as shown in the Drawings in Appendix E. The antenna shall be oriented to achieve maximum signal level to and from the transceiver at the City Hall Building. 3. Connect the base of both antenna mount structures to the external ground bus using 92 AWG around cable. The City of Huntington Beach TS7-21 41112 2000 Technical Specification 7.3.3.4 RF Feedline Installation The Contractor shall perform the following steps to complete the installation of the RF transmission lines: 1. Install 1/2" heliax from both antennas to the lightning arrestors that are mounted on the external ground bus. 2. Install 1/2" heliax from the lightning arrestors to the equipment rack. 1/2" superflex jumpers may be used to connect the 1/2" heliax to the radio equipment. 3. All outside RF transmission line connections and the two lightning arrestors shall be covered with vapor wrap to form a watertight seal. 4. The outer-conductor of the 1/2" heliax shall be connected to the antenna mount structure just below the antenna using a ground kit. 7.3.4 Remote Site Radio Equipment 7.3.4.1 Equipment Installation The Contractor shall follow these guidelines for the installation of the 900 MHz remote spread spectrum radios. 1. For outdoor installations the radio shall be mounted inside a pedestal mount NEMA- 4X cabinet furnished and installed by the Contractor. 4. For indoor installations the radio shall be mounted on a 3/4" plywood wallboard. 3. For both indoor and outdoor installations the NEMA-4X enclosure shall be connected to an 8 foot ground rod. 4. Refer to Appendix D for the input power requirements. At those sites identified as DC, the remote spread spectrum radio shall be connected to the existing DC system. 7.3.4.2 Antenna Installation A The antenna installation at the RTU sites shall be one of three types: wall, pole or roof mount. The Contractor shall mount the antennas at a height and location that will provide a clear line-of-sight path and meets all performance requirements specified herein. All antennas shall be aligned such that maximum signal strength is received from the master radio. Refer The City of Huntington Beach TS7-22 4/12/2000 Technical Specification to Appendix D for the recommended mount type for each site and the Drawings in Appendix E for detailed installation requirements. At those sites where there is no building structure to mount the antenna to, the Contractor shall install the antenna on the wooden power pole. For underground power installations, the Contractor shall coordinate with the City for other possible mounting locations, such as street or traffic light structures. If no other antenna mounting options are available, provide a wood pole for the installation of the antenna. 7.3.4.3 RF Transmission Line Installation The Contractor shall use the following guidelines for the installation of the RF transmission line at remote sites: 1. Install the 1/2" heliax as shown in the Drawings in Appendix E.. 2. All outside RF transmission line connections and the lightning arrestor shall be covered with vapor wrap to create a watertight seal. 7.3.4.4 Peck Reservoir/Well No. 4 A two-channel port sharing device shall be used to connect the controllers at both Peck. Reservoir and Well No. 7 to the spread spectrum radio at Peck Reservoir. EIA-232 line drivers shall be used between the controller at Well No. 7 and the two-channel port sharing device at Peck Reservoir. The Contractor shall install a 1" galvanized rigid steel conduit between Peck Reservoir and Well No. 7 and shall install a 4-conductor cable for the connection of the two EIA-232 Iine drivers. Coordinate this work with Tom Rulla, (714)a36-5S24. 7.3.5 Multimode Fiber Circuit The Contractor shall complete the following steps for the installation of the fiber optic circuit from the City Hall Building to Water Operations. 7.3.5.1 City Nall Building— Utility Room -'he Contractor shall perform the following steps to install the equipment in the Utility Room in the basement of the City Hall Building. 1. Install the fiber optic and EIA-232 line drivers and interface the fiber line driver to the single strand of multimode fiber provided by the City. Coordinate with Tom Rulla. (714)536-5524, to identify the specific fiber strand to use. The City of Huntington Beach TS7-23 4112 2000 Technical Specification 2. Interface the fiber optic line driver to the EIA-232 line driver. 7.3.5.2 City Hall Building— Radio Equipment Room The Contractor shall perform the following steps to install the equipment in the Radio Equipment Room on the roof of the City Hall Building. 1. Install the EIA-232 line driver and the two-port sharing device in the new equipment rack as shown on the rack elevation drawing and interface them as shown in the Drawings in Appendix E. 2. Pull a 4-conductor extended distance EIA-232 cable from the Utility Room to the Radio Equipment Room and connect it to the EIA-232 line drivers at each end. 7.3.5.3 Water Operations— Computer Room The Contractor shall perform the following steps to install the equipment in the Computer Room at the Water Operations Complex.. 1. Install the fiber optic and EIA-232 line drivers and interface the fiber line driver to the single strand of multimode fiber provided by the City. Coordinate with Tom Rulla, (714)536-5524, to identify the specific fiber strand to use. 2. Interface the fiber optic line driver to the EIA-232 line driver. 7.3.5.4 Water Operations— Production Shop The Contractor shall perform the following steps to install the equipment in the Production Shop at the Water Operations Complex. 1. Install the EIA-232 line driver and interface it to the SCADA Control Center. 2. Pull a 4-conductor extended distance EIA-232 cable from the Computer Room to the Production Shop and connect it to the EIA-232 line drivers at each end. The City of Huntington Beach TS7-24 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 8 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 8.1 SCOPE OF WORK The Contractor shall furnish, install,test and commission as part of this contract: • Master Station servers, workstations and peripherals at Water Operations • Master Station UPS at Water Operations • Spread spectrum master and remote radios, masts, and antennas • Power, communication, wiring, and signal connections for and between all of the Contractor-supplied equipment and RTUs. 8.1.1 Master Station SCADA Equipment Installation The Contractor shall install the Master Station equipment as follows:- Master Station servers/workstations • LAN cables • Communications interface • SCADA system UPS • Spread spectrum master radio system, masts, and antenna • Power wiring between the UPS and all Master Station hardware • Signal cabling between all Master Station equipment • Signal wiring from communications interface to telephone de-mark panels, and spread spectrum radio equipment. The City will provide primary 120 VAC 60 Hz power at the Water Operations Master Station room. The Contractor shall submit detailed installation drawings to the City for approval prior to any installation work. All installation shall meet NEC and local codes having jurisdiction over the installation. The City of Huntington Beach TS8-1 2/12i2000 Technical Specification 8.2 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 8.2.1 Access to Sites The sites are accessible by public streets and City right-of-way. Access to the sites will be coordinated with the City. The Contractor shall be responsible for sites left not secure. 8.2.2 Existing Facilities The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to existing facilities caused by his operations. All such damage shall be promptly repaired, at no cost to the City. 8.2.3 Shop Drawings Drawing and submittal requirements shall be as specified in Section 8. 8.2.4 Interruption of Utilities Utilities to adjacent buildings shall not be unnecessarily interrupted. If temporary interruption is required to perform the work, shutdown shall be at times and for periods approved by the City. 8.2.5 Final Inspection Upon correction of the final punch list compiled by Contractor and the Engineer, a final inspection will be conducted by the City. The Contractor prepared record drawings will be verified as part of this final inspection(See As-built Drawings below). 8.2.6 As-built Drawings The Contractor shall maintain a marked up set of the Drawings showing the location and details of any changes made during construction. Before final inspection of the work, the Contractor shall turn over to the City a clean marked-up set of the Drawings showing all construction changes. After final inspection the Contractor shall incorporate all of the changes and provide final as-built drawings. The Contractor shall prepare dra«ings using AutoCADO,Version 14 as described in Section 8. The City of Huntington Beach TS8-2 2/1212000 Technical Specification 8.3 CONCRETE This section covers all cast-in-place concrete, including reinforcing steel, forms, finishing, curing, and other related work. 8.3.1 Materials The source and quality of concrete materials and the concrete portions proposed for the work shall be submitted to the City for review before any concrete is placed. Materials used shall be: • Cement- ASTM C 150, Type 1, 11,or III • Fine Aggregate - Clean natural sand, ASTM C33 • Coarse Aggregate - Crushed rock, washed gravel, or other inert granular material conforming to ASTM C33, maximum size 3/4-inch • Water- Clean and free from deleterious substances • Reinforcing Steel -ASTM A615, Grade 40 8.3.2 Limiting Requirements • Cement Content- not less than 5.5 sacks per cubic yard • Total Water Content- not more than 33 gallons per cubic yard • Consistency - workable, without segregation, with slump not more than 5 inches when concrete is placed • Mixing -thoroughly in a batch mixer for not less than 1-1/2 minutes • Fine to Total Aggregate Ratio—not less than 0.40 and not greater than 0.50. 8.3.3 Placement doncrete shall be conveyed to the point of final deposit and placed by methods which will prevent the separation or loss of the ingredients. During and immediately after placement, all concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated, worked around all reinforcements and embedments, and worked into the comers of the forms. Unless otherwise authorized, consolidation shall be immersion-type vibrators. The City of Huntington Beach TS8-3 2/12/2000 Technical Specification 8.3.4 Reinforcement Reinforcements shall be accurately formed and positioned and shall be maintained in proper position while the concrete is being placed and consolidated. 8.3.5 Forms Forms shall be designed to produce hardened concrete having the shape, lines, and dimensions shown on the draNvings. Forms shall be substantial and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and shall be maintained in proper position and accurate alignment. Forms shall be thoroughly cleaned and oiled before concrete is placed and shall not be removed until the concrete has hardened sufficiently to support all loads without damage. 8.3.6 Finishing Fins and other surface projections shall be removed from all formed surfaces except exterior surfaces that will be in contact with earth backfill. Surface voids and recesses resulting from removal of form ties shall be filled with mortar. 8.3.7 Curing Concrete shall be protected from loss of moisture for at least 7 days by use of polyethylene film or membrane curing compound. Membrane curing compound shall be applied as recommended by the manufacturer. The City of Huntington Beach TS84 2/12/2000 Technical Specification 8.4 ELECTRICAL 8.4.1 Codes and Permits All work shall be performed and all materials shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code, the National Electrical Safety Code, and applicable local regulations and ordinances. Where required by applicable codes, materials and equipment shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories or other testing organization acceptable to the governing authority having jurisdiction. 8.4.2 Power Service Entrances Service entrances are existing. The Contractor shall provide a branch circuit with breaker for the supplied equipment. The Contractor shall reuse the circuit feeding the existing RTti where available. 8A.3 General Procedure The following procedures shall be used in performing electrical work except as otherwise specified or indicated on the drawings. 8.4.3.1 Care of Equipment During construction, all electrical equipment insulation shall be protected against absorption of moisture and metallic components shall be protected against corrosion by use of strip heaters, lamps, or protective coverings. This protection shall be provided immediately upon receipt of the equipment and maintained continuously. 8.4.3.2 Setting of Equipment All equipment shall be installed level and plumb. Sheet metal junction boxes, equipment enclosures, sheet metal raceways, and similar items, mounted on earth-bearing walls shall be separated from the wall by not less than 1/4 inch by corrosion-resistant spacers. 8.4.3.3 Installation of Above-Grade Conduit Conduit installation shall conform to the following requirements: The City of Huntington Beach TS8-5 2/12/2000 Technical Specification • GaIvanized rigid steel conduit shall be installed in all indoor and outdoor locations. Bend radius shall be standard but not less than one (I) foot. • Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit shall be installed only for final connections to instruments and motors and other equipment with rotating or moving parts. Flexible metal conduit shall be installed with watertight connectors and in lengths Iess than three feet and without sharp bends. • Terminations and connections.of rigid steel conduit shall be taper threaded. Conduits shall be reamed, free of burrs, and terminated with conduit bushings. • Exposed conduit shall be installed level and plumb. • Two or more conduits in the same general routing shall be parallel with symmetrical bends. • Conduit shall be rigidly supported in accordance with NEC by galvanized hardware and framing materials, including nuts and bolts, and anchor bolts as required. 0 Conduit connection to sheet metal enclosures shall be securely fastened by locknuts inside and outside. • Conduit shall be attached at or in front of the centerline of RTU cabinet in order to avoid interference with the RTU mounting panel, except as noted on the plan. • Conduit shall be clear of structural openings and indicated future openings. • Conduits shall be capped during construction to prevent entrance of dirt, trash, and water. 0 Conduit threads shall be sprayed with electrically conductive zinc paint and allowed to dry prior to assembly of any fittings. 8.4.3.4 Installation of Underground Conduit )k11 excavation, backfilling, and concrete work shall conform to respective sections of these specifications. Underground conduit shall conform to the following requirements: • AlI underground conduits not indicated as otherwise shall be buried in native backfill. No underground conduit shall be smaller than 3/4 inch. The City of Huntington Beach Ts8-6 2,112/2000 Technical Specification • Underground portions of conduit for power and control cables shall be rigid polyvinyl chloride. Conduits shall have end bells where terminated at walls and adapters for steel conduit continuations. All PVC conduit joints shall be solvent-welded in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. • Galvanized rigid steel conduits which continue above grade shall be adapted to PVC with 90 degree riser and conduit. Adapters shall be below grade. All rigid steel conduit below grade shall be PVC coated or tape wrapped with 10 mil poly tape. • Underground conduit bend radius shall be not less than 2 feet at vertical risers nor less than'-3 feet elsewhere. • Underground conduits banks shall have 24 inches minimum earth cover except where indicated otherwise. • Intercommunication and instrument cables shall be isolated from all power wiring raceways, conduits, boxes, manholes, and handholes. 8.4.3.5 Sealing of Conduits After cable has been installed and connected, conduit ends shall be sealed by non-hardening 100% silicone sealing compound into conduits to a minimum depth equal to twice the conduit diameter. This shall apply for all conduits. 8.4.3.6 Installation of Instrumentation and Telemetry Cable All cable shall be installed in conduit. Install junction boxes or condulets at each end of conduit runs. 8.4.3.7 Installation of Junction Boxes Junction boxes shall be NEiVIA 4 above grade and all buried boxes shall be concrete with cover. Junction boxes and extensions shall be installed on a 12-inch deep drain rock bed with the top df the box set to grade. The City of Huntington Beach TS8-7 2/12!2000 Technical Specification 8.4.3.8 Conductor Installation Provide the following types and sizes of conductors for the uses indicated for 600 volts or less: ■ Stranded Copper, Size#14 AWG and smaller: Individual conductors, single or multipair cables. ■ Stranded Copper, Size #i2 AWG and Larger: As required for motor control ■ Stranded Copper,46 AWG and Larger: As required for power feeders and grounding ■ Cables: Provide the following types of cable for instrumentation, signaling, communications, telemetry,'and special uses: 1. Use Single Pair Individually shielded(SPIs) or Multiple Pairs Individually shielded (MPIs) for: - Inputs (analog, discrete, and digital)to RTU's multiplexers, process controllers, and telemetry equipment - Connections from field devices to intrinsically safe relays and from probes to low energy probe relays. - All 4-20 mA current loops from field devices to terminal cabinets and other equipment. 2. Use special cables where and as required by the manufacturer of special equipment. ■ Cable bending radius shall be per applicable code. Install feeder cables in one continuous lenath. ■ Provide an equipment grounding conductor in any flexible conduit or any raceway in which all or any portion of a run consists of non-metallic duct or conduit. For flexible conduit, an external bonding jumper is an acceptable alternative. ■ In panels and motor control centers, bundle incoming wire and cables,No. 6 AWG and smaller, lace at intervals not greater than 6 inches, neatly spread into trees and connect to their respective terminals. Allow sufficient slack in cables for alterations in terminal connections. Perform lacing with plastic cable ties or linen lacing Heine. Where plastic panel wiring duct is provided for cable runs, lacing is not necessary when the cable is properly installed in the duct. The City of Huntington Beach TS8-8 2/12/2000 Technical Specification 8.4.3.9 Conductor Splices and Terminations Splices: No splices will be permitted • Terminations: Terminate stranded wire, including SPIs and MPIs, using ring terminals, or equal, where not terminated in a box lug type terminal. Direct buried and MPI to be terminated in RTC] or MCC cabinets shall have outer jacket and shield stripped back to point of entry and all terminations connected to RTU or motor control relays. 8.4.3.10 Conductor Identification Identify each wire or cable at each termination, in each pullbox, and in each handhole using numbered and lettered v.1re markers. These markers shall consist of machine-engraved, hot- stamped or permanently printed numbers. All electrically common conductors shall have the same number and be of the same color. Each electrically different conductor shall be uniquely numbered. Identify,panelboard circuits using the panelboard identification and circuit number. Conductor identification numbers shall be shown on all Contractor provided wiring drawings or schedules. Conductors between terminals of different numbers shall have both terminal numbers shown at each conductor end. The terminal number closest to the end of the wire shall be the same as the terminal number. 8.4.3.11 Installation of Grounding Material Electrical system grounding and equipment grounding shall be installed in compliance with the National Electrical Code and shall conform with the f6lion7ng applicable requirements: • All ground conductors shall be bare or green insulated in accordance with the National Electrical Code, soft dra«ri copper cable or bar. If ground cable sizes are not specified or indicated, size shall not be smaller than 8 AWG. • Ground cable splices and joints which will be inaccessible upon completion of construction shall meet the requirements of IEEE Standard 837, and shall be Cadweld "Exothermic" or Burndy "Hyground" type. • Ground connections to equipment and ground buses shall be by copper ground lugs or clamps. Connections to enclosures not provided Mth ground buses or ground terminals shall be by clamp type lugs added under permanent assembly bolts or under new bolts drilled and added through enclosures or by grounding locknuts or bushings. Ground The City of Huntington Beach TS8-9 2l12!2000 Technical Specification cable connections to anchor bolts, against gaskets, paint, or varnish; or on bolts holding removable access covers will not be permitted. • Ground conductors shall be formed to the contour of the equipment and firmly supported. • All ground connection hardware,bolts, and nuts shall be high strength, high conductivity copper alloy. • Ground rods not described elsewhere shall be 5/8 inch diameter by 8 feet long with a copper jacket bonded to a steel core. The top of the rod shall be enclosed in an 8 inch round concrete box with concrete cover and gravel filled. • RTUs shall be grounded to the existing telemetry system ground rod or a new ground rod installed by the Contractor. 8.4.4 Conduit All conduit furnished shall be as described herein. 8.4.4.1 Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit shall be hot-dip galvanized steel, covered with moisture- proof and flame-resistant polyvinyl chloride jacket. 8.4.4.2 Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit PVC conduit shall be heavy wall, Schedule 40 conduit, and UL labeled for above ground and underground uses. The PVC conduit shall conform to Fed Spec W-C 1094,tiENIA TC-2, and UL-651 standards. 8.4.4.3 Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit (GRS) All above ground rigid conduits shall be UL labeled, hot-dip galvanized rigid steel with tapered threads and fittings. The City of Huntington Beach TS8-10 2/12/2000 Technical Specification 8.4.5 Conductors 8.4.5.1 General All conductors shall be copper. Wire or cable,whether specified or not, shall be of the type and size required for the application and in conformance with the applicable code. All insulated conductors shall be factory identified with printing on the insulation colored to contrast with the insulation color. 8.4.5.2 Power and Control Conductors, 600 Volt and Below ■ Stranded Copper Wire - Stranded copper wire shall be 600 volt type XHHW, Class B stranding, sizes #I4 AWG and larger. ■ Multiconductor Unshielded(MCU) Cable -Multiconductor Unshielded(MCU) Cable shall be 90°C;600 volt,UL listed multiconductor tray cable, Type TC. Individual conductors shall be#l4 AWG, unless otherwise noted. MCU shall have 15 mils PVC insulation and 4 mils nylon over individual conductors; outer jacket shall be 45 mils thickness for up to 7-conductor cables and 60 mils thickness for up to 19 conductor cables. MCU cables shall be Dekoron type IC99, Alpha type TC, or equal. 8.4.5.3 Signal Cables Signal cable shall be provided for instrument signal transmission, alarm, communication and any circuit operating at less than 100 volts. Cables shall be UL labeled, Type TC, designed for cable tray installation in accordance with NEC Article 340. Cable shall be rated 600V AC, 90 degrees C, and be suitable for w'et or dry locations. Circuits shall be shielded twisted stranded copper conductor construction, color coded black and white for pairs. Circuit shielding shall be provided in addition to cable shielding. • Single Pair, Individually Shielded(SPI) Cables - Cable shall consist of 600 volt rated, one pair(PR),No 16 AWG stranded conductors with 15 mils PVC14mils nylon insulation rated 90 degrees C, twisted with a nominal 2-inch lay, covered with a 0.85 mil aluminum mvlar 100 percent coverage tape shield having a bare No. 18 AWG stranded tinned copper shield drain wire, and a 45 mil PVC outer jacket. Overall maximum diameter shall be 0.325 inch. Cable shall be manufactured by Furon Dekoron, Part No. 1 C52-67000, or equal. • Multipair, Individually Shielded (MPI) Cables - Cable shall consist of 600 volt rated, multiple pair(MPI),No. 16 AWG Stranded conductors 15 mils PVC/4 mils nylon insulation rated 90 degrees C, twisted on a minimum nominal 2-inch lay, each pair covered with a 0.35 mil aluminum mylar 100 percent coverage tape shield having a bare The Citv of Huntington Beach TS8-1 1 2/1212000 Technical Specification No. 20 AWG stranded tinned copper drain wire, an overall 2.35 mil aluminum-mylar 100 percent coverage tape shield. The cable shall have a PVC outer jacket. For a 24 pair #16, cable shall have a 89 mil PVC outer jacket and shall be as manufactured by Belden, Cat.No. 1045A or equal. 8.4.6 Splices and Terminations of Conductors 8.4.6.1 Splices No splices will be permitted. 8.4.6.2 Terminations • Crimp Type Terminals - Crimp type terminals shall be UL listed, self-insulating sleeve type, with fork type tongue, suitable for the size and material of the wire to be terminated, and for use with either solid or stranded conductors. • Terminal Lugs - Terminal lugs shall be UL listed and of the split bolt or bolted split sleeve type in which the bolt or set screw does not bear directly on the conductor. Tongues shall have NEiv1A standard drillings. Lugs for aluminum conductors shall include a compression type heavy wall aluminum alloy adapter, factory filled%krith joint compound. 8.4.6.3 ire Marker Wire markers shall be plastic sleeve type. Wire number shall be permanently imprinted on the markers. 8.4.6.4 Lubricant for Pulling ire and Cable Lubricant for pulling were and cable shall be a type approved by the wire and cable manufacturers for the conduit used. The City of Huntington Beach TS8-12 2/122000 Technical Specification 9 SCADA SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION AND TRAINING 9.1 DOCUMENTATION All drawings, illustrations, and instructions in the documentation furnished by Contractor shall apply specifically to the furnished system. Any documentation or technical information that Contractor considers to be proprietary shall be designated on a page-by-page basis. 9.1.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL Table 9.1-1 lists the documents which the Contractor is required to submit to the City. Table 9.1-1 REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBNUTTAL OF DOCUMENTS SYSTEM DOCUMENTS Item Section Document Title Copies for Review 1. 9.1.3.1 Master Station Hardware Design Document 4 2. 9.1.3.2 Software Design Document 4 3. 9.L3.3 Radio System Design 4 4. 9.1.3.4 Operator's Manual 4 E 5. 9.1.3.5 Programmer's Manual 4 6. 9.1.3.6 Inventory List 4 7. 9.1.4.1 Testing Schedule 4 8. 9.1.4.2 I Radio Test 4 9. 9.1.4.3 Factory Test Procedures 4 10. 9.1.4.4 Availability Test Procedures 11. 9.1.4.5 Test Reports 5 12. 9.1.5 As-Built Final Documentation as specified The City of Huntington Beach TS9-1 4/13l2000 Technical Specification 9.1.2 REVIEW OF DOCUMENTATION 9.1.2.1 General Requirements Documentation review is for the purpose of monitoring project progress, verifying conformance with the Specification, and checking the accuracy of the documentation. It is not the intent of the City to evaluate the effectiveness of the Contractor's design as described in the documentation. Favorable review of the Contractor's documents by the City shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to meet all of the requirements of the Contract or of the responsibility for the correction of the documents furnished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall have no claim for additional costs or extension of time on account of delays due to revisions of the documents which may be necessary for insuring compliance with the Contract. All documentation submitted by the Contractor shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal and shall be submitted in a sequence that allows the City to have all of the information necessary for reviewing a particular document at the time of its submittal. Each document shall be identified by a document number,the Contract number, and revision number. Where a document or manual is revised to reflect a change in design, or a change for any other reason, each such revision shall be clearly identified using redline/ strikeout or margin notation. Documentation shall be consistent in terms of format, structure, section and page numbering, the use of symbols, etc., and may be submitted in the Contractor's standard format. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to furnish all required drawings and manuals covering equipment supplied as a part of the contract, whether such equipment is purchased from other equipment sources or manufactured by the Contractor. Standard published documents provided by the computer manufacturer,other equipment/software vendors, and the Contractor will be acceptable, provided that the documents meet the requirements for content, completeness, and quality, as specified in this Section. 9.1.2.2 Review of Documentation Documentation review shall be at the functional level. Any configuration, integration, or detailed design done prior to City review shall be at the Contractor's risk. Contractor shall submit one copy of the documentation to the Engineer and the remainder to the (Nity as required for review. One print of each drawing and one copy of each document submitted by the Contractor for review by the City will be returned within 10 working days to the Contractor stamped "acceptable," "acceptable with changes noted," or "not acceptable." The City of Huntington Beach TS9-2 4/12/2000 Technical Specification If a drawing or document is "acceptable," the Contractor may proceed with the work covered by the drawing or document. If a drawing or document is "acceptable with changes noted," the Contractor may proceed with the work covered by the drawing or document and the changes noted. However, the Contractor shall promptly revise the drawing or document in accord with the changes noted and resubmit a revised copy. If a drawing or document is "not acceptable," the Contractor shall correct the drawing or document and resubmit copies for acceptance before proceeding with the work covered by the drawing or document. 9.1.2.3 Revision Control for Documents A revision control procedure shall be established by the Contractor for all hardware and software documentation in order to track releases and revision levels of all documents. The Contractor shall maintain this procedure from Contract award through completion of the Availability Test. 9.1.3 SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION 9.1.3.1 Master Station Hardware Design Document The Master Station Hardware Design Document shall contain the following: A. Top level system block diagram showing the Master Station, all Remote Terminal Units, the communication system, and interfaces between the major hardware components. B. Nfaster Station equipment list showing for each piece of equipment the physical size, weight,power requirements, heat output, RFI, and environmental specifications. C. Master Station detailed schematic diagram showing the cable connections for all hardware equipment and external connections to power, communications, and local IIO. D. Catalog or data sheets for each hardware item. The City of Huntington Beach TS9-3 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 9.1.3.2 Software Design Document Standard documentation of all of the standard software modules shall be included plus the SCADA system configuration data. A section shall be famished for each major software program which has been specifically designed and written for this contract or for which no standard documentation is provided. These documents shall be logical extensions of the standard software documentation and shall include the following information: A. Description-This section shall describe how the program accomplishes its function. B. Interfaces -All interfaces with the program shall be described in this section. 1. The software interface section shall define all data and logic interfaces. An overall block diagram showing data flow and inter-program linkages shall be provided. 2. The hardware interface section shall describe all direct interfaces between the program and hardware devices. 3. The operator interface section shall describe all data interfaces. Information provided by the operator and all alarms, logs, and messages output shall be listed and described. C. Initiation/Termination-This section shall describe how the program is initiated, whether it is periodic or on demand with the reasons for execution if on demand, and all possible types of exits or terminations. D. Operating Directions-This section shall describe all operating directions if the program operates under operator control. Complete descriptions of all operator interactions shall be given, and operator inputs and program outputs to the operator shall be described. All VDU displays utilized shall be presented graphically and discussed, as well as alarms, messages, and logs. E. Special Considerations/Error Conditions -Any special considerations which are important for the operation of the program shall be contained in this section. All error conditions, their probable cause, and response shall be described. F. Data Definitions-Information about all data used by the program shall be defined in this section including input data, output data, and internal data. For each data quantity, name, source, destination, number of entries, format, and a description shall be furnished. The City of Huntington Beach TS9-4 411212000 Technical Specification G. Flow Diagrams -Program logic flowcharts shall be provided showing overall program functions and design. H. Appendices -Any other information not included above shall be included in additional sections or appendices to the Software Design Document. 9.1.3.3 Radio System Design Document The Contractor shall provide the following submittals a minimum of ten working days prior to the start of the installation. The Contractor shall not begin the installation until the submittal has been successfully reviewed by the City. 1. System block diagram. 2. System interconnection diagram showing the connection of all communications equipment and the connection between the communications equipment and the SCADA system hardware (the remote site controllers and SCADA control center). 3. Detailed installation diagrams for both 5.8 GHz radio sites 4. Detailed installation diagrams for all spread spectrum radio sites Typical diagrams may be used for similar installation types (wall mount, roof mount, wood pole mount, etc). 9.1.3.4 Operator's Manual The Operator's Manual shall describe the configuration and all of the functions that the SCADA system can perform. The manual shall be written in non-technical terms and shall be organized for quick access to each detailed description of an operator procedure. The Operator's Manual shall serve as an introduction to the SCADA system and shall describe in detail all of the operator interfaces and procedures. The Operator's :Manual shall include a Table of Contents, subject index, section tabs and dividers, and shall contain the following information: A. Summary description of all major functions. B. Selection and presentation of data on screen displays including navigation between displays. The City of Huntington Beach TS9-5 4/12/2000 Technical Specification C. Description of every message and alarm that the SCADA system can generate and an explanation of what the message indicates. D. Description of the general hardware configuration, backup capabilities, and specific instructions for start-up and fail-over procedures. E. Description of how the SCADA system reacts to various external anomalies such as a large number of alarms, loss of communication links,numerous and rapid operator requests, daylight time/standard time changeover, system clock drift, loss of power, and return of power. F. Description of how the SCADA system reacts to various internal anomalies such as loss of CPU, loss of mass storage, loss of server/workstation hardware, and loss of communication I/O hardware. 9.1.3.5 Programmers Manual The Programmer's Manual shall include information on system generation, start-up/shut-doxrn procedures,editing and expansion techniques for the system(including database/display/report generation and editing), software utilities, and trouble shooting techniques to be used in conjunction with system configuration and error messages. Instructions for each of the peripherals (e.g., printers, CD-ROM drives, floppy disk drives, backup tape drive) and all operator interfaces shall be included in the manual. 9.1.3.6 Inventory List An inventory list shall be furnished consisting of all Contractor-supplied equipment, recommended and required spare parts, and test equipment. Hardware inventory shall be itemized on a replaceable module level only. The inventory list shall include the following information: A. Manufacturer's and/or Sales Distributor's name, address, and phone number,part number, and serial number. B. Quantity of units supplied. C. Quantity of spare parts supplied. The City of Huntington Beach T59-6 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 9.1.4 TESTING DOCUMENTATION 9.1.4.1 Testing Schedule The test schedule shall list major testing segments and the anticipated time for each segment. The schedule shall include time for daily status meetings and estimated time to implement hardware and software corrections discovered during testing segments. 9.1.4.2 Radio Test The Contractor shall provide a radio system test plan ten days prior to the start of testing. The Contractor shall not begin testing until the test plan has been successfully reviewed by the City. The test plan shall include the following items, as a minimum: 1. Test Setup 2. List of Test Equipment I Test Procedures 4. Pass/Fail Criteria 9.1.4.3 Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) Procedures The FAT procedures shall be structured in a step-by-step manner with checkpoints at critical points. The FAT procedures shall be submitted to the City for review and acceptance. The Contractor shall include a Factory Test/Specification Matrix showing each item listed in the Contract Table of Compliance form cross referenced to which specific test(s)verify the SCADA system Contract requirements. If requirements are tested in more than one test procedure, the appropriate sub-section shall be referenced. As a minimum, the following information shall be included in the Factory Acceptance Test Procedures for each test: A. Test identification number B. Test name and description C. Specification Section reference to verify compliance with requirements D. List of all equipment to be tested including any special test equipment required E. Description of test procedure in logical steps F. Description of expected response or data results verifying the completion of each logical step G. Expected results of each test H. Time and date.of the test I. Acceptance signed by the City and the Contractor The City of Huntington Beach TS9-7 4/12/2000 Technical Specification The final copies of the software and hardware documentation shall be used during the FAT to ascertain the accuracy and completeness of the system documentation. 9.1.4.4 Site Acceptance and Availability Test Procedures The Site Acceptance and Availability Tests shall provide the instructions and forms necessary for conducting these field tests. 9.1.4.5 Test Reports The Contractor shall conduct the tests and record the test results. City personnel will witness the tests and verify the recorded test results. For each test entry in the Test Procedure there shall be a corresponding entry in the Test Report allowing entry of data value(s) adjacent to the expected value(s), check-off on successful completion of the test item and entry of qualitative information on performance. The Test Report shall include space for notes on any test failures, deviations from requirements, or instances of incorrect performance as well as the actual test data. Any required re-test results shall be documented on the Test Reports. The completed Test Report shall be delivered to the City as part of the final as-built documentation. 9.1.5 AS-BUILT DOCUMENTATION The Contractor shall submit four copies of all as-built final documentation to the City for review and acceptance. This documentation shall include all previously submitted documentation which has been revised. Any errors in or modifications to the Contractor's design documentation resulting from the Factory and/or Site Acceptance Tests or system installation shall be incorporated in the as-built final documentation. The Contractor shall furnish two complete as-built sets of loadable and executable floppies or CDs of the SCADA software. These shall include all programs necessary for the operation as well as the maintenance of the system. If any changes are made to any programs during or after the Factory Acceptance Test, the Contractor shall provide corrected copies of all distribution media within four weeks after the changes are made. The Contractor shall furnish the as-built site installation drawings for all modifications made during the implementation of this project. These drawings shall be produced on AutoCadzi, Version 14.. 4 11 affected documentation shall be revised and resubmitted to the City, at no cost, to reflect any modifications made by the Contractor or supplier during the warranty period. Contractor shall furnish an electronic version of all manuals and drawings on CD-ROM, ZIP Drive, or Super Floppy The City of Huntington Beach TS9-8 4/1212000 Technical Specification 9.2 TRAINING City personnel shall be trained by the Contractor in the installation, configuration, operation, maintenance, expansion, and other utilization techniques of the SCADA System. 9.2.1 General Requirements Training shall be conducted by experienced personnel and all necessary training material shall be provided by the Contractor. Each trainee shall receive individual copies of the technical manuals and pertinent documents. All training materials shall be in addition to the system documentation described in Section 9.1. All training materials, including the course outline, shall be sent to the trainees at least one week before the start date of each scheduled training course. Training materials and course curriculum shall include and emphasize the appropriate deliverable system documentation defined. Curriculum abstracts shall list for each session the procedures to be taught or demonstrated. All courses shall be conducted at the City's facilities and shall consist of 50%lecture and 50% hands-on training unless otherwise approved by the City. 9.2.2 Training Course Contents 9.2.2.1 Master Station Hardware Training Contractor shall provide eight instruction hours of training to enable City personnel to understand the major components of the servers and workstations, to run diagnostic programs, to perform periodic preventive maintenance, and to diagnose equipment malfunctions. This training shall be conducted at the City's facilities and be completed prior to installation of the system. The following subjects shall be covered in the training: A. System Overview. Covering computer and peripheral equipment basic operation, and system-level diagnostics procedures B. Computer System Maintenance: Covering basic theory of operation, system-level diagnostic techniques and procedures, and expansion techniques and procedures C. Standard Peripherals Maintenance: Covering basic theory of operation and diagnostic techniques and procedures D. Communication Equipment Maintenance: Covering basic theory of design and operation, diagnostic techniques and procedures, and expansion techniques and procedures. The City of Huntington Beach T59-9 4112l2000 Technical Specification 9.2.2.2 System Software Training The Contractor shall provide a total of 32 instruction hours of Master Station software training in two separate training sessions. Each 16-hour session shall be conducted over a 2 day period. Contractor shall famish to the City for approval, curriculum abstracts for each session listing the procedures to be taught or demonstrated. The Contractor shall provide the first 16 hours of software training at the City's facilities thirty days prior to the Factory Acceptance Test. This training shall acquaint City staff with the use of the standard software products supplied(GUI/HMI, Windows, etc.). The Contractor shall provide training in the procedures to generate and to modify the database, reports, log entries, and video displays of the System. It shall also cover procedures to modify all editable system and operating parameters, to create system backups, and to save system historical data on archive media. . During the field installation(but prior to the Site Acceptance Test) the second 16-hour session of training shall be provided, focusing on the specific system configuration delivered including: A. Operating System User Training: Covering the user's aspects of the operating system, including program loading and integrating procedures, and utility functions, and system generation and expansion techniques and procedures, and system backups and historical data archiving. B. Svstem Initialization and Fail-over: Covering design and operational theory and practice with emphasis on the local area network configuration. C. SCADA Softvare: Covering all supplied SCADA software, H'VII software, LAM software, and SCADA applications. 9.2.2.3 Operator Training The City operators shall be trained in the overall operation of all system hardware, the recognition of operation failures, and specifically the utilization of the HMI subsystem. Operator training shall include 16 instruction hours given in two sessions. Each session shall be conducted over a two day period. The first session shall be scheduled thirty days before the start of the FAT. The second session shall be scheduled after the Site Acceptance Test but before the 30-day Availability Test. The City of Huntington Beach T59-10 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 9,2.2.4 Radio Training The Contractor shall provide a total of 16 instruction hours for up to six City technicians on the operation and maintenance of the radio communication system. The radio training shall be conducted after the radio Site Demonstration Tests. This course shall include the following items, as a minimum: 1. Basic principles of digital transmission 2. Theory of operation and detailed circuit descriptions of all critical units 3. Installation procedures 4. System configuration 5. Antenna and RF equipment alignment procedures 6. Trouble diagnosis procedures and rationale 7. Unit replacement procedures 8. Use of all software provided 9. Radio system diagnostics 10. System operation 11. Description of the communications system 9.2.2.5 Third Party Software Training The Contractor shall provide the City with a list of recommended training courses offered by the third party software installed in the SCADA system. Third party software training course typically include: A. Operating system program B. SCADA/HNII program C. Relational database program D. Alarm auto-dialer program E. RTU programming (ladder logic, C, or proprietary language) F. Communications diagnostic program The City may choose to participate in third party training classes prior to or after the SCADA system implementation or after installation and start-up. The Contractor shall offer recommendations regarding pre-requisite third party training for the City's staff for proper use and maintenance of the SCADA system. The City of Huntington Beach TS9-11 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 10 SYSTEM TESTING The SCADA system shall be subject to a comprehensive series of tests: • Factory Acceptance Test • Site Acceptance Test • Availability Test • Radio System Test 10.1 FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TEST (FAT) The FAT shall be conducted at the Contractor's staging facility with the City's personnel or appointed representatives in attendance in accordance with test procedures prepared as per Section 8.5. The Contractor shall notify the City in writing at least ten working days prior to the FAT that the FAT has been scheduled and that a complete pre-FAT of the System has been performed successfully. The FAT cannot be scheduled until after the FAT test procedure and the draft Operator's Manual have been reviewed and approved by the City. The FAT will be considered successfully completed only when the system has passed all factory tests, both structured and unstructured. The system shall not be shipped until the successful completion of the FAT is certified as accepted by the City. Delay in the shipment of the system resulting from failure to pass the FAT shall not be considered an unavoidable delay. If the City approves shipment of the system before it has successfully passed all the required factory tests, shipment shall not constitute nor imply the completion of the FAT nor authorization of any related FAT payment milestone. 10.1.1 System Factory Acceptance Test 10.1.1.1 Factory Acceptance Tests For the Master Station Hardware The FAT for the Master Station hardware shall be individual and integrated tests of the following: • Correct inventory of hardware, including cables and printed circuit boards. All spare parts shall be included in the inventory • Hardware and software diagnostic and maintenance capabilities • Sizing and expansion requirements • All hardware requirements The City of Huntington Beach TS 10-1 411 12!2000 Technical Specification 10.1.1.2 Factory Acceptance Test for Software Utilities The Factory Acceptance Tests for the software utilities shall include the following: ■ Verify the correct inventory of software including development programs/licenses and program keys (if applicable), run-time programsi'licenses, and software documentation. ■ Demonstrate system editing capabilities including the addition and deletion of points and RTUs; the addition and modification of displays; the addition and modification of report formats; and the modification of database parameters. • Demonstrate the editing of all system parameters including timers, intervals. 10.1.1.3 Functional Test The test bed configuration for the Master Station functional tests shall contain the following: ■ All computers, peripherals, workstations, laptops, networks, and supporting equipment that will be located at the Master Station site and at remote sites ■ At least one of each type of RTli configured to their maximum point count. The City will provide the:Murphy Controllers for FAT purposes ■ The spread spectrum radio equipment for the master station and FAT RTUs. The functional test for the Master Station software/firmware shall exercise every system func- tion and demonstrate every system performance as defined in this Specification ■ Operating system software ■ Utility software ■ System functions and applications ■ Coordination of functions between the master station and RTUs ■ Graphical interface software and displays ■ System real-time and historical databases ■ System performances ■ Software update and maintenance functions The City of Huntington Beach. TS10-2 4/12'2000 Technical Specification 10.1.1.4 48-Hour Test After the successful completion of the functional testing, a 48-hour continuous run of the system shall be performed. The test shall be passed if no system function is lost, and no hardware or software failure occurs.Non-repetitive mechanical failures of loggers, pushbuttons, etc., are excluded. During this test,the system shall be exercised (with simulated inputs, events, and conditions) in a manner which attempts to approximate an operational environment. Unstructured testing by the City's representatives shall be included during this test. No software "patches" or changes will be allowed to bypass failed modules during this test. Any software and/or hardware correction made to the System shall result in the mandatory re- run of the entire 48-hour test. 10.1.2 Correction of Discrepancies Discrepancies found during the FAT shall be documented and maintained in the FAT report. The subsequent corrections shall be described and proper operation shall be verified by representatives of the City and the Contractor. Faulty and/or incorrect operation of major functions (i.e., major discrepancies) may, at the discretion of the City's Project Manager or designated representative, be cause for suspension or restarting of the entire test, pending the correction of the problem. Minor discrepancies noted shall be corrected and retested. The City may request that other modules that may be impacted by the correction also be retested. 10.2 SYSTEM INSTALLATION The Master Station shall be delivered and installed at the City's designated facilities after the Factory Acceptance Test is successfully completed and approved by the City. All Master Station equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be installed, wired, and placed in successful operation by Contractor personnel in accordance with Section 7.0. The spread spectrum radios, mast, and antennas shall be installed, wired and placed in successful operation by the Contractor in accordance with the installation instructions. The City of Huntington Beach TS10-3 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 10.3 SITE ACCEPTANCE TEST A Site Acceptance Test, commencing immediately after system installation shall be conducted by the Contractor. The Site Acceptance Test shall repeat the functional portion of the FAT procedures (Section 10.1.1) in the field environment in so far as this can be done without interfering with the operation of the City's water distribution and flood control systems. Any system defects or design errors discovered during the Site Acceptance Test shall be corrected by the Contractor at no cost to the City. A test report, the same as the FAT test report, shall be maintained by the Contractor and submitted to the City at the successful completion of the Site Acceptance Test. 10.4 SYSTEM AVAILABILITY TEST After completion of the Site Acceptance test, a System Availability Test shall be run for a continuous 30-day period. The test will be conducted concurrently with normal system operations without special test equipment or procedures. During the test, City personnel will perform the normal SCADA functions using the computer systems and RTlis according to the procedures described in the Contractor documentation. 10.4.1 Maintenance Responsibility ■ The City will be responsible during the Availability Test for preventive maintenance per manufacturer recommendation and failures repaired by' card replacement. The City will be responsible for system restarts and notification to the Contractor of on-call service requirements for failures that cannot be readily diagnosed. ■ The Contractor shall be responsible during the Availability Test for correction of all system defects or design errors on the system. ■ All spare parts used during the Availability Test shall be drawn from the inventory purchased with the system: The Contractor shall repair or replace all spares used during the test at no cost to the City. If a part is required which is not in the inventory due to the Contractor's omission, the system shall be considered down until the part is obtained. The failed part shall be repaired or replaced and an additional spare unit placed into inventory at no cost to the City. The City of Huntington Beach TS10-4 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 10.4.2 Control Center Environment The City will maintain the control room within the specified temperature and humidity limits for all periods during the Availability Test. 10.4.3 Availability Calculations The system availability shall consist of the combined availability of the Master Station, as defined in Section 4.1.3, will be calculated as follows: %Availability = Uptime/(L;ptime +Downtime) X 100 Downtime — Sum of Master Station downtime 10.4.4 SCADA System Availability Successful operation of the SCADA system is fulfilled when all of the functions defined in this specification are capable of being performed and all Contractor-supplied equipment is operational. Failure of backed-up elements will not result in downtime provided that the back- up device is fully operational and successfully takes over for the failed component. The following failures will not be considered to cause downtime: ■ The Master Station printer ■ Any of the City-supplied equipment 10.4.5 Test Definitions 10.4.5.1 Downtime Downtime occurs whenever the criteria for successful operation, defined in paragraph 10.4.4, is not satisfied. Downtime shall be measured from the time of fault occurrence until full service is restored. In the event of multiple failures, the total elapsed time for repair of all problems shall be considered as downtime. 10.4.5.2 Hold Time A During a test of this nature, certain contingencies, beyond the control of either the Contractor or the City, may occur which may cause the system to be down, but which are not valid for the purpose of measuring system availability. Such periods of downtime may be declared "hold time" by mutual agreement between the Contractor and the City. These periods will not be The City of Huntington Beach TS 10-5 4/12i2000 Technical Specification considered in availability calculations. Specific instances in which"hold time"may be de- clared are: A. Scheduled Shutdowns: During scheduled shutdowns, or if an equipment failure occurs while its back-up device is scheduled out-of-service, the resulting system outage shall be"hold time",providing that service can be restored, according to Contractor- specified procedures within sixty minutes. B. Power Interruption/Environmental Excursions: Loss of power or manual shutdown in the event of loss of environmental control shall be considered hold time. If the system is operated during periods of power or environmental conditions beyond those speci- fied, any resultant downtime shall not be counted. 10.4.6 Test Satisfaction After 30 days of cumulative test time has elapsed,the test records shall be examined to determine conformance with the availability criteria as described in Section 4.1.3. If the test objectives have not been met, the test shall continue until the availability criteria is achieved based on the following time periods: A. The total elapsed test time exclusive of hold time B. A consecutive 30-day period exclusive of hold time The test period shall be extended until the required availabilities are achieved as described above, or until the test period has exceeded six months at which time the test will be concluded as failed. The City may then cease use and operation of the system, and resolve the issues in accordance with the contractual terms. 10.5 RADIO SYSTEM TESTING 10.5.1 Factory Test The spread spectrum radio equipment shall be factory assembled and tested prior to shipment to the field. The manufacturer's standard recommended factory tests shall be conducted. A The City of Huntington Beach T510-6 4/11212000 Technical Specification 10.5.2 Site Demonstration Tests 10.5.2.1 Power Distribution Tests The Contractor shall perform an operational test on the primary and backup power at all spread spectrum sites. 10.5.2.2 Communications Cabling Tests The Contractor shall perform end-to-end tests on each communications cable that is furnished by the Contractor. Testing shall be performed after field connectors have been installed. Included shall be tests for continuity, opens, shorts and split pairs. 10.5.2.3 Feedline Tests The Contractor shall perform an end-to-end test'of each antenna feedline that is furnished. The tests for each feedline shall include return loss and attenuation. The equivalent measured return loss of each antenna/cable system shall be 20 dB or greater. The attenuation shall be less than the total Iength of the feedline times its published attenuation coefficient plus 0.5 dB for each connector. The Contractor shall repair or replace the antenna, feedline and/or connectors at his cost if the return Ioss and/or attenuation objectives are not met. 10.5.2.4 900 MHz Spread Spectrum Radio System Tests The Contractor shall test two-way radio communications to each spread spectrum radio site. The end-to-end test shall demonstrate performance meeting or exceeding the requirements of these Technical Provisions. The Contractor shall demonstrate that each remote site-to-master station link has a maximum BER of I x 10" and a minimum fade margin of 20 dB in both directions of communication. Each link shall be tested for a minimum of 30 minutes. The Contractor shall measure and record the radio frequency receive signal level (RSL) at each remote and master station radio site for both directions of communication for all spread spectrum radio paths. For each link the Contractor shall submit a test certificate stating that the link meets or exceeds the requirements of this paragraph. Each test certificate shall be signed by the Contractor. The City of Huntington Beach TS 10-7 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 10.5.2.5 5.8 GHz Spread Spectrum Radio Test The Contractor shall test the 5.8 GHz spread spectrum radio link between the City Hall Building and Reservoir Hill/Overmyer Pump Station. The full-duplex end-to-end test shall demonstrate performance meeting or exceeding all the requirements of these Technical Provisions. The Contractor shall demonstrate that each link has a maximum BER of 1 x 10-6 and a minimum fade margin of 30 dB in both directions of communication. The BER test shall be conducted for a minimum of 24 hours. The Contractor snail measure and record the radio frequency receive signal level (RSL) at each end of the path. The Contractor shall submit a signed test certificate stating that the link meets or exceeds the requirements of this paragraph. 10.5.2.6 Fiber Optic Circuit Tests The Contractor shall use an Optical Time Domain Reflectometer(OTDR) to perform the following tests prior to the connection of the fiber optic line drivers to the fiber optic cable strand to be used. These tests are to verify that the fiber optic strand has not been damaged and that it meets the manufacturers recommended specifications. Tests shall be conducted in both directions along the fiber at the operating wavelength of the fiber optic line driver. 1. Determine the overall fiber length and the distance of splice points from the source. 2. Determine splice and connector loss. 3. Determine the fiber attenuation in dB/Km. 10.5.2.7 System Operational Test Once the site demonstration tests and any required modifications and/or repairs have been completed, the Contractor shall interface the radio system and fiber optic circuit to the SCADA system (remote site controllers and the host computer at Water Operations), and perform an operational test to demonstrate that all aspects of the communications system are operating properly. The City of Huntington Beach TS 10-8 4i 12/2000 Technical Specification 11 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION 11.1 PROJECT ORGANIZATION AND COORDINATION This Section describes procedures to be followed to ensure successful implementation of the Contractor-supplied System and its successful interface with City's facilities. These procedures may be modified as mutually agreed upon during the project implementation phase. All coordination and communication for this project shall be with the City's Project Manager. The City's Project Manager, in turn, may delegate actual performance of work to others including the City's Engineer. 11.1.1 Contractor's Project Manager The Contractor shall appoint one Project Manager. All communication by the City shall be directed through the Contractor's Project Manager. 11.1.2 City's Engineer The Engineer is employed by the City to advise and assist the City in this project. Westin Engineering, Inc. of Tustin, California has been retained as the Engineer for this project. 11.1.3 Monthly Reports A progress report shall be prepared by the Contractor's Project Manager and sent to the City's Project Manager and the Engineer by the tenth calendar day of each month. This report shall include the following: ■ Description of all efforts completed during the previous month ■ Tasks scheduled for the next month ■ Outstanding problems ■ Summary of Action Items and responsibilities ■ Personnel changes ■ Updated schedule with milestone narratives ■ Milestone status and expected completion dates ■ Status of Contractor payments. The City of Huntington Beach TSi 1-1 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 3. Cost of the Requested Change -The total impact on cost to the City for the change to the System. Since changes may also be initiated by the City, it may be necessary for the Contractor to participate in the development of changes which the Contractor did not initiate. In these cases, the City-prepared request shall be forwarded to the Contractor,who shall then furnish all necessary information related to the City's requested changes and associated costs, if any. The completed proposal shall then be transmitted to the City for review and approval. B. Change Orders: An approved change request or proposal shall be released to the Contractor as a numbered Contract Change Order and shall then become a binding part of the system contract. All contract change orders must be approved by the City. C. Change Rejection: If the change request is rejected, the City shall duly notify the Contractor. If the request is returned marked "rejected with cause," indicating a specific reason for the rejection(such as a requirement for clarification or modification),the City will notify the Contractor to submit the indicated additional inputs and the request will be reprocessed as necessary. It is the City's intent to process change requests as timely as possible after initial input from the Contractor. 11.1.7 Documentation Reviews and Acceptance Custom documentation shall be submitted to the City for review as described in Section 9. The City shall be allowed 10 days to review and accept each document. Acceptance of the Contractor's document by the City does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to meet all the requirements of the Specification and Contract. Standard third party documentation shall be subject to review only. 11.1.8 Test Notification The Factory Acceptance Test shall be shown as a major milestone in the Monthly Reports. However, this does not eliminate the requirement for official notification of intent to perform the test. After a complete pre-FAT of the System by the Contractor and ten working days prior t the intended FAT date, the Contractor shall transmit to the City official notification of the intent to test; this notification shall include the firm test date, status of necessary documentation (including test procedures), and required coordination by City personnel. The City has the right to reject the test request if the System is not ready for complete testing or if any prerequisite major milestones have not been met. The City of Huntington Beach TSI 1-3 4/12/2000 Technical Specification 11.1.9 Shipment Notice An official notice of intent to ship shall be prepared by the Contractor and presented to the City after successful completion of the Factory Acceptance Tests. All costs for shipment handling and insurance shall be included in the contract price. The above procedure must be followed for all shipments of finished goods and materials. On receipt of the notice to ship,the City shall verify the indicated project status and process the request. Rejected notices of intent shall be returned to the Contractor along with the reason for rejection. Contractor is responsible for shipping, receiving, and storing materials until installation. 11.1.1 a Inspection All materials and equipment to be furnished and all work performed by the Contractor shall be subject to inspection and testing. No materials or equipment shall be shipped until required inspection and tests have been performed and the City has given approval for shipment. Acceptance of equipment, or the waiving of inspection of tests, shall in no way relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for furnishing the equipment, software, and services and for meeting the requirements of the Specification. The City also reserves the right to request a specific tests on any material, equipment or software if such material, equipment, or software is not performing in accordance with the Specification. The City shall at all times have access to in-process work and to inspection records and current inspection procedures. 11.2 SYSTEM CUTOVER Contractor shall prepare a detailed plan for the orderly cutover from the existing SCADA system to the new Water SCADA system. The cutover plan shall be submitted a minimum of 60 days prior to the commencement of actual cutover activities. The cutover plan shall include the sequence of cutover tasks and the schedule for each location. Contractor shall visit the existing facilities and determine the best way to cutover to the new system without (or with minimal) disrupting the operation of the water production and water distribution systems. All gowntime must be limited such that only parts of the system are down (operational capabilities are maintained) and for no longer than 4 hours at any one time. All necessary system downtime shall be coordinated with the City. The cutover plan shall allow for the switch back to the existing SCADA system if necessary. The City of Huntington Beach T51 1-4 411212000 Technical Specification The City will assist the Contractor during the cutover period. During the cutover activities, Contractor shall comply with all California and local codes relating to maintenance clearances, temporary electrical wiring, etc. The City shall remove the existing SCADA system computers after completion of the cutover. The existing system equipment shall remain the City's property. During cutover for each location,Neles shall conduct daily meetings with the City Operations and Maintenance staff to review the detailed activities scheduled for the current and next work day. 11.3 PROJECT RESPONSIBILITIES 11.3.1 Development of Displays, Log Formats and Database In addition to the Contractor standard displays and report,the development of VDU display and log formats for the System shall be a joint activity between the City and the Contractor as outlined below: A. The Contractor shall develop Overview Schematics and Individual Site Schematics for all sites. Sample displays from the existing SCADA system are provided in Appendix C. These displays shall be developed using the software provided as part of this project, using the following sequence of steps: 1. Contractor develops/formats displays based on the City's sample drawings and using the display generator package and graphic symbol library. 2. City provides support for any questions on the system drawings. 3. City shall review and accept all displays. 4. Contractor shall install all displays in the System prior to factory test. 5. Contractor shall provide space and linkage for future displays which the City_ shall develop. B. In order to support the Water Application displays and logs, the following sequence of steps shall apply: 1. Contractor develops/formats/displays/logs/reports. 2. City reviews, accepts, and/or augments format as appropriate to system needs. 3. Contractor corrects as appropriate. 4. Contractor installs in the System prior to factory test. The City of Huntington Beach TS11-5 4/1112000 Technical Specification C. For the system database,the following sequence of steps shall apply: 1. Contractor develops database using City provided data sheets and I/O lists. 2. City reviews, accepts, and/or augments data as appropriate to system needs. 3. Contractor installs in the System prior to factory test. 4. Contractor is responsible for database checkout including all linkages and RTU 1/0 to database verification. 11.3.2 City's Responsibilities The City will be responsible for providing the proper environment and facility for the procured System; specifically, the City will provide the following items as part of the implementation of the subject project: A. Adequate space to accommodate the SCADA System Master Station equipment supplied by the Contractor including appropriate environmental control for the computers and related equipment as specified. B. I20 VAC power(at the master station) wired to receptacles adjacent to Contractor's equipment. C. Telephone circuits. D. SCADA database point information, and other data needed for production of the System database and displays. E. Technical review and/or acceptance of Contractor's hardware and software design documents, drawings, procedures, progress reports, and acceptance tests. F. Visit Contractor's local facility to review progress of work, and participate in and certify the Factory Acceptance Test. G. Acceptance testing of the operational system with the assistance of the Contractor as required. H. Maintain the project Contract Document. 11.3.3 Contractor's Responsibilities The Contractor shall be responsible for all hardware, software, and services to provide a complete SCADA system that provides the functions and performances in this Technical Specification. A The City of Huntington Beach TS11-6 4/12/2000 Technical Specification APPENDIX A MURPHY CONTROLLER I/O POINT COUNT SUMMARY The following table summarizes the input/output (I/O) point counts for the Water SCADA System. The Contractor shall size the real-time and historical databases to accommodate these field devices plus 300% expansion. The City of Huntington Beach A-1 4/12!2000 NATURAL ANALOG DIGITAL ELECTRIC GAS MURPHY SITE ANALOG CALCS DIGITAL CALCS ENGINES ENGINES MASTER 500 HB WATER PRODUCTION 1 Overmyer Reservoir 16 8 16 8 4 1 4 2 Peck Reservoir 16 8 16 8 4 1 4 3 New Reservoir-Hill Booster Stn 16 8 16 8 1 4 1 5 4 Huntington Beach Dyke Well .16 8 16 8 1 1 0 1 5 Huntington Beach Well 1 16 8 16 8 1 1 0 1 6 Huntington Beach Well 3 16 8 16 8 1 7 Huntington Beach Well 4 16 8 16 8 1 0 1 8 Huntington Beach Well 5 16 8 16 8 1 0 1 9 Huntington Beach Wall 6 16 8 16 8 1 0 1 10 Huntington Beach Well 7 16 8 16 8 1 0 1 11 Huntington Beach Well 9 16 8 16 8 1 0 1 12 Huntington Beach Well 10 16 8 16 a 1 13 Huntington Beach Well 12 16 8 16 8 1 0 1 SUBTOTAL CITY OF HB WATER 208 104 208 104 4 20 3 22 HB FLOOD CONTROL 1 Indianapolis 16 8 16 8 4 1 4 2 Meredith 16 8 16 8 3 1 3 3 Hamilton 16 8 16 8 4 1 4 4 Banning 16 8 16 8 3 1 3 5 Newland 16 8 16 8 3 1 3 6 Atlanta 16 8 16 8 5 2 5 7 Adams 16 8 16 8 3 1 3 8 Flounder 16 8 16 8 3 1 3 9 Yorktown 16 8 16 8 3 1 3 10 Bolsa Chica 16 8 16 8 3 1 3 11 Slater 16 8 16 8 5 1 5 12 Scenario 16 8 16 8 2 1 2 13 Heil 16 8 16 8 2 1 2 14 Marilyn 16 8 16 8 2 1 2 15 Shields 16 8 16 6 3 1 3 SUBTOTAL CITY OF HB FLOOD 240 120 240 120 0 48 16 48 WOCWB WATER PRODUCTION 1 Huntington Beach OC-9 8 4 8 4 0 0 1 2 Huntington Beach OC-35 8 4 8 4 0 0 1 3 Huntington Beach OC-44 8 4 8 4 0 0 1 4 WOCWB OC-35 Katella&Dale 8 4 8 4 0 0 1 5 WOCWB Garden Groove OC-35 8 4 8 4 0 0 1 6 WOCWB Westminster OC-35 8 4 8 4 0 0 1 7 WOCWB Seal Beach OC-35 8 4 8 4 0 0 1 8 WOCWB OC-9 Katella&Dale 8 4 8 4 0 0 1 9 WOCWB-Newland&Bolsa(new) 8 4 8 4 0 0 1 TOTAL WOCWB 72 36 72 36 0 0 0 9 TOTALS 4 68 19 79 HB WATER PRODUCTION 208 104 208 104 HB FLOOD CONTROL 240 120 240 120 WOCWB WATER PRODUCTION 72 36 72 36 TOTAL' 520 260 520 260 #RTUS STATUS ANALOG HB WATER SUPPLY 13 312 312 HB STORM WATER 15 360 360 SUBTOTAL HB 28 672 672 WOCWB WATER SUPPLY 9 108 108 TOTAL 37 780 780 Technical Specification APPENDIX B MURPHY CONTROLLER MODBUS PROTOCOL The Murphy controller ModBus communication protocol summary description is provided in this Appendix B. The City of Huntington Beach B-1 4/12/2000 ® 41343 12T„ Street West Wswitch�ur h PALMDALE, CALIFORNIA 93551 pPHONE (661) 272-a700 FAX(661) 947-7570 cri January 20, 2000 Mr. Bill Gabris Westin Engineers 2512 Chambers Road Tustin, CA 92780 Dear Bill, As you requested 1 am sending you a description of the communications hardware and software used in various Murphy controllers to allow SCADA interchange. Wiring connection to the Murphy controller: 1. Series 500, RS232 connection: The serial port connection to the Series 500 circuit board is pre-wired (by Murphy) to a 6 terminal, terminal block. Connections are provided for Transmit (XVIT), Receive (REC), CTS (Clear to Send), CTR (Clear to Receive), Ground (negative), and Shield wire from cable. 2. Series 555, RS232 connection is by standard DB9 plug, compatible with standard serial connection to most computers. Communications Setup: 1. The Series 500 engine controller implements a limited MODBUS RTU style communications protocol. The controller will act as a MODBUS Master. The communications use an RS232 serial port configured 9600 baud, No parity, 8 bits, and 1 stop bit (9600,N,8,1). The Series 500 micro-controller requires at least 500 milliseconds between the last response and the next query when used with MODBUS protocol. 2. The Series 555 engine controller implements a limited MODBUS RTU style communications protocol. The controller will act as a MODBUS Master. The communications use an RS232 serial port configured 9600 baud, No parity, 8 bits, and 1 stop bit (9600,N,8,1). (Note, this is identical to the Series 500 except without the 500 millisecond requirement.) ft tocol: The Murphy Controller replies to MODBUS®, RTU communications. The following are the commands supported by the Murphy communications software: 1. MODBUS® command code 01. Read Coil Status: Reads the on/off status of MODBUS® "coils" defined in the specific job description for each project. (e.g. Engine Run, Selector in AUTO, etc.) 2. MODBUS@ command code 03. Read values in registers: Reads the binary contents of MODBUS® Registers defined for the project. (e.g. Engine Running Hours, Engine RPM, Discharge Pressure, etc.) 3. MODBUS® command code 05. Force a single "coil" on/off: Will set or reset a coil to initiate an action within the Murphy controller from the central computer. (e.g. Engine Start/Stop, Remote Speed Control Enable/Disable, etc.) 4. MODBUS® command code 06. Preset a single Register to desired value: Allows a value to be set into the controller from the central computer. (e.g. Discharge Pressure Start set point, Pressure to be maintained, RPM to be maintained when Enabled, etc.) 5. MODBUS® command code 15. Force a multiple "coils" on/off: Will set or reset all coils within sequence of "coils." Used to initialize a group of status settings such as from a setup screen at the central, SCADA computer. 6. MODBUS® command code 16. Preset multiple Registers to a series of values: Will write values in a continuous series of registers. Used to down load a group of values such as from a set point screen in the central, SCADA computer. I am enclosing a copy of the documentation we supplied with a recent job, Well 7, City of Huntington Beach. It should give you an idea of the functions generally required and how we document them. Thank you for the opportunity to work with you on this project. I'm looking forward to getting the first station going. Please, let me know if you need more information. Sincerely, John H. Murphy, President Murphy Switch Of CA, Inc. WW ® 41343 12Tx Street West �U r h PALMDALE, CALIFORNIA 93551 p q PHONE (661) 272-4700 switch (� FAX (661) 947-7570 October 21, 1999 Revised November 29, 1999 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION SERIES 500 MURPHYMATIC® ENGINE CONTROLLER 40-99-078, ENGINE CONTROLLER WELL NO. 7, CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH General: The following sequence outline describes the functions performed by the Series 500, MURPHYMATICO Microprocessor-based single engine controller for the Well No. 7, City of Huntington Beach, CA. The station controller is programmed to start the Well engine when signaled by a Remote Override command. The Start, Run and Shutdown sequences will be initiated by setting and resetting the appropriate status "coil"via the central SCADA system. Local control of the engine is available by manually operating the four-position, main selector switch on the control panel. CONTROL S * • Control panel selector in "AUTO" position.* I. Remote Override command signal is received (or enclosure mounted "Start" push button is pressed) to cause the engine controller to enter an automatic Start Sequence: A. Battery (+) is removed from Main Valve pilot relay to signal the Main Valve to close. Power is supplied to the Blow-off valve pilot relay to signal the Blow-off valve to open. The controller program monitors the limit switch signals from each valve, when both valves have returned the correct position indications— Main valve closed; Blow-off valve open—the Start Sequence will continue. NOTE: Valve Failure Delay. If the either valve fails to signal it has reached its correct position before the appropriate "Valve Failure" delay expires, the Start Sequence will be aborted and automatic control circuits wiil be locked out. The front display will indicate the cause of shutdownllcckout. The panel must be manually reset before normal operation may be resumed. B. Contacts close to Prelube pump circuit for a field selectable period after which engine is signaled to start. C. Battery (+) is supplied to the engine mounted solenoid fuel valve (Natural Gas or LPG as selected on panel), engine cooling water solenoid valve, and gearhead cooling water solenoid valve. D. Engine mounted magneto grounding relay is energized to unground the magneto primary. This relay must be used. E. The following safety circuits are "ARMED" immediately, 1. LOW COOLANT LEVEL -- idle-back type 2. HIGH/LOW ENGINE OIL LEVEL-- idle-back type 3. HIGH GEARHEAD OIL TEMPERATURE—idle-back type 4. HIGH/LOW GEARHEAD OIL LEVEL-- idle-back type Page 1 of 9 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION Series 500 Engine Micro-controller 40-99-078, Well No. 7 Huntington Beach, CA 5. EXCESSIVE ENGINE VIBRATION -- immediate type 6. OVERSPEED -- Immediate type F. Cycle cranking begins: Crank 10 seconds; Rest 10 seconds until engine starts or OVERCRANK program operates. NOTE: OVERCRANK. If the engine fails to start after the field-programmable number(preset to 6) of cranking attempts, OVERCRANK will be indicated on the alpha-numeric display. The Micro- controller Start Sequence will be halted and automatic control circuits will be locked out. The lockout must be manually reset before normal operation may be resumed. Engine Failure light on panel will light and the MURPHYMATIC® Micro-controller will close ENGINE FAILURE status contacts. The "Fail"Status is reset when the panel is reset by moving the main (four position) panel selector to "OFF" position. II. When engine speed rises above the field-programmable Crank Disconnect speed setting, an automatic Run Sequence begins: A. Cycle cranking is discontinued immediately. B. ENGINE RUNNING lamp lights and Engine Run contacts open. C. Internal "hourmeter" program begins to record engine running hours. D. The engine mounted throttle actuator is signaled to slowly increase engine speed to the field-programmable "Warmup RPM." E. Three timing periods begin: 1. Shutdown Lockout time delay--field-programmable; preset to 30 seconds. NOTE: The second line of the display will show"SHUTDOWN DELAY TI11AING." 2. Warmup time delay-- field-programmable to 999 seconds. 3. Minimum Running Time delay--field-programmable to 999 seconds. NOTE: The Mirimum Running time period is included as a standard program function of the MUR- PHYMATICO Micro-controller. This function ignores any automatic Stop signal (except an override type shutdown signal) for a fie!d-programmable period. Since this feature is not required, set the Minimum Running time to zero (0). F. When the preset, Shutdown Lockout delay expires: 1. The following shutdown circuits are "armed:" a) LOW OIL PRESSURE -- immediate shutdown b) UNDERLOADIOVERLOAD --idle-back shutdown c) HIGH WATER TEMPERATURE -- idle-back shutdown d) LOW GEARHEAD OIL PRESSURE -- idle-back shutdown e) LOSS OF SPEED SIGNAL-- immediate shutdown 2. Micro-controller monitors the magnetic pickup input signal and will initiate a "Loss of Speed Signal" Shutdown, if an engine speed lower than Crank Dis- connect RPM is sensed. SHUTDOWNS When a SWICHGAGE@ signals a malfunction, the appropriate Shutdown Name is shown on the second line of the display and the engine is signaled to shutdown. The display will indicate cause of shutdown and the panel must be manually reset --selector moved to OFF position -- before normal operation may be resumed. The Micro-controller stores the Shutdown Name in memory A99078sq.doc Page 2 of 9 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION Series 500 Engine Micro-controller 40-99-078, Well No. 7 Huntington Beach, CA (overwriting previous designation) for future reference. The Engine Fail Status contact opens and the Engine Failure light is turned on. When any failure is sensed, the Main valve is signaled open and the Blow-off valve is signaled to close. G.- When the Warmup timing period expires, the Blow-off valve is signaled to close and the Main valve is signaled to open. The "Valve Failure" time delays will monitor the appropriate limit switches and signal a shutdown should either valve fail to reach the correct position within the allotted time. H. When the Warmup timing period expires and the correct signals have been returned from the Main and Blow-off valves (Main valve open; Blow-off closed), the engine mounted throttle actuator will be allowed to increase engine speed to Minimum RPM. The speed is then controlled either by the Automatic Throttle Control ("PRESET" or "AUTO/REMOTE") program or by a local, Manual Throttle control ("MAN") circuit. 1. If the panel is operating in the "PRESET" mode, the engine is signaled to run at a field-programmable speed. 2. If the panel is operating in the "AUTOIREMOTE" mode, the controller will maintain the speed commanded by the Central Computer System: either a fixed speed or the speed necessary to maintain the desired discharge flow. The engine will be signaled to run no slower than the "Minimum RPM" set point. 3. If the panel is operating in the "MAN" mode, the Manual "INCREASE - DECREASE" toggle switch will control the throttle actuator. I. Also, when the correct signals have been returned from the Main and Blow-off valves (Main valve open; Blow-off closed), the Fluoride delay period begins. When this delay expires, the appropriate Fluoride contacts close. NOTE: While the panel is set to maintain Flow#1, contacts close to control F:ucrlde #1 rate. While the panel is set to maintain Flow#2, contacts close to control Fluoride#2 rate. Ill. "Override Start" coil is reset (or— if engine was started by "Start" P. B. — "Stop" push button is pressed) to signal engine Micro-controller to enter an automatic Stop Sequence: A. Engine mounted throttle actuator is disconnected from the Manual or Automatic Throttle control and is signaled to return to its full idle position. B. A field-programmable (to 999 seconds) Cooldown time delay period begins timing. When this delay expires: 1. Internal "hourmeter" program stops recording and stores current engine running hours in non-volatile memory. 2. All shutdown circuits are locked out. 3. ENGINE RUNNING status lamp goes out and Engine Run contacts close. ' 4. Engine mounted magneto grounding relay is signaled to de-energize which places a ground on the magneto primary terminal. 5. Battery (+) is removed from the solenoid fuel and water valve circuits. 6. Control circuits automatically reset for next'START sequence. The control panel is equipped with a four(4) position selector switch ... MANUAL -- OFF --AUTOMATIC --TEST: A99078sq.doc Page 3 of 9 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION Series 500 Engine Micro-controller 40-99-078, Well No. 7 Huntington Beach, CA MAN POS: Automatic Start/Stop control circuits are by-passed. Requires Manual cranking and shutdown lockout. Push-button is provided for Manual Cranking. In MAN Position the throttle actuator is disconnected from the normal Micro-controller cir- cuitry. Panel mounted INCREASEIDECREASE, spring-loaded toggle switch allows local control of throttle position. OFF POS: Disconnects control power to prevent engine from starting or continuing to run through the control panel. Provides an immediate shutdown when selector is placed in OFF position while engine is running in any other selector position. AUTO POS: As described in the above Sequence Outline. TEST POS: Automatic START and RUN sequences are initiated. The control panel will perform its operations as though an automatic Start signal was accepted by the engine control panel. The engine will be kept in operation until the selector is moved to AUTO position. If no start command is introduced in AUTO position, the control circuits will enter an automatic STOP sequence and shutdown the engine. "MANUALIMASTER SHUTDOWN"TATTLETALE® A shutdown TATTLETALE@ is provided to monitor the internal micro-controller watchdog program when the pare! is operating automatically. if the watchdog should sense a failure, the "MANUALIMASTER SHUTDOWN" TATTL ETALEO will trip to shutdown and lockout the auto- matic operation of the control panel. The panel may be operated manually by selecting the "MAN" Position of the panel's four position selector switch and resetting the "MANUALIMASTER SHUTDOWN"TATTLETALE@. In "MAN" Position the TATTLETALE@ will act as a single, MASTER shutdown SWITCH for the external shutdown SW ICHGAGEO devices. EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN A push-button is provided on the enclosure door to signal the "MANUAL/MASTER SHUTDOWN" TATTLETALE°2) (Murphy part number 518APH) to trip and shutdown the engine immediately. This circuit allows the operator to manually interrupt the control voltage to the automatic and manual circuits in case of an emergency condition. LPG/Natural Gas Selector A three position selector is provided for manually selecting LPG, Auto or Natural Gas operation. In the LPG or Natural Gas positions, the panel will continuously control the appropriate valve and magneto timirg relay. A status light will indicate"LPG Operation"when that mode has been selected. If"AUTO" is selected, the panel monitors an external switch to automatically transfer from Natural Gas operation to LPG operation, if natural gas pressure is lost. Once the panel has switched to LPG operation, the system will continue to operate on LPG until the panel is manually reset. HIGH DISCHARGE PRESSURE The controller will monitor an OPL-series pressure SW ICHGAGE®for High Discharge Pressure shutdown. On a High Pressure condition, the panel will enter a Stop Sequence as described in "III." above. The display will indicate the cause of the shutdown. Lockout is automatically reset by the low contact of the OPL-series SWICHGAGE@. VALVE FAILURE A"Valve Failure" time delay begins whenever either the Main or Blow-off valve is signaled to open or close. The controller is programmed to indicate a failure, if the appropriate signal is not received from the limit switches within the Valve Failure timing period. A shutdown will occur and the display will show the cause of the failure. A99078sq.doc Page 4 of 9 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION Series 500 Engine Micro-controller 40-99-078, Well No. 7 Huntington Beach, CA FLUORIDE CONTACTS The program provides for two discharge flow rates (FLOW #1 and FLOW #2) to be set and selected. Associated with each flow rate is a relay to control preset Fluoride rates. When a Flow Maintain rate is selected, the controller will select the corresponding Fluoride relay to operate in the control Sequence. WELL LEVEL DISPLAY The controller is programmed to display well level as the distance between the surface of the water in the well and the ground surface. The level transmitter can only read the hydrostatic head pressure of the water column above the transmitter--the distance from the sensor to the well water surface. This is value is subtracted from the distance from the transmitter sensor to the ground surface. The resultant value is displayed by the controller. A set point location is provided in the S-#'s for the operator to enter the sensor point to ground surface distance. THROTTLE FAILURE The Micro-controller monitors the action of the throttle actuator at the end of the warmup time delay. If the engine speed is not sensed above Minimum RPM when the throttle failure delay expires, the engine is locked out and THROTTLE FAILURE is displayed. Engine Failure status contacts will open for remote indication. This function depends on the engine speed reaching minimum RPM, a Throttle Failure shutdown could be caused by one of the following conditions, 1. The fuse providing power to the throttle actuator has blown; 2. The Throttle Control selector has been left in MANUAL position; 3. A fault exists in the linkage between actuator and carburetor arm; 4. Any mis-adjustment or failure in the governor or carburetor which would prevent the panel from controlling of the engine's speed. "Throttle Failure"will also be indicated, if the engine speed fails to decrease below the "idle-Back Shutdown RPM"within a separate, field-programmable time delay A99078sq.doc Page 5 of 9 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION Series 500 Engine Micro-controller 40-99-078,Well No. 7 Huntington Beach, CA SUMMARY OF SHUTDOWN MESSAGES AND TYPES SHUTDOWN NAME SHUTDOWN TYPE LOW OIL PRESSURE IMMEDIATE UNIDERLOAD/OVERLOAD IDLE-BACK HIGH WATER TEMPERATURE IDLE-BACK HIGH ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE IDLE-BACK LOW GEAR OIL PRESSURE IDLE-BACK LOW COOLANT LEVEL IDLE-BACK HIGH/LOW ENGINE OIL LEVEL IDLE-BACK HIGH ENGINE VIBRATION IMMEDIATE HIGH/LOW GEAR OIL LEVEL IMMEDIATE HIGH GEAR OIL TEMPERATURE IDLE-BACK HIGH CATALYST TEMPERATURE IDLE-BACK Unassigned IMMEDIATE Unassigned IDLE-BACK THROTTLE FAILURE IMMEDIATE OVERSPEED IMMEDIATE OVERCRANK IMMEDIATE LOSS OF SPEED SIGNAL IMMEDIATE A99078sq.doc Page 6 of 9 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION Series 500 Engine Micro-controller 40-99-078, Well No. 7 Huntington Beach, CA SUMMARY OF MODBUS STATUS AND DATA REGISTERS STATUS "COILS" FROM ENGINE CONTROLLER MODBUS Type Comments Coil # 1. READ Engine On Stream (Run) Status (1 = Engine Warmup complete, 0 =All conditions except Warmup timing complete.) 2. READ Engine Fail Status (1 =common fail signal on any failure shutdown, 0 = No fail condition resent. 3. , READ Throttle mode selector"Manual" position 1 = In Manual position, 0 = Not in Manual.) 4. READ Throttle mode selector"Preset" position 1 = In Preset position, 0 = Not in Preset. 5. READ Throttle mode selector"Remote/Auto" (1 = Remote/Auto position, 0 = Not Remote/Auto.) '6. READ Main selector"Manual" position 1 = In Manual position, 0 = Not in Manual. 7. READ Main selector"Off" position 1 = In Off position. 0 = Not in Offposition.) 8. READ Main selector"Auto" position 1 = in Auto position, 0 = Not in Autoposition.) 9. READ Main selector"Test" position 1 = In Test position, 0 = Not in Testposition.) 10. READ "Power Failure Alarm" (1 = Power Failure Alarm, 0 = Not Power Failure.) Based on in ut signal from 120 VAC relay. Power Failure alarm. 11. READ I—c--rit,"oller "Low Battery Voltage" (1 = Low Voltage, 0 = Not Low Voltage.) Sensed by S500 and based on field adjustable set point. 12. READ "Panel Ready status" (1 = Panel ready for Auto Operation, 0 = Not ready for Auto Operation.) Panel is "ready'wren engine is not running and selector is in Auto position with no shutdown conditions active. 13. READ "Warmup Timing" 1 = Warmup timing period is active, 0 = not active. 14. I READ MasterrManual Tattletale®Tripped 1 = TattletaleC tripped, 0 =. Tattletale®is reset.) 15. READ "Cocldown Timing" 1 = Cooidown timing period is active, 0 = period not active.) 16. READ "Intrusion Input Active" 0 = Intrusion input is active, 0 = Intrusion input not active.)— Reserved, not used. 17. READ "Required" e NOT Required.) n 18. READ "Service Required" 1 = Service Required, 0 = Service Required not active.) 19. READ I 'Main Valve Fail" 1 = Main Valve Fail, 0 =failure not active.) 20. READ ; "Blow-off Valve Fail" 1 = Blow-off Valve Fail. 0 = failure not active.) I 21. READ I "High Discharge Pressure" 1 = High Pressure. 0 = failure not active. 22. READ { "Low Gas Pressure" 1 = Low Pressure active, 0 = Low Pressure input not acz:ve.) 23. I READ "Low Chlorine Residual" 1 = Low Chlorine Residual. 0 = Input not active.) 24. 1 READ "Low Fluoride Residual" 1 Low Fluoride Residual, 0 = Input not active.) 25. READ "Chlorine Leak" 1 = Chlorine Leak, 0 = Input not active. 26. 1 READ "Spare #1" 1 = spare in ut #1 active. 0 = Spare in ut not active. 27. READ 'Spare #2" (1 = spare input#2 active. 0 = Spare input not active. DATA REGISTERS FROM ENGINE CONTROLLER MODBUS Type Comments Register# 40001 READ I Discharge Pressure, Analog 8 bit, PSI). 40002 READ I Discharge Flow Analog (12 bit. GPM). 40003 READ I Totalized Well Flow(gallons), upper byte of integer value 40004 READ Totalized Well Flow (gallons), lower byte of integer value 40005 I READ Well Level 0 to 250 Feet), Integer value from analog input to S500 controller. 40006 READ Spare analo in ut#1, Analog count (0-4095) value from analog input to controller. A99078sq.doc Page 7 of 9 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION Series 500 Engine Micro-controller 40-99-078, Well No. 7 Huntington Beach, CA 40007 READ Engine Running Hours (hours), upper byte integer value calculated by controller. 40008 READ Engine Running Hours (hours), lower byte integer value calculated by controller. 40009 READ Engine Running Seed RPM , Calculated by controller. 40010 READ Engine Oil Pressure (PSI). Integer value from built-in analog input to S500. 40011 READ Engine Water Temperature (OF), Integer value from engine sending unit to S500. 40012 READ En ine Oil Temperature (OF), Integer value from external sending unit to S500. 40013 READ Gearhead Oil Tem erature (OF), Integer value from engine sending unit to S510. 40014 READ Engine Manifold Vacuum in. H , Integer value from built-in analog input to S500. 40015 READ Battery Voita e, Integer value based on engine cranking battery voltage. 40016 READ Spare analo in ut#2, Analog count 0-4095 value from analog input to controller. 40017 READ Spare analog input#3, Analog count 0-4095 value from analog input to controller. 40018 READ Spare analog input#4, Analog count 0-255 value from analog in ut to controller. MODBI IS "COILS" FROM CENTRAL CONTROL SYSTEM MODBUS Type Comments Coil # 28. READ/ "Engine Start/Stop" (1 =Start, 0 =Stop.) Causes an automatic start when set, begins WRITE cooldown to shutdown when reset. Note: Will be overridden, no Start recognized, if coil-28 is set = 1, 29. READ/ "Remote Engine Speed Control" (1 = Remote, 0 = Local.) When enabled, allows WRITE remote control of engine speed by adjusting Register 40019. If set = 0, uses Flow maintain set oint as selected by Coil #31. 30. READ/ "Override Stop" 0 = Override STOP, 0 = Override is cancelled. When set = 1, WRITE initiates an automatic stop and/or prevents startup regardless of mode of operation; so long as communications ;ink exists between station and Central Control Panel. 31. READ/ "Flow Rate Maintain select" (1 = Flow Rate 1, 0 = Flow Rate 2. When set= 1, uses WRITE Flow Rate 1 set point for automatic throttle control. When set= 0, controls speed based on Flow Rate 2 set point. These settings are ignored if Coil #29 is set = 1. MODBUS REGISTER FROM CCS TO ENGINE CONTROLLER MODBUS Type Comments Register# 40019 READ/ Engine Speed Control, Integer representing desired engine speed. Program controls I WRITE engine throttle to match this commandspeed. Coil #26 set to "1" 40020 READ/ k Flow#1 Maintain Set Point. WRITE 40021 READ/ Fiow#2 Maintain Set Point. WRITE 40022 READI Soare, not used. WRITE ADDITIONAL MODBUS STATUS "COILS" FROM ENGINE CONTROLLER : oil # Type Comments 32. READ Shutdown #1 Low Oil Press. Status (1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 33. READ Shutdown #2 (Overload/Underload) Status (1 = Shutdown active, 0 = Shutdown not active. 34. READ Srutdown :3 (High Water Temperature) Status 0 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active.) 35. READ Shutdown. #4 (High Engine Oil Temperature) Status (1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. A99078sq.doc Page 8 of 9 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION Series 500 Engine Micro-controller 40-99-078, Well No. 7 Huntington Beach, CA 36. READ Shutdown #5 Low Gear Oil Pressure Status 1 =Shutdown active, 0 = not active.) 37. READ Shutdown #6 Law Coolant Level Status 1 = Shutdown active, 0= not active. 38. READ Shutdown #7 (High/Low Engine Oil Level) Status (1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 39. READ Shutdown #8 Excessive Vibration Status 1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 40, READ Shutdown #9 Hi/Low Gearhead Oil Level) Status 1 = Shutdown, 0 = not active. 41. READ Shutdown #10 (High Gearhead Temperature) Status (1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 42. READ Shutdown#11 (High Catalyst Temperature) Status (1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 43. READ Shutdown#12 (Unassigned) Status 1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 44. READ Shutdown #13 (Unassigned) Status 1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 45. READ Shutdown#14 Throttle Failure Status 1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 46. READ Shutdown #15 Overs eed Status 1 = Shutdown active. 0 = not active.) 47. READ Shutdown#16 Overcrank Status 1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 48. READ Shutdown #17 Loss of S eed Status 1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active, A99078sq.doc Page 9 of 9 W^ 41343 12T" Street West u r h ® PALMDALE, CALIFORNIA 93551 p PHONE (661)272-4700 switch FAX (661) 947-7570 January 20, 2000 Mr. Bill Gabris Westin Engineers 2512 Chambers Road Tustin, CA 92780 Dear Bill, As you requested I am sending you a description of the communications hardware and software used in various Murphy controllers to allow SCADA interchange. Wiring connection to the Murphy controller: 1. Series 500, RS232 connection: The serial port connection to the Series 500 circuit board is pre-wired (by Murphy) to a 6 terminal, terminal block. Connections are provided for Transmit (XMT), Receive (REC), CTS (Clear to Send), CTR (Clear to Receive), Ground (negative), and Shield wire from cable. 2. Series 555, RS232 connection is by standard DB9 plug, compatible with standard serial connection to most computers. Communications Setup: 1. The Series 500 engine controller implements a limited MODBUS RTU style communications protocol. The controller will act as a MODBUS Master. The communications use an RS232 serial port configured 9600 baud, No parity, 8 bits, and 1 stop bit (9600,N,8,1). The Series 500 micro controller requires at least 500 milliseconds between the last response and the next query when used with MODBUS protocol. 2. The Series 555 engine controller implements a limited MODBUS RTU style communications protocol. The controller will act as a MODBUS Master. The communications use an RS232 serial port configured 9600 baud, No parity, 8 bits, and 1 stop bit (9600,N,8,1). (Note, this is identical to the Series 500 except without the 500 millisecond requirement.) Protocol: The Murphy Controller replies to MODBUS®, RTU communications. The following are the commands supported by the Murphy communications software: 1. MODBUS® command code 01. Read Coil Status: Reads the on/off status of MODBUS® "coils" defined in the specific job description for each project. (e.g. Engine Run, Selector in AUTO, etc.) 2. MODBUS® command code 03. Read values in registers: Reads the binary contents of MODBUS® Registers defined for the project. (e.g. Engine Running Hours, Engine RPM, Discharge Pressure, etc.) 3. MODBUS® command code 05. Force a single "coil" on/off: Will set or reset a coil to initiate an action within the Murphy controller from the central computer. (e.g. Engine Start/Stop, Remote Speed Control Enable/Disable, etc.) 4. MODBUS® command code 06. Preset a single Register to desired value: Allows a value to be set into the controller from the central computer. (e.g. Discharge Pressure Start set point, Pressure to be maintained, RPM to be maintained when Enabled, etc.) 5. MODBUS® command code 15. Force a multiple "coils" on/off: Will set or reset all coils within sequence of "coils." Used to initialize a group of status settings such as from a setup screen at the central, SCADA computer. 6. MODBUS® command code 16. Preset multiple Registers to a series of values: Will write values in a continuous series of registers. Used to down load a group of values such as from a set point screen in the central, SCADA computer. am enclosing a copy of the documentation we supplied with a recent job, Well 7, City of Huntington Beach. It should give you an idea of the functions generally required and how we document them. Thank you for the opportunity to work with you on this project. I'm looking forward to getting the first station going. Please, let me know if you need more information. Sincerely, John H. Murphy, President Murphy Switch Of CA, Inc. 01% ® 41343 12T"Street West �u r p 91 PHONE (661) 272-4700 switch nn FAX(661) 947-7570 October 21, 1999 Revised November 29, 1999 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION SERIES 500 MURPHYMATIC® ENGINE CONTROLLER 40-99-078, ENGINE CONTROLLER WELL NO. 7, CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH General: The following sequence outline describes the functions performed by the Series 500, MURPHYMATIC® Microprocessor-based single engine controller for the Well No. 7, City of Huntington Beach, CA. The station controller is programmed to start the Well engine when signaled by a Remote Override command. The Start, Run and Shutdown sequences will be initiated by setting and resetting the appropriate status "coil"via the central SCADA system. Local control of the engine is available by manually operating the four-position, main selector switch on the control panel. CONTROLOUTLINE Control panel selector in "AUTO" position. I. Remote Override command signal is received (or enclosure mounted "Start" push button is pressed) to cause the engine controller to enter an automatic Start. Sequence: A. Battery (+) is removed from Main Valve pilot relay to signal the Main Valve to close. Power is supplied to the Blow-off valve pilot relay to signal the Blow-off valve to open. The controller program monitors the limit switch signals from each valve, when both valves have returned the correct position indications— Main valve closed; Blow-off valve open—the Start Sequence will continue. NOTE: Valve Failure Delay. If the either valve fails to signal it has reached its correct position before the appropriate"Valve Failure"delay expires, the Start Sequence will be aborted and automatic control circuits will be locked out. The front display will indicate the cause of shutdown/lockout. The panel must be manually reset before normal operation may be resumed. B. Contacts close to Prelube pump circuit for a field selectable period after which engine is signaled to start. C. Battery (+) is supplied to the engine mounted solenoid fuel valve (Natural Gas or LPG as selected on panel), engine cooling water solenoid valve, and gearhead cooling water solenoid valve. D. Engine mounted magneto grounding relay is energized to unground the magneto primary. This relay must be used. E. The following safety circuits are "ARMED" immediately, 1. LOW COOLANT LEVEL -- idle-back type 2. HIGH/LOW ENGINE OIL LEVEL-- idle-back type 3. HIGH GEARHEAD OIL TEMPERATURE— idle-back type 4. HIGH/LOW GEARHEAD OIL LEVEL -- idle-back type Page 1 of 9 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION Series 500 Engine Micro-controller 40-99-078, Well No. 7 Huntington Beach, CA 5. EXCESSIVE ENGINE VIBRATION -- immediate type 6. OVERSPEED -- immediate type F. Cycle cranking begins: Crank 10 seconds; Rest 10 seconds until engine starts or OVERCRANK program operates. NOTE: OVERCRANK. If the engine fails to start after the field-programmable number (preset to 6) of cranking attempts, OVERCRANK will be indicated on the alpha-numeric display. The Micro- controller Start Sequence will be halted and automatic control circuits will be locked out. The lockout must be manually reset before normal operation may be resumed. Engine Failure light on panel will light and the MURPHYMATIC8 Micro-controller will close ENGINE FAILURE status contacts. The "Fail' Status is reset when the panel is reset by moving the main (four position) panel selector to "OFF" position. II. When engine speed rises above the field-programmable Crank Disconnect speed setting, an automatic Run Sequence begins: A. Cycle cranking is discontinued immediately. B. ENGINE RUNNING lamp lights and Engine Run contacts open. C. Internal "hourmeter" program begins to record engine running hours. D. The engine mounted throttle actuator is signaled to slowly increase engine speed to the field-programmable "Warmup RPM." E. Three timing periods begin: 1. Shutdown Lockout time delay--field-programmable; preset to 30 seconds. NOTE: The second line of the display will show"SHUTDOWN DELAY TIMING." 2. Warmup time delay--field-programmable to 999 seconds. 3. Minimum Running Time delay-- field-programmable to 999 seconds. NOTE: The Minimum Running time period is included as a standard program function of the MUR- . PHYMATIC® Micro-controller. This function ignores any automatic Stop signal (except an override type shutdown signal) for a field-programmable period. Since this feature is not required, set the Minimum Running time to zero(0). F. When the preset, Shutdown Lockout delay expires: 1. The following shutdown circuits are "armed:" a) LOW OIL PRESSURE -- immediate shutdown b) UNDERLOADIOVERLOAD --idle-back shutdown c) HIGH WATER TEMPERATURE -- idle-back shutdown d) LOW GEARHEAD OIL PRESSURE -- idle-back shutdown e) LOSS OF SPEED SIGNAL-- immediate shutdown 2. Micro-controller monitors the magnetic pickup input signal and will initiate a "Loss of Speed Signal" Shutdown, if an engine speed lower than Crank Dis- connect RPM is sensed. SHUTDOWNS When a SWICHGAGE@ signals a malfunction, the appropriate Shutdown Name is shown on the second line of the display and the engine is signaled to shutdown. The display will indicate cause of shutdown and the panel must be manually reset--selector moved to OFF position -- before normal operation may be resumed. The Micro-controller stores the Shutdown Name in memory A99078sq.doc Page 2 of 9 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION Series 500 Engine Micro-controller 40-99-078, Well No. 7 Huntington Beach, CA (overwriting previous designation) for future reference. The Engine Fail Status contact opens and the Engine Failure light is turned on. When any failure is sensed, the Main valve is signaled open and the Blow-off valve is signaled to close. G. When the Warmup timing period expires, the Blow-off valve is signaled to close and the Main valve is signaled to open. The "Valve Failure" time delays will monitor the appropriate limit switches and signal a shutdown should either valve fail to reach the correct position within the allotted time. N. When the Warmup timing period expires and the correct signals have been returned from the Main and Blow-off valves (Main valve open; Blow-off closed), the engine mounted throttle actuator will be allowed to increase engine speed to Minimum RPM. The speed is then controlled either by the Automatic Throttle Control ("PRESET" or "AUTO/REMOTE") program or by a local, Manual Throttle control ("MAN") circuit. 1. If the panel is operating In the "PRESET" mode, the engine is signaled to run at a field-programmable speed. 2. If the panel is operating in the "AUTO/REMOTE" mode, the controller will maintain the speed commanded by the Central Computer System: either a fixed speed or the speed necessary to maintain the desired discharge flow. The engine will be signaled to run no slower than the "Minimum RPM" set point. 3. If the panel is operating in the "MAN" mode, the Manual "INCREASE - DECREASE" toggle switch will control the throttle actuator. 1. Also, when the correct signals have been returned from the Main and Blow-off valves (Main valve open; Blow-off closed), the Fluoride delay period begins. When this delay expires, the appropriate Fluoride contacts close. NOTE: While the panel is set to maintain Flow#1, contacts close to control Fluoride#1 rate. While the panel is.set to maintain Flow#2, contacts close to control Fluoride#2 rate. III. "Override Start" coil is reset (or— if engine was started by "Start" P. B. — "Stop" push button is pressed) to signal engine Micro-controller to enter an automatic Stop Sequence: A. Engine mounted throttle actuator is disconnected from the Manual or Automatic Throttle control and is signaled to return to its full idle position. B. A field-programmable (to 999 seconds) Cooldown time delay period begins timing. When this delay expires: 1. Internal "hourmeter" program stops recording and stores current engine running hours in non-volatile memory. 2. All shutdown circuits are locked out. 3. ENGINE RUNNING status lamp goes out and Engine Run contacts close. 4. Engine mounted magneto grounding relay is signaled to de-energize which places a ground on the magneto primary terminal. S. Battery(+) is removed from the solenoid fuel and water valve circuits. - 8. Control circuits automatically reset for next START sequence. The control panel is equipped with a four(4) position selector switch ... MANUAL -- OFF--AUTOMATIC --TEST: A99078sq.doc Page 3 of 9 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION Series 500 Engine Micro-controller 40-99-078, Well No. 7 Huntington Beach, CA MAN POS: Automatic Start/Stop control circuits are by-passed. Requires Manual cranking and shutdown lockout. Push-button is provided for Manual Cranking. In MAN Position the throttle actuator is disconnected from the normal Micro-controller cir- cuitry. Panel mounted INCREASE/DECREASE, spring-loaded toggle switch allows local control of throttle position. OFF POS: Disconnects control power to prevent engine from starting or continuing to run through the control panel. Provides an immediate shutdown when selector is placed in OFF position while engine is running in any other selector position. AUTO POS: As described in the above Sequence Outline. TEST POS: Automatic START and RUN sequences are initiated. The control panel will perform its operations as though an automatic Start signal was accepted by the engine control panel. The engine will be kept in operation until the selector is moved to AUTO position. If no start command is introduced in AUTO position, the control circuits will enter an automatic STOP sequence and shutdown the engine. "MANUALIMASTER SHUTDOWN"TATTLETALES A shutdown TATTLETALES is provided to monitor the internal micro-controller watchdog program when the panel is operating automatically. If the watchdog should sense a failure, the "MANUALIMASTER SHUTDOWN" TATTLETALES will trip to shutdown and lockout the auto- matic operation of the control panel. The panel may be operated manually by selecting the "MAN" Position of the panel's four position selector switch and resetting the "MANUALIMASTER SHUTDOWN" TATTLETALE& In "MAN" Position the TATTLETALES will act as a single, MASTER shutdown SWITCH for the external shutdown SWICHGAGES devices. EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN A push-button is provided on the enclosure door to signal the "MANUALIMASTER SHUTDOWN" TATTLETALE®(Murphy part number 518APH) to trip and shutdown the engine immediately. This circuit allows the operator to manually interrupt the control voltage to the automatic and manual circuits in case of an emergency condition. LPG/Natural Gas Selector A three position selector is provided for manually selecting LPG, Auto or Natural Gas operation. In the LPG or Natural Gas positions, the panel will continuously control the appropriate valve and magneto timing relay. A status light will indicate "LPG Operation"when that mode has been selected. If"AUTO" is selected, the panel monitors an external switch to automatically transfer from Natural Gas operation to LPG operation, if natural gas pressure is lost. Once the panel has switched to LPG operation, the system will continue to operate on LPG until the panel is manually reset. HIGH DISCHARGE PRESSURE The controller will monitor an OPL-series pressure SW ICHGAGES for High Discharge Pressure shutdown. On a High Pressure condition, the panel will enter a Stop Sequence as described in III—above. The display will indicate the cause of the shutdown. Lockout is automatically reset by he low contact of the OPL-series SWICHGAGES. VALVE FAILURE A"Valve Failure" time delay begins whenever either the Main or Blow-off valve is signaled to open or close. The controller is programmed to indicate a failure, if the appropriate signal is not received from the limit switches within the Valve Failure timing period. A shutdown will occur and the display will show the cause of the failure. A99078sq.doc Page 4 of 9 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION Series 500 Engine Micro-controller 40-99-078, Well No. 7 Huntington Beach, CA FLUORIDE CONTACTS The program provides for two discharge flow rates (FLOW #1 and FLOW #2) to be set and selected. Associated with each flow rate is a relay to control preset Fluoride rates. When a Flow Maintain rate is selected, the controller will select the corresponding Fluoride relay to operate in the control Sequence. WELL LEVEL DISPLAY The controller is programmed to display well level as the distance between the surface of the water in the well and the ground surface. The level transmitter can only read the hydrostatic head pressure of the water column above the transmitter—the distance from the sensor to the well water surface. This is value is subtracted from the distance from the transmitter sensor to the ground surface. The resultant value is displayed by the controller. A set point location is provided in the S-#'s for the operator to enter the sensor point to ground surface distance. THROTTLE FAILURE The Micro-controller monitors the action of the throttle actuator at the end of the warmup time delay. If the engine speed is not sensed above Minimum RPM when the throttle failure delay expires, the engine is locked out and THROTTLE FAILURE is displayed. Engine Failure status contacts will open for remote indication. This function depends on the engine speed reaching minimum RPM, a Throttle Failure shutdown could be caused by one of the following conditions, 1. The fuse providing power to the throttle actuator has blown; 2. The Throttle Control selector has been left in MANUAL position; 3. A fault exists in the linkage between actuator and carburetor arm; 4. Any mis-adjustment or failure in the governor or carburetor which would prevent the panel from controlling of the engine's speed. "Throttle Failure"will also be indicated, if the engine speed fails to decrease below the"Idle-Back Shutdown RPM"within a separate, field-programmable time delay A99078sq.doc Page 5 of 9 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION Series 500 Engine Micro-controller 40-99-078, Well No. 7 Huntington Beach, CA SUMMARY OF SHUTDOWN MESSAGES AND TYPES SHUTDOWN NAME SHUTDOWN TYPE LOW OIL PRESSURE IMMEDIATE UNDERLOADIOVERLOAD IDLE-BACK HIGH WATER TEMPERATURE IDLE-BACK HIGH ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE IDLE-BACK LOW GEAR OIL PRESSURE IDLE-BACK LOW COOLANT LEVEL IDLE-BACK HIGH/LOW ENGINE OIL LEVEL IDLE-BACK HIGH ENGINE VIBRATION IMMEDIATE HIGH/LOW GEAR OIL LEVEL IMMEDIATE HIGH GEAR OIL TEMPERATURE IDLE-BACK HIGH CATALYST TEMPERATURE IDLE-BACK Unassigned IMMEDIATE Unassigned IDLE-BACK THROTTLE FAILURE IMMEDIATE OVERSPEED IMMEDIATE OVERCRANK IMMEDIATE LOSS OF SPEED SIGNAL IMMEDIATE A99078sq.doc Page 6 of 9 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION Series 500 Engine Micro-controller 40-99-078, Well No. 7 Huntington Beach, CA SUMMARY OF MODBUS STATUS AND DATA REGISTERS STATUS "COILS'! FROM ENGINE CONTROLLER MODBUS Type Comments Coil # 1. READ Engine On Stream (Run) Status (1 = Engine Warmup complete, 0 =All conditions except Warmup timing complete.) 2. READ Engine Fail Status (1 = common fail signal on any failure shutdown, 0 = No fail condition resent. 3. READ Throttle mode selector"Manual" position 1 = In Manual position, 0 = Not in Manual. 4, READ Throttle mode selector"Preset" position tl = In Preset osition, 0 = Not in Preset. 5. READ Throttle mode selector"Remote/Auto" (1 = Remote/Auto position, 0 = Not Remote/Auto. 6. READ Main selector"Manual" position 1 = In Manual position, 0 = Not in Manual. 7. READ Main selector"Off' position 1 = In Off position. 0 = Not in Offposition.) 8. READ Main selector"Auto" position 1 = In Auto position, 0 = Not in Autoposition.) 9. READ Main selector"Test" position 1 = In Test position, 0 = Not in Testposition.) 10. READ "Power Failure Alarm" 0 = Power Failure Alarm, 0 = Not Power Failure.) Based on in ut si nal from 120 VAC relay. Power Failure alarm. 11. READ "Low Battery Voltage" (1 = Low Voltage, 0 = Not Low Voltage.) Sensed by S500 controller and based on field adjustable set point. 12. READ "Panel Ready status" (1 = Panel ready for Auto Operation, 0 = Not ready for Auto Operation.) Panel is "read}'when engine is not running and selector is in Auto position with no shutdown conditions active. 13. READ "Warmup Timing" 1 = Warmup timing period is active, 0 = not active. 14. READ Master/Manual Tattletale®Tripped 1 =Tattletale®tripped, 0 =. Tattletale®is reset. 15. READ "Cooldown Timing" 1 = Cooldown timing period is active, 0 = period not active. 16. READ "Intrusion Input Active" (1 = Intrusion input is active, 0 = Intrusion input not active.)— Reserved, not used. 17. READ "Required" 1 = Engine Required, 0 = Engine NOT Required.) 18. READ "Service Required" 1 = Service Required, 0 = Service Required not active. I 19. READ "Main Valve Fail" 1 = Main Valve Fail, 0 =failure not active. f 20. READ "Slow-off Valve Fail" 1 = Blow-off Valve Fail, 0 =failure not active. __I 21. READ "High Discharge Pressure" 1 = High Pressure, 0 =failure not active. 22. READ "Low Gas Pressure" 1 = Low Pressure active. 0 = Low Pressure input not active. 23. READ "Low Chlorine Residual" 1 = Low Chlorine Residual, 0 = Input not active. 24. READ "Low Fluoride Residual" 1 =, Low Fluoride Residual, 0 = In ut not active. 25. READ "Chlorine Leak" 1 = Chlorine Leak, 0 = Input not active. 26. READ "Spare#1" 1 = spare input#1 active, 0 = Spare input not active. 27. READ "Spare#2" 1 = spare input#2 active, 0 = Spare input not active. DATA REGISTERS FROM ENGINE CONTROLLER MQDBUS Type Comments Re ister# 40001 READ Discharge Pressure, Analog 8 bit, PSI). 40002 READ Discharge Flow Analog 12 bit, GPM). 40003 READ Totalized Well Flow(gallons), ueper byte of integer value 40004 READ Totalized Well Flow(gallons), lower byte of integer value 40005 READ Well Level 0 to 250 Feet), Integer value from analog input to S500 controller. 40006 READ Spare analog input#1, Analog count 0-4095 value from analog input to controller. A99078sq.doc Page 7 of 9 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION Series 500 Engine Micro-controller 40-99-078, Well No. 7 Huntington Beach, CA 40007 READ Engine Running Hours (hours), upper byte integer value calculated by controller. 40008 READ Engine Running Hours (hours), lower byte integer value calculated by controller. 40009 READ En ine Running Seed (RPM), Calculated by controller. 40010 READ Engine Oil Pressure (PSI). Integer value from built-in analog input to S500. 40011 READ Engine Water Tem erature °F , Integer value from engine sending unit to S500. 40012 READ Engine Oil Temperature (OF), Integer value from external sending unit to S500. 40013 READ Gearhead Oil Temperature (OF), Integer value from engine sending unit to S510. 40014 READ Engine Manifold Vacuum in. » , Integer value from built-in analog input to S500. 40015 READ Battery Voltage, Integer value based on engine cranking battery voltage, 40016 READ Spare analog input#2, Analog count 0-4095 value from analog input to controller. 40017 READ Spare analog input#3, Analog count 0-4095 value from analog input to controller. 40018 READ Spare analog input#4, Analog count 0-255 value from analog input to controller. MODBUS "COILS" FROM CENTRAL CONTROL SYSTEM MODBUS Type Comments Coil # 28. READ/ "Engine Start/Stop" (1 = Start, 0 = Stop.) Causes an automatic start when set, begins WRITE cooldown to shutdown when reset. Note: Will be overridden, no Start recognized, if coil 28 is set = 1, 29. READ/ "Remote Engine Speed Control" (1 = Remote, 0 = Local.) When enabled, allows WRITE remote control of engine speed by adjusting Register 40019. If set = 0, uses Flow maintain set point as selected by Coil #31. 30. READ/ "Override Stop" (1 = Override STOP, 0 = Override is cancelled. When set = 1, WRITE initiates an automatic stop and/or prevents startup regardless of mode of operation; so long as communications link exists between station and Central Control Panel. 31. READ/ "Flow Rate Maintain select" (1 = Flow Rate 4, 0 = Flow Rate 2. When set= 1, uses WRITE Flow Rate 1 set point for automatic throttle control. When set=0, controls speed based on Flow Rate 2 set point. These settings are ignored if Coil #29 is set= 1. MODBUS REGISTER FROM CCS TO ENGINE CONTROLLER MODBUS Type Comments Register# 40019 READI Engine Speed Control, Integer representing desired engine speed. Program controls WRITE engine throttle to match this command speed. Coil #26 set to "1" 40020 READ/ Flow#1 Maintain Set Point. WRITE 40021 READ/ Flow#2 Maintain Set Point. WRITE 40022 READ/ Spare, not used. WRITE ADDITIONAL MODBUS STATUS "COILS" FROM ENGINE CONTROLLER oil # Type Comments 32. READ Shutdown #1 Low Oil Press. Status 1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 33. READ Shutdown #2 (Overload/Underload) Status (1 = Shutdown active, 0 = Shutdown not active. 34, READ Shutdown #3 (High Water Temperature) Status 1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 35. READ Shutdown #4 (High Engine Oil Temperature) Status (1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. A99078sq.doc Page 8 of 9 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION Series 500 Engine Micro-controller 40-99-078, Well No. 7 Huntington Beach, CA 36. READ Shutdown #5 Low Gear Oil Pressure Status 1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 37. READ Shutdown #6 Low Coolant Level Status tl = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 38. READ Shutdown #7 (High/Low Engine Oil Level) Status (1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 39. READ Shutdown#8 Excessive Vibration Status 1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 40. READ Shutdown#9 (Hi/Low Gearhead Oil Level) Status 1 = Shutdown, 0 = not active. 41. READ Shutdown#10 (High Gearhead Temperature) Status (1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 42. READ Shutdown #11 (High Catalyst Temperature) Status (1 = Shutdown active, 0= not active. 43. READ I Shutdown #12 (Unassigned) Status 1 =Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 44. READ Shutdown #13 (Unassigned) Status 1 =Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 45. READ Shutdown #14 Throttle Failure Status 1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 46. READ Shutdown #15 Overs eed Status 1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 47. READ Shutdown #16 Overcrank Status 1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 48. READ Shutdown #17 Loss of S eed Status 1 = Shutdown active, 0 = not active. 3 A99078sp.doc Page 9 of 9 Technical Specification APPENDIX C TYPICAL DISPLAYS FROM THE EXISTING SCADA SYSTEM The sample displays included in this Appendix C are typical displays that are part of the existing SCADA system. The displays shall not be replicated in kind but are provided as examples of display layouts and data density for the new Water SCADA System displays. The City of Huntington Beach C-1 4/12/2000 NEW MSG Mari Dec 20--02 ; 50 : 24 PM City Of Hunt ingtcn Bea.cl-. Water Sy�terti � STATUS RPM LOAD FLOW LEVEL PSI CL2/R./F I.JE' T 7 . 0 0: 2 DYKE 418 4 65 . 1 H . B. A LLOC FLOW S TFT WELL J. b1FF 28 . 2 OC9 8 . 0 10 . 4 0 8 . 0 WELL 2 OC35. 15 . 0 15 . 5 c25 . 0 WELL 3 OC44 12 . 0 13 . 1 1:3 . 4 FELL 4 OFF 0 . 0 0 50 . 5 ELL 5 OFF 215 G . 0 0 49 . 3 69 I+.JOCIdE WELL 6 OFF 2 0 . 1 A 42 . 5 75 A - . -w G/GR 0 . 0 0 . 0 4 0 . 0 WELL 7 OFF 0 0 . 0 52 . 2 69 IdSTM 0 , 0 0 . 0 0 . 0 ' WELL 8 S/B 0 . 0 0 . 0 C. 0 . 8 WELL 9 OFF - 1297 _ `" - _ 68 0 . 36 I WELL 10 OFF !_; 11 41 . 73 WELL 11 ClCS 5 15 . 0 15 . 8 I}JELL 12 OC9 10 . 0 10 . 6 ._ OVERMYER RESERVOIR BAL VLV C 1 osec. ENG 1 r . ; 76 8 . >l OV DUMP ENG 2 GF'�_ F 0 . 0 30 . 3 M RPHY OK I Eta G 3 OFF 1 3 . 9 5 . 5 53 Ov 14" 1 4 Eta G 4 GFF 01.) 16 EMEP/OF t-110 PECK RESERVOIR PECY DUMP ENG 1 OFF 0 0 Et1EP/(-jP «V ENG 2 OFF 0 i= - 0 MURPHY ENG 3 OFF 0 R U 15 . 7 6�� PEC'}: OF SEC(Ji}Ar='Y � ENG 4 OFF _ ie 0 RESEPVC-j I R HILL B()DST I t-IG '1TAT I Ot-1 MOTOR 1 OFF 692 4 60 BAPT14ING. . . 76 r ENG 2 - H E I L . . . 7 5 ENG .3 ._ �i 01A R I O. 78 ENG 4 GFF' ELSA CHCA . 80 ENG 5 OFF FLOUNDER. . 78 NEW MSIS R I FRiQ ' 2 FLOOD CONTROL STATUS rmm�a rnx. .n am.R�oa"�a�+ SWURJ J ' Adams RPM VAC. Ham 1 ton RPM VAC Meredi tI, RPM VAC I 0 . 00 0 . 3DC1 11E 111 . 00 C1 . OCI 1 . Off HA 0 . 00 O . 00 I . . Off 0 21D 2 . . Of f O 1 . Of f 0 a BN 0 . 00 O . OfD Of f' 0 20 S . . Off, 0 2 . . Of f 0 0 1.1E Q . OO 0 . 01_I 3 . Of f 0 1D 4. . Of f 0 O . . Of f 0 O AT O . 00 0 . 00 L_ve1 : 5 . 22 .. Let-let ; 7 . 57 Level : 2 . 00 AD 0 . CIO 0 . 00 FL 0 . 00 0 . uU Bann i rigr RPM VAC S}, i e; 1 cis RPM VAC Yar k t QSm RPM VAC YO 0 . 00 0 . OO 1=.C: 0 . 00 0 . CIO 1 . Of' f 0 O 1 . Of f Of f LI Q _:L 0 . 00 0 . oI_l 2 . t r f f 1 . Of f O L7 0 . 00 13 . O ID 3 . ��f' f' U U 3 . Off 1 . Qf f CI 0 HL i I . 00 G . 0Q L, e 1 6 . 28 Lave 1 ; 6 . 74 Leve 1 ; 6 . 37 MA 0 . CIO ID , 00 H J . 00 ICI . O ri New 1 and RPM VAC B 1 sa C•l,cS RPM VAC F 1 r under RPM VAC Off O O 1 . . Of T O IJ 1 . Off O CJ Of f D 0 2 . . Off O 0 Of f O U PY, 0 . 00 O . OO 3 . . Off I`I 0 off, 0 0 3 . . Of- f 0 O kj� :, 0 . CIO C1 . 00 Level : 3 . 46 Lel�e 1 e . 05 Level : 2 . 30 Ms O . u0 0 . CiO Soenar io RPM VAC Heil RPM VAC Mar i Iyrl RPM VAC; Oper.B.t ion Status Off 0 0 1 . . Off 0 0 I . Off . . Off 0 0 2 . . Off O 0 Indy OPS-Ox Level : 5 . 15 - Level : .5 . 17 Level : 6 . 36 Mrdit}, OPS-OK HaLmI tr, OPS-OK S 1 at er RPM VAC Atlanta RPM VAC I ndy RPM VAC Ban i ngr OPS-OK Nw I ncl OPS-OK I Off0 0 1 . . Off O 0 1 Off 723 1-5At lrlt4 Off u . . Off 2 . . Off 898 25 FIondr OPS-O}: 3 . . Off Q Q 3 . . Of f i O S . . Off SES 12 Adam_ OPS-OY. 4. . Off 0 . 0 Off 0 0 4. • Off 536 17 B/Chca OPS-0), Slater OPS-01; Le Off O 0 Level : 7 . 65 Sonrio OPS-OK Level : 9 . S6 Leve 1 : 7 . 51 3 . 53 ( A ) ( B) Heil OPS-Oh Mr 1yrl S31 OPS-OY. cG:,L•.,t:,is����ii=[�������i�,��„���,_��ts,t;.7t�.7t5yt.�t�7tt�rs—rrw � m ��]'to�;t�1[•�r C��F��]o}�:��lw_t CF���V.}�1�"'iL::U?CJ Qti�;n��l C,)w a Qti C�[til w S+ �.. Ws= 0rLl "ZlrDzm=s C.00 1: IETzz=a7r. =�t�Frtr�?'�r�ar�z:•�r��,7nnl�c�mmmmmmmmm'�r�r�� +u H�?�•^t��'t,"�C-�I?r�' �3xr±� r r r r r x �1ti1 +r7 car X Fj it rr �>t�z a [n`x.wrrtI, i_ntotoi_nr;, MMMCalIllm a�►��+� c�a az�a�-�� r r r rrrrrr�m;��c �- m tnZ�)°—� C)r�1'i7�`r''�1�!�r�z•U�=—G7!7�Ct��}rrrrrrEIlt'�[Y3TrJ 'o o)0 -711 f',i M z-T T F.rq - I'1[1 '1]i�7 l"?'rl n] I� :'�l r .r a�+�l W 0 if, Cnlfl !) iiiir iii IL,1:0.-,?i.- r 11 amz z to m '=l Crl D n Lf7rTtIl 'r �� m. o ►rl D FI r CQ U1 lF} c� MID a 00 r f+ r�1 �C�C�CaC1C�C1CFfJi�CtCC�C7C+CrOC�C�C� C�OGC�C7Gf ►'00c)C, bl ao ID C•�G��C��CjCCr�C�QdC�G�C�CC�CICIL��C�G�OC�C�C�C�C�LC]G7C� 3 w lad IJIt�i L 00(]CF00C)00CG(D0GC,Ct0C,C,C,L)000 00C,007 -0C,CI � �w CD00CFCFCFC'CFGOOG)CiCFCFC,T,00C,C,cl0G)0CCFFDdCFClCFG L t-1 CFCFGCCI00000000CFC,C,C,0C,C,MC,C,C,C,CCFCFC00000 p m Gm� ()L ID 00 0 OC-)OOOC,)0000(DOCIOC'OCIOOOO(DC,)OO(D OCIOOO .� h, OZ 0 . 0 N) dOCtOGGCIC)OC1OOOCIOCICFCICFC_FC_IOL)OOOCFCCFOOCFc Iil co 4 C+�C�L�+�+C,CFOQC+OCiGi+Y+C�CFt=,CSCrC�C+I:.FCFC�C+C+CFt=100rJC+C, `i QF X CCrCFL_`GFQQCFC,0C,`QCFC,Ct[iC,CFCFC C 0(D. _1 FFCr _FF `10C,0C,Lf�f ` 'y� NEW mSG Mori Dac- 20 02 : 58 : 25 PM i u.mp Select Point .. _ t _ J?;-e. '= E'i gab 1 e : YES i Ta.s Name : OVERMYER Description : OVERMYER RES COIATROL Ta.sr Description Qalue Units Al Control Pt ; OR2L OVERMYER 2 LEVEL 30 . 3.4 FT Setpoints Delay Between Starts : 120 Peak Start Time : 000 Max t-ALLm Pumps. Delay Between Stops : 30 Peal, Stop Time : 000 Pu(•-,,rs Ted Description Ru-n Fa.i 1 Cal 1 Autr On_Sp 0f f_=•p 1 WELL5 WELL 5 PUMP CONTROL NO hdO NO NO .33 . 00 35 . 5E 2 WELL9 kJELL 9 PUMP C:OtkJTROL NO 1.40 rJC-) «O 3-1. 00 37 . 00 3 WELL1 u WELL 10 PUNF CONTROL NO - `tE'Z. NO 3S . 50 37 . 50 4 DYY E DYKE PUMP COO-,ITROL 'YES NO ICIES NO 35 . 0O 3a . 50 5 8 7 8 9 s 10 11 12 i 13 14 15 i - Last Start : 12- Oct-99 21 : 32 : 42 Last Stop : 07-Oct-99 02 : 14 : 25 i NEW MSG C__�5 DALE & 1,ATELLA CONTROL MENU _ ( SITE 26 ) OC-35 16 " VALVE ( EAST) OC-35 16 " VALVE ( WEST) FLOW VARIANCE . L(--)W= -0 . 8 HIGH= 1 . 5 HYI)FAUL.1C. FROM F I RLD ; NO FROM H2O OPS : * .NO East Valve Pressure Set . . . . . . . . . . T7-1-0 5 West Valve Pressure Set . . . . . . . . . . East Valve suspencl. . . ,OFF West Vak.� Je SUSpen8. . . . . . . OFF East Valve Eriergenog -'-OFF West Valve Emerse-cic�j : : . - OFF 0 5 Line Flow Total . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 . 8 6 C_ " 11WD Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . O/ Nok.);- Cursor To De=_. ire-9_ Co-ritrol t-1 g-- u C f c-r .)cm-:i 5 Dow-ciztream P�:-7i . . . . . . . . . 122 An 8 Pr e s E--1 t OC- 5 f2j­rcle-n f3rok�)e Flow. . . . . . 0 . 0 OC-2 5 Gardczr, Grose Upstrm Psi . . . . 122J DALE & I'ATELLA . . . . . . .%' > Ur-3,5 f3AR'rEt--.1 . . . . . . . . < > OC-.1 5 Westmi-f-ister Flow. . . . . . . . . . . 0 . 0 -5 IJES TH 11%.1'_'TEF... . . . . . . . . < > (';C-35 Westmir,.E-ter Upstrm Psi . . . . . 125 OC�-`:1'5 '-=,EAL RZACH . . . . . . . . . . . 5 H1JNTIf1GTC_j1---1 BENCH . . . . Se,_:;jA Be.-ro.cl-, Flow. . . . . . . . . . . . D . ID k' C-9 DALE & PATELLA . >DC.-3 5 Seay.1 Sescl% Upstrm Psi . . . . . . 128 O OC-3 H1Jt-,1TIt-1GT0[,-j EDEACH . CJC-35 Huritirsgtor, Bch Flow.. . . . . . . . 1.5 . 5 Hu'i-it Pc- , Upstrem Psi . . . . . . . 129 0 C-9 Line Flow Total . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 . 6 Oc-9 1-114D Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2235 PRIORITY SITE. Oc-9 Downstream PHi . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 PRIORITY FREQ DECREMENT L00, FLOW SAFETY. . xx . >, OC-S Huntington 5cJ% Flow. . . . . . . . 10 . 4 + OR - PSI CHANGE FOR ALARM. xx . x , OC-9 Huntington Bole. Psi . . . . . . . . . 140 NEW MSG Marl Dec 20 02 : 58 : 52 PM uf"IP _:orl •ro Enab l e : YES Select Point : 2 Tag H-rame : PEC}' Description : PEC}:: RES COi--JTROL Tag Description Value Unit_ Al control Pt PRL PEC}' LEVEL _ = FT Setpoint� Delay Between Starts : 120 Peak Start Time : C'00 Max Num Purrs Delay Between Stops : 120 Peak Stop Time : 000 G Tag Description Run Fail C'a.l 1 Auto On—Sp Off Sp � 1 WELL1 WELL 1 PUMP CONTROL 1,10 YES: NO 15 . 00 18 . 50 2 WELL4 WELL 4 PUMP CONTROL NO NC-) NO YES 18 . 011 20 . 00 f 3 WELD WELL S PUMP CONTROL l,JCy N<--3 NO NO 19 . 00 23 . 00 4 WELL7 WELL 7 PUMP CONTROL NO NO NC) YES 17 . ID0 22 . 00 5 a 6 7 I i r� 10 11 12 13 14 15 I Lest Start : 17-Doc-99 15 : 07 : 37 i Last Stop : 19--Dec-99 14 : 17 : 56 s Technical Specification APPENDIX D RADIO SITES The table included in this appendix lists the location, including the approximate latitude and longitude for the radio equipment for the Master Station, repeaters, and each RTU site. The City of Huntington Beach D-I 4M/2000 Technical Specification 900 MHz Spread Spectrum Radio Sites Site Type IPowerSourcel Lat. I Lonag. I Master Radio Antenna Mount Type Citv Hall Master AC 33-40-41.2 1 18-00-00.8 n/a refer to spec. Reservoir Hill PS Master DC 33-41-07 117-59-42 n/a refer to spec. Adams Remote DC 33-40-21.4 117-57-38.5 City Hall Wall Atlanta Remote DC 33-39-28.3 117-59-13.2 City Hall Roof Dale&Katella OC35 Remote AC 33-48-09.8 117-59-03.6 Citv Hall Wood Pole Dale& Katella OC9 Remote AC 33-48-09.8 117-59-03.6 City Hall Wood Pole Dyke Well Remote AC 33-41-51.4 117-58-57.9 City Hall Wood Pole Edwards Hill Reservoir Remote DC 33-41-33.7 118-00-59.2 City Hall Roof Hamilton Remote DC 33-39-03.2 117-57-08.6 City Hall Wall HB OC9 Remote AC 33-43-48.1 117-58-51.1 City Hall Wood Pole HB Well No. 1 Remote AC 33-44-37.6 118-01-16.9 City Hall Wall HB Well No. 3a Remote AC 33-42-54.8 117-59-35.6 City Hall Wood Pole HB Well No. 6 Remote DC 33-43-33.6 118-00-03.4 City Hall Wall Indianapolis Remote DC 33-39-55.2 117-58-02.3 City Hall Wall ;Marilyn Remote DC 33-43-04.5 118-00-39.3 City Hall Wall Meredith Remote DC 33-40-103 117-56-53.2 City Hall Wall Seal Beach OC35 Remote AC 33-45-31.8 11$-01-29.9 City Hall Wood Pole Shields Remote DC 33-43-04.6 118-01-10.2 City Hall Wall Westminster OC35 Remote AC not avail. not avail. City Hall Wood Pole Westminster OC9 Remote AC 33-44-41.6 117-58-51.9 City Hall Wood Pole Yorktown Remote DC 33-40-46.8 117-58-02.0 City Hall Wall Banning Remote DC 33-38-35.2 117-57-58.5 Reservoir Hill Wall Bolsa Chica Remote DC 33-41-50.8 118-01-29.1 Reservoir Hill Roof flounder Remote DC 33-40-59 117-57-29 Reservoir Hill Roof Garden Grove OC35 Remote AC 33-47-18 2 118-00-38.7 Reservoir Hill Wood Pole HB OC35 Remote AC 33-45-02.4 118-01-28.8 Reservoir Hill Wood Pole HB OC44 Remote AC 33-40-21.2 117-56-54.4 Reservoir Hill Wood Pole HB Well No. 4 Remote DC 33-45-00.7 118-01-29.8 Reservoir Hill Roof HB Well No. 5 Remote AC 33-42-57.4 117-58-39.5 Reservoir Hill Wall HB Well No. 7 Remote DC 33-45-00.7 118-01-29.8 Reservoir Hill RS-232 to Peck Res. HB Well No. 8 Remote AC 33-43-03.6 118-00-22.3 Reservoir Hill Wood Pole HB Well No. 9 Remote DC 33-42-57.5 117-58-28.0 Reservoir Hill Roof HB Well No. 10 Remote DC 33-43-38.1 117-59-39.9 Reservoir Hill Roof HB Well No. 12 Remote DC 33-45-00.7 118-01-29.8 Reservoir Hill Roof Heil Remote DC 33-43-22.8 118-00-08.5 Reservoir Hill Wall Newland Remote DC 33-38-57.3 117-58-39.0 Reservoir Hill Wall Obermever Remote DC N/A NIA Conduit NIA Peck Reservoir Remote DC 33-45-00.7 118-01-29.8 Reservoir Hill Roof Scenario Remote DC 33-43-29.0 118-02-45.0 Reservoir Hill Wall Slater Remote DC 33-42-29.5 118-02-11.5 Reservoir Hill Roof The City of Huntington Beach D-2 4/12:12000 Technical Specification APPENDIX E RADIO SITE DRAWINGS The following radio site drawings are included in this appendix. DRAWING NO. TITLE C-001 Not Used C-002 SCADA Communications System Antenna Installation Detail Reservoir Hill /Overmeyer Pumping Station C-003 SCADA Communications System Remote Site Installation Details C-004 Not Used C-005 Rack Elevation Diagram Reservoir Hill/ Overmeyer Pumping Station Including Fiber Optic Line Driver C-006 SCADA Communications System Antenna Installation Detail City Hall Building C-007 SCADA Communications System Interconnect Diagram Including Fiber Optic Line Driver C-008 1 Rack Elevation City Hall Building Including Fiber Optic Line Driver The City of Huntington Beach E-1 4112f2000 ------------- 90C YW aura AN:--Nm 5 :O 90L+aa DMIIa.NTT 1 TO zIPDC I 9AS { I 5.9 a: AN7:N.YA :�5.9 7111 •Ah:_Yrµ I �• ^.RmND 2,-JYAP —IIn\I\�' / .'.ROUND x: flo-JhT PO'= I'✓ W=N_-A^LL j �r AARES:OR -GPOUM OUI BAR Arr%NN+..,7JNT 1' '1 �,•My - E I 5.F..s r}:'ANN_L 3o N-r_.YNA 12 A,YG "ROU4 C GRDUID CABLE :/r HELIAx I y�Tj AROUND:ABLE — — ` J ��� ^•III I{�II 7i2LR.�IC /2 saG :7 EDU'aTEN; a GRV.JND:.V-p J2 a.rr GRDL'N]�13L - 3 S--C-ICV A— sEf1 rE i4 W%1L R_YE�AION 1/7--max YiRAINo J _ -J 4 _ aaG GKCT_NO C .-[ — I II - A I 4ALL Rah E-RA�uN ia= I� I L :AIXx»9Ui BAR vr li+�` i7 AWL IJ LR7� JM NY C: -�5 7NN E]i7 LEC::yE /2 Al1G rR,^;.NNOCA3L:7 iML:LWE.�.B�IaL 2 TO Xl K 1=1 zE:: ��A•�•JR Swl' =JRMSN yrD 0.5:AL' 1tiE wR_ V OF�00 m. ti RE�'�RE7:D iU�RDR:;yE:ZIRDD AND WT=YNF=7R WLVuS OF 1?Ya`I. .0 u-_ v I j J lH--;R]UND Kr S' LL BE USED :0 GROUND:ter'YJ:ER CONDIr-A. O :NE 1/2' — RACK I �:U:,It wwa:RI?V7 7 LRDU+D L.� "'''J`':7 AVtcE+e Y:x=m RE_EvE SIGNAL_�F__%;ioY:`IE CI:T'HALL CL:..OLW RCD 1 C I ^—II CITY OF aUNTINGTON 9LACR —I- vEwY SCALE WE5TIN ENGINEERING. INC. [7— SCADA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM 1:15:IN:ERNArrNAc OWE. SLR:-230 �� I ANTENNA INSTALLATION DETAIL aANc.�_�R]L1> i;DaNu 9te�D — RESERVOIR HILL OV=RMYER PUMPING STATION j— I` !�= 17 .c•cs�.�,,.� !�,. I'a�.,.1�.-..�...,�..•..wr..nn.,om C—002 1 O 1 p 1/2'SJPERFLEK ,uLPEP • �90CLo,_ SAG µ Nrz YAp+W—NA :•aLE MOJHi mRrwARE AIAAt�TI7I� F' A II AAA 3COMh: .AGI ANTEYNA 1/�'MFI UUI ' ` III AAA I'-I I`S II .,VuNI a,pE, IV_ Roc- Y.JNi CI 1';CNJU: L ID =CL!E,:STJ+G) 1/2'rlL'.iUr J Mti a.°.`OGKS E:JIPNEtiT-- I � alnl-Z'Nu R00.' WILDING RO:F I i IE{ W%i:MOUNT 1` ?=NeTMTIGH R:LIJ � 11 _ CROJNO TO I E I I�RF :RUFa15S:lN JNE sJc -•-r_ �� i All t1I�! I r f WAU PEv�ION I+ Imo/ =L%L :?OVh]:A&E. Sa0UN0 CABLE. Ctp F':uN r2-wc j2 Awo c_ EOJI?ME1- /7 AWG S 72 i ::�iINLJ:PMEN: G7'E � r 11ii It I ' - � _ Gr__•h= aJ7 :I P• G?'JJN7 RC] :I CR3UYO Rcc I !il I N^7-C (l—I THE CO 1:aA_TM ilULL E:.=- . _AWME C�L wrs.-ALLw--;-E CONpul: AND.P]Uw 430S SHOWN w CD -�'_l MOUNT WADI MGL•yT 11 Eair 'Ju:01J/?O.1NG/ELNA ICN OFEYS;INC N N_PrW-iAi MG Roo- M "NI his Nis JNOE�GRJUNO;.T,JF.LS PaSJR :0 WSiALLADGN'. N _I 5 12 GONNEZ-ON JF 1/2-:+EL�A -3 t/2'SUPERFLEt. Ill FOR PLR?OSES or :HE 8:0�ONTRA�TOR $MALL ASSUME - iM =OQ_ ME:L&K ANC A TF_ FGOT 1/2- SUPER_-X -,:MKR ARE RES:KaEO FN EACH =EMC;r j.;L CONiR.ti iOIE SHALL -JRY5M ANO YSTAL. tL ECJIPM_N: SkNN UNLESS Oi:L:iwISE NOTED. __ I I I I yE�ISY SCALF I _ I__ CITY Or HUN[ WON REACH WESTIN ENGINEERING, INC_ SCADA COMMUNICATIONS S7Si-M 1115C W:EaNwnOluL CarF S.nT:a:. I� ... :lA5.�A, :J,LIFORNLA s°si0 REMOTE 517E INSTALLATION bEiAIL5 �,NCIo a I 1 I � a..r aL..eseN-s — I� I•'JL.\—,\,- \.•,,-Pa...-a.m",/w. c I n I j o Ell T,^ wTERNm 5-WEM 3;Fzp— F-c- _j r 5 8 Gi-r RA.-An W.;n A I EL.-232 Lm---iLtnl 3,-c, -c' NOTES L C-04 zt-:t SP-CE-5 1 75- Z!��/ZZZZZ—//Z�Z- E2] T-I%z,�-NTR MR SK�L INSTAU A RACK SR(riND ON THE BAC SZE OF ;lE RVA AS FP.l..W jN 377AL-A'. ALL F-3Lq,u-'N7 IN 7qE RACK 541L =;F HowjED lo If. VERIFY SCALE WESTIN ENGINEERING, cIZT OF HLATINGTON REACJ4 INC. RACK ELEVATION DIAGRAM 11150 INTERh TOh 3Rm,. :;ATE 200 RESERVOIR HILL/OVERMYER PUMPING I,_CC CZ;RDOVk�:kjFmjPNa 95570 STATION �7-005 A B C 1 0 I - F C I N I ! I J I R L X O P REMOTE SITE REu07_SITE L' 0+'rcal 1,ircrJ aw PHi too Am 9 rrwr ,n'sPCAnu ,/T-FPS s Ell]AME o.-z:s.+uo ea I mist rw r. uanwc umR W qAD smr. rrP+a ca+anl voe:eu n•n wca / wd:•c � am ,r,-,,,,,- In.•uu Am 'oo.a am.a i clTr I+.� svlulNc n...,rn.,. 0 a....r.•o,. �� .- IR r v our . RADIO EOUIPuENT R004 EUMRING STAT104 P92922011 SI•IOP Vn00L 10' � JIKFII.M+tlA,P e E f rr]i]Lm cppwa co? Ell alrAo — �u I J I/! SPrJF3 i 'JaWe Mr Saba,LT .rv.,.,ya wn-..,...,n r�-]r.x Maa j El n 9Pa4FLF] _ unr Pc .�L exDRZO ,p- t J ' say I �J 'rr WW AAMM AV eCW �w>R c near.Jle a aac .--. I,ocwt.c Mm.=R as aam n a�.o srs:x L -.cw ewa s'L A[ruI ro •lei MR asso.on a rra,ao�ac we�of a x Z CITY 4AL BUILTNG — UTILITY R004 WATER OPERATIONS._ g2ReUTE4 ROOV �•' �'~� PI P 0O C sx:s,r:Ina Pa, OF-ili.MW ew - ]S7.16.10 Y O['+aa 4 M9V.q IE.Gn �. � P[�IaAA4a41S ararJl MO a( DA_A Fl I� t]S7 F6E1 as,D"oolfaR 9'lA la[ 23? eA laE BXM>1 ICI la4 71buG ,/E]R+�J1 14 a/ra $—.Z .r7wfrieyl VERIFY SCALE -- -- �•.•� --' �__ CUT or rrat:v=om KUM I i WESTIN ENGINEERING, INC- I SCADA C0MMUNICATI04S SYSTEM i ]IISD er—Ja.no-.�L D�SuT 2W r� SYSTEM RMCHO CORDOVA•CALFORW 976, INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM C-007 A I B c 1 0 k L I FLI F ;F-" M wtft-& -"-Owc Valuft-- i.a GHz RADIO E J'-a- Ire i goo a R40 05 we L MULTIPUKE3 'E rav? rifti�vs L .— P 1 I I 1� L J k F F J— I L 4 L L Nr-S C;---F F- �j -:ACr RACK SPACE IS 1.75-.Fq -."s SPW-E IS AL_ZZ. T�, :HE ;i-.Y or -I-jNnmG;3m 3EAch S EO'-r.Pwa4.'THA-. qkL!3Z RELOCAND rZI 1111S RACK 3Y Th' 2 Elj N-'-E=-MEXT IN;�E RACK 5HALL SE P.-Ucr-rD PRE LT IPC'O THE L-PS. GROUND T - GROUNDoN .Ir-E HE:--NTRACTDR SHALL MSTALL A BACK S;C- T�-E RACK AS S,0W%I IN.D-.Ae= , 'A' ALL LF ECUIPME;�m OF TEE RACX SHALL 3E 3W.)E:l TO IT. OFT OF HLIkTINGION XACH V.P.IFY SCALE WESTIN ENGINEERING INC. 2...' .iz RACK ELEVATION -�R,.E. SLOE 2oo gt!5% CITY HALL BUILDING --�ANC-o CORDOVAL CALI-'.re%-A ATTACHMENT B SAMPLE INSURANCE CERTIFICATE Certificate of Insurance Agency Name and Address: THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUES AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED THE POLICIES LISTED BELOW. Insurel's Name and Address: Companies Affording Coverage COVERAGES: THIS IS To CERTIFY THAT POUCIES of INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PER100 INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT.TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER COCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO wHICH THIS CERMCATc MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT To ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS.AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POUCES. :.;co ; TYFEOR �weouc�c pae�c' Por cY �- _' ' = �.. - �LTEZ�; .3NUMB>~. -;£FkEG - GENERAL LIABILITY General Aggregata — S [ ] Comm],Gen.Liability Products-Ccm/Ops Acg. $ E ] Claims Made Personal S Adv.lnjury $ [ ] Occurrence Each Occurrence 5 1 J ] Owner's&Contractors Fire Damage(any one Tire) S Protective ] Contractual Liability Other S AUTO LIABILITY Combined Single Limit 5 [ ] Any Automobile [ ] All owned autos Bodily Injury(per person) ] Scheduled autos [ ] Hired autos - Bodily Injury{per accident [ ] Non-owned autos $ [ ] Garage[lability Property Damage E ] g EXCESS LIABILITY [ ] Umbrella Farm Each Occurrence [ ] Other than Umbrella Form Aggregate WORKERS' Statutory Limits: I COMPENSATION Each Accident S AND EMPLOYERS' Disease-Policy Limit S . LIABILITY Disease-Each Employee 5 OTHER: Description of Operations/LocadonsNeilicles/Restrictions/Special Items: Certificate Hdlder. CANCELLATION: sHOULO ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICES BE CANCELED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION CATE THEREOF,THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL MAIL 30 RAYS WRITTEN ; NOT:CE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT. I AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATWE Date DOC.#248880 ATTACHED TO AND FORMING PART OF CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE NO. CMaIERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY SECTION POLICY NO. It is hereby understood and agreed the City of Huntington Beach, its agents, officers, and employees are added as an additional insured under this policy but only insofar as their legal liability arises out of the operations of the Named Insured. DATED: Authorized Representative ATTACHMENT C SAMPLE CITY CONTRACT SAMPLE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES CONTRACT BETWEEN THE CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH AND FOR THE WATER SCADA SYSTEM Table of Contents 1 Work Statement .......................................................................................................1 2 City Staff Assistance................................................................................................2 3 Time of Performance ...............................................................................................2 4 Compensation ..........................................................................................................2 5 Priorities..... .............................................................................................................2 6 Extra Work...................................................................................................... 1) 7 Method of Payment..................................................................................................3 8 Disposition of Plans, Estimates and Other Documents ...........................................4 9 Hold Harmless .........................................................................................................4 10 Workers' Compensation Insurance...........................................................................5 11 General Liability Insurance......................................................................................5 12 Professional Liability Insurance...............................................................................6 13 Certificates of Insurance ..........................................................................................7 14 Independent Contractor......................................... ....................7 15 Termination of Agreement....................................... 8 16 Assignment and Subcontracting....................... 8 17 Copyrights/Patents...................................................................................................8 18 City Employees and Officials ..................................................................................8 19 Notices ...... ..............................................................................................................8 20 Modification................................................................. ............9 ................................ 21 Captions ..... .............................................................................................................9 22 Section Headings .....................................................................................................9 23 Interpretation of This Agreement..............................................................................9 24 Duplicate OriginaI.....................................................................................................10 25 Immigration...............................................................................................................10 26 Legal Services Subcontracting Prohibited..................................... ....10 ...................... 27 Attorneys Fees..................................................................... .............................11 28 Entirety...... ..............................................................................................................I) Agree.-Pro(TWater SCADA RLS 00-213 SAMPLE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES CONTRACT BETWEEN THE CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH AND FOR THE WATER SCADA SYSTEM THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this day of 2000, by and between the City of Huntington Beach, a municipal corporation of the State of California, hereinafter referred to as "CITY," and , a , hereinafter referred to as "CONSULTANT." WHEREAS, CITY desires to engage the services of a consultant to design, fabricate, install, and place in service the Water SCADA system; and Pursuant to documentation on file in the office of the City Clerk, the provisions of HB_I+IC Chapter 3.03 relating to procurement of professional service contracts has been complied with; and CONSULTANT has been selected to perform said services, NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed by CITY and CONSULTANT as follows: 1. WORK STATEMENT CONSULTANT shall provide all services as described in the Request for Proposal, and CONSULTANT's proposal dated (hereinafter referred to as Exhibit "A"), which is attached hereto and incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Said services shall sometimes hereinafter be referred to as "PROJECT." CONSULTANT hereby designates , who shall represent it and be its sole contact and agent in all consultations with CITY during the performance of this Agreement. 1 SAMPLE Agree/ProffWater SCADA RLS 00-2 E 3 r 2. CITY STAFF ASSISTANCE CITY shall assign a staff coordinator to work directly with CONSULTANT in the performance of this Agreement. 3. TLv[E OF PERFORMANCE Time is of the essence of this Agreement. The services of the CONSULTANT are to commence as soon as practicable after the execution of this Agreement and all tasks specified in Exhibit "A" shall be completed no later than months from the date of this Agreement. These times may be extended with the written permission of the CITY. The time for performance of the tasks identified in Exhibit "A" are generally to be shown in the Scope of Services on the Work Program/Project Schedule. This schedule may be amended to benefit the PROJECT if mutually aQ;reed by the CITY and CONSULTANT. 4. COMPENSATION In consideration of the performance of the services described herein, CITY agrees to pay CONSULTA'�T a fee not to exceed Dollars (5��. 5. PRIORITIES In the event there are any conflicts or inconsistencies between this Agreement, the CITY's Request for Proposal, or the CONSULTANT's Proposal, the following order of precedence shall govern: (1) Agreement, (2) the CONSULTANT's Proposal, and (3) the CITY's Request for Proposal. 5. EXTRA WORK In the event CITY requires additional services not included in Exhibit "A," or changes in the scope of services described in Exhibit "A," CONSULTANT will undertake such wort after receiving written authorization from CITY. Additional compensation for such extra work shall be allowed only if the prior written approval of CITY is obtained. 2 SAMPLE Agrea/Prof'Water SCADA RLS O4-213 7. METHOD OF PAYMENT A. CONSULTANT shall be entitled to progress payments toward the fixed fee set forth herein in accordance with the progress and payment schedules set forth in Exhibit "A." B. Delivery of work product: A copy of every memorandum, letter, report, calculation and other documentation prepared by CONSULTANT shall be submitted to CITY to demonstrate progress toward completion of tasks. In the event CITY rejects or has comments on any such product, CITY shall identify specific requirements for satisfactory completion. Any such product which has not been formally accepted or rejected by CITY shall be deemed accepted. C. The CONSULTANT shall submit to the CITY an invoice for each progress payment due. Such invoice shall: 1) Reference this Agreement; 2) Describe the services performed; 3) Show the total amount of the payment due; 4) Include a certification by a principal member of CONSULTAINT's firm that the work has been performed in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; and 5) For all payments to include an estimate of the percentage of.work completed. Upon submission of any such invoice, if CITY is satisfied that CONSULTANT is making satisfactory progress toward completion of tasks in accordance with this Agreement, CITY shall promptly approve the invoice, in which event payment shall be made within thirty (30) days of receipt of the invoice by CITY. Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the CITY does not approve an invoice, CITY shall notify CONSULTANT in writing of the reasons for non-approval, within seven (7) calendar days of receipt of the invoice, and the 3 SAMPLE Ag cv?rof.lVa[gr SCADA P,LS 00-2[3 schedule of performance set forth in Exhibit "A" shall be suspended until the parties agree that past performance by CONSULTANT is in, or has been brought into compliance, or until this Agreement is terminated as provided herein. D. Any billings for extra work or additional services authorized by CITY shall be invoiced separately to CITY. Such invoice shall contain all of the information required above, and in addition shall list the hours expended and hourly rate charged for such time. Such invoices shall be approved by CITY if the work performed is in accordance with the extra work or additional services requested, and if CITY is satisfied that the statement of hours worked and costs incurred is accurate. Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any dispute between the parties concerning payment of such an invoice shall be treated as separate and apart from the ongoing performance of the remainder of this Agreement. 8. DISPOSITION OF PLANS, ESTIMATES AND OTHER DOCUyIENTS CONSULTANT agees that all materials prepared hereunder, including all original drawings, designs, reports, both field and office notices, calculations, maps, memoranda, letters and other documents, shall be turned over to CITY upon termination of this Agreement or upon PROJECT completion, whichever shall occur first. In the event this Agreement is terminated, said materials may be used by CITY in the completion of PROJECT or as it otherwise sees fit. Title to said materials shall pass to the CITY upon payment of fees determined to be earned by CONSULT.A T to the point of termination or completion of the PROJECT, whichever is applicable. CONSULTANT shall be entitled to retain copies of all data prepared hereunder. 9. T_VDENTNFICATION AND HOLD HARNILESS A CONSULTANT shall protect, indemnify, and hold and save harmless CITY, its officers, officials, employees, and agents from and against any and all liability, loss, damage, expenses, costs (including, without limitation, costs and fees of litigation of every nature) arising out of or in connection with performance of this Agreement or its failure to comply with any of 4 SAMPLE Agree Prof-Water SCADA RLS 00-213 its obligations contained in this Agreement except such loss or damage which was caused by the sole negligence or willful misconduct of CITY. CITY shall be reimbursed by CONSULTANT for all costs and attorney's fees incurred by CITY in enforcing this obligation. 10. WORKERS' COMPENSATION Pursuant to California Labor Code Section 1861, CONSULTANT acknowledges awareness of Section 3700 et seq. of said Code, which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation; CONSULTANT covenants that it will comply with such provisions prior to commencing performance of the work hereunder. CONSULTANT shall maintain workers' compensation insurance in an amount of not less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars (S100,000) bodily injury by accident, each occurrence; One Hundred Thousand Dollars (S 100,000) bodily injury by disease, each employee; and Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars (S250,000) bodily injury by disease, policy limit.\ CONSULTANT shall require all subcontractors to provide such workers' compensation insurance for all of the subcontractors' employees. CONSULTANT shall furnish to CITY a certificate of waiver of subrogation under the terms of the workers' compensation insurance and CONSULTANT shall similarly require all subcontractors to waive subrogation. 11. GE\-ERAL LIABILITY Iri TSURA\CE In addition to the workers' compensation insurance and CONSULTANT's covenant to indemnify CITY, CONSULTANT shall obtain and furnish to CITY a policy of general public liability insurance, including motor vehicle coverage covering the PROJECT. Said policy shall indemnify CONSULTANT, its officers, agents and employees, while acting within the scope of their duties, against any and all claims of arising out of or in connection with- the PROJECT, and shall provide coverage in not less than the following amount: combined single limit bodily injury and property damage, including products/completed operations liability and blanket contractual liability, of S1,000,000 per occurrence. If coverage is provided under a form which includes a designated general aggregate limit, the aggregate limit must be no less 5 SAMPLE Agreel?roflwster SCADA RLS 00-213 than $1,000,000 for this PROJECT. Said policy shall name CITY, its agents, officers, employees and volunteers as Additional Insureds, and shall specifically provide that any other insurance coverage which may be applicable to the PROJECT shall be deemed excess coverage and that CONSULTANNT's insurance shall be primary. Under no circumstances shall said above-mentioned insurance contain a self- insured retention, or a"deductible" or any other similar form of limitation on the required coverage. 12. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY INSURANCE CONSULTANT shall furnish a professional liability insurance policy covering the work performed by it hereunder. Said policy shall provide coverage for CONSULTANT'S professional liability in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate. A claims-made policy shall be acceptable if the policy further provides that: A. The policy retroactive date coincides with or precedes the professional services contractor's start of work (including subsequent policies purchased as renewals or replacements). B. CONSULTANT will make every effort to maintain similar insurance during the required extended period of coverage following project completion, including the requirement of adding all additional insureds. C. If insurance is terminated for any reason, CONSULTANT agrees to purchase an extended reporting provision of at least two (2) years to report claims arising from work performed in connection with this Agreement. D. CONSULTANT will report circumstances or incidents that might give rise to future claims. 6 SAMPLE Agrer'ProtiWater SCADA Ri.S 00-211 13. CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE Prior to commencing performance of the work hereunder, CONSULTANT shall furnish to CITY certificates of insurance subject to approval of the City Attorney evidencing the foregoing insurance coverages as required by this Agreement; said certificates shall: A. provide the name and policy number of each carrier and policy; B. shall state that the policy is currently in force; and C. shall promise that such policies shall not be suspended, voided or canceled by either party, reduced in coverage or in limits, except after thirty(30) days' prior written notice; however, ten (10) days' prior written notice in the event of cancellation for nonpayment of premium. CONSULTANT shall maintain the foregoing insurance coverages in force until the work under this Agreement is fully completed and accepted by CITY. The requirement for carrying the foregoing insurance coverages shall not derogate from the provisions for indemnification of CITY by CONSULTANTT under the Agreement. CITY or its representative shall at all times have the right to demand the original or a copy of all said policies of insurance. CONSULTANT shall pay, in a prompt and timely manner, the premiums on all insurance hereinabove required. 14. NDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR CONSULTANT is, and shall be, acting at all times in the performance of this Agreement as an independent contractor. CONSULTANT shall secure at its expense, and be responsible for any and all payment of all taxes, social security, state disability insurance compensation, unemployment compensation and other payroll deductions for CONSULTANT and i% officers, agents and employees and all business licenses, if any, in connection with the services to be performed hereunder. 7 SAMPLE Agree/PrD water SCADA RLS 00-213 15. TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT All work required hereunder shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner. CITY may terminate CONSULTANT's services hereunder at any time with or without cause, and whether or not PROJECT is fully complete. Any termination of this Agreement by CITY shall be made in writing, notice of which shall be delivered to CONSULTANT as provided herein. 16. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING This Agreement is a personal service contract and the supervisory work hereunder shall not be delegated by CONSULTANT to any other person or entity without the consent of CITY. 17. COPYRIGHTS/PATENTS CITY shall own all rights to any patent or copyright on any work, item or material produced as a result of this Agreement. 18. CITY EMPLOYEES AND OFFICIALS CONSULTANT shall employ no CITY official nor any regular CITY employee in the work performed pursuant to this Agreement. No officer or employee of CITY shall have any financial interest in this Agreement in violation of the applicable provisions of the California Government Code. 19. NOTICES Any notice or special instructions required to be given in writing under this Agreement shall be given either by personal delivery to CONSULTANT's agent (as designated in Sectifn 1 hereinabove) or to CITY's Director of Public Works, as the situation shall warrant, or by enclosing the same in a sealed envelope, postage prepaid, and depositing the same in the United States Postal Service, addressed as follows: 8 SAMPLE Agrcr/Prof'water sCADA RLS 00-213 TO CITY: TO CONSULTANT: Director of Public Works City of Huntington Beach 2000 Main Street Huntington Beach, CA 92648 20. MODIFICATION No waiver or modification of any language in this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and duly executed by both parties. 21. CAPTIONS Captions of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience and reference only, and the words contained therein shall in no way be held to explain, modify, amplify or aid in the interpretation, construction or meaning of the provisions of this Agreement 22. SECTION HEADINGS. The titles, captions, section, paragraph, subject headings and descriptive phrases at the beginning of the various sections in this Agreement are merely descriptive and are included solely for convenience of reference only and are not representative of maters included or excluded from such provisions, and do not interpret, define, limit or describe, or construe the intent of the parties or affect the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. 23. INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT The language of all parts of this Agreement shall in all cases be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against any of the parties. If any provision of this Agreement is held by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction to be 9 SAMPLE Agreei?roFi%Vater SCADA ALS 00-213 unenforceable, void, illegal or invalid or affect the remaining covenants and provisions of this Agreement. No covenant or provision shall be deemed dependent upon any other unless so expressly provided here. As used in this Agreement, the masculine or neuter gender and singular or plural number shall be deemed to include the other whenever the context so indicates or requires. Nothing contained herein shall be construed so as to require the commission of any act contrary to law, and wherever there is any conflict between any provision contained herein and any present or future statute, law, ordinance or regulation contrary to which the parties have no right to contract, then the latter shall prevail, and the provision of this Agreement which is hereby affected shall be curtailed and limited only to the extent necessary to bring it within the requirements of the law. 24. DUPLICATE ORIGIINAL The original of this Agreement and one or more copies hereto have been prepared and signed in counterparts as duplicate originals, each of which so executed shall, irrespective of the date of its execution and delivery,be deemed an original. Each of the parties hereto shall retain an originally signed copy hereof. Each duplicate original shall be deemed an original instrument as against any party who has signed it. 25. Dvi14IIGR.ATION COI SL"LTAIvT shall be responsible for full compliance with the immigration and naturalization laws of the United States and shall, in particular, comply with the provisions of tho United States Code regarding employment verification. 26. LEGAL SERVICES SUBCONTRACTNG PROHIBITED CONSULTANT and CITY agree that CITY is not liable for payment of any subcontractor work involving legal services, and that such legal services are expressly outside the 10 SAMPLE AgreeTraF'water SCADA RLS 00-213 scope of services contemplated hereunder. CONSULTANT understands that pursuant to Huntington Beach City Charter Section 309, the City Attorney is the exclusive legal counsel for CITY; and CITY shall not be liable for payment of any legal services expenses incurred by CONSULTANT. 27. ATTORNEY'S FEES In the event suit is brought by either party to enforce the terms and provisions of this agreement or to secure the performance hereof, each party shall bear its own attornev's fees. REST OF PA GE 1VOT USED 'E 1 SAMPLE Agrew?rof/Water SCADA RL5 00-213 28. ENTIRETY The foregoing, and Exhibit "A" attached hereto, set forth the entire Agreement between the parties. L1 WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by and through their authorized offices the day, month and year first above written. CONSULTANT CITY OF HUNTINGTON BEACH, a municipal corporation of the State of California By: print name ITS: (circle one)Chairman/President/Vice President Mayor AND ATTEST: By: print name City Clerk ITS: (circle one)Secretary/Chief Financial Officer'Assr. Secretary-Treasurer APPROVED AS TO FORM: City Attorney y f-3-l 1�V." 9P-'C' REVIEWED AND APPROVED: E IITIATED AND APPROVED: City Administrator Director of Public Works 12 SAMPLE AgrearProMater SCADA RLS 00-2 13 ATTACHMENT D FORMS WATER SCADA PRICE FORM Specification Reference Quantity Unit Cost Total Cost SYSTEM SOFTWARE 1a Software Licenses (Itemize) 3.1 1. 2. 3. lb Operating System 3.1 1c Murphy Modbus Protocol 6.3 Ild Real-Time Database Development 3.5 1e Historical Database Development 3.6 1 f SCADA Displays 3.9 1g Alarm Call-out Auto-dialer Interface 3.10.1 1 h 3.10.2 Remote Access to System Information 1 i SCADA Logs and Reports 3.11 MASTER STATION HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS 2a Servers &Workstations 5.1 2b Redundant LAN 5.1 2c Laptops and Docking Stations 5.1 2d Peripherals 5.1 2e Communication Interface 5.2.1 2f Dial-up Interface 5.2.2 2g Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) 5.3.1 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM 3a 5.8 GHz Radios, Masts, Antennas 7.2 3b 900 MHz Radios, Masts, Antennas 7.2 3c UPS, Multiplexers 7.2.4/7.2.5 3d Radio Installation 7.3 SCADA SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION AND TRAINING 4a Documentation 9.1 4b Training 9.2 SYSTEM TESTING 5a Factory Acceptance Test 10.1 5b System Installation 8.1.1 1 10.2 5c Site Acceptance Test 10.3 5d System Availability Test 10.4 5e Radio System Testing 10.5 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION 6a Project Management 6b System Design 6c System Integration 6d Warranty 6e TOTAL Is TABLE OF COMPLIANCE Comply Comply Standard New Alternate Exception (CS) (CN) (A) (E) Comments INTRODUCTION 1.1 EXISTING SCADA SYSTEM 1.1.1 Summary of SCADA System Work 1.1.2 SCADA System Overview 1.1.3 Communication System Overview 1.2 ORGANIZATION OF SPECIFICATION 1.3 DEFINITION-OF TERMS SYSTEM FUNCTIONS 2.1 SYSTEM MONITORING 2.1.1 Acquisition of System Data 2.1.2 Manual Points 2.1.3 Data Processing 2.2 CONTROL 2.2.1 General Requirements 2.2.2 Supervisory Control 2.2.3 Supervisory Setpoint Control 2.2.4 Pump Scheduling 2.3 ALARMING 2.3.1 General Alarm Requirements 2.3.2 Alarm Priority 2.3.3 Alarm Reporting 2.3.4 Alarm Message 2.3.5 Alarm Lists 2.3.6 Alarm Zone 2.3.7 Alarm Acknowledgment and Deletion 2.3.8 Silencing Audible Alarms 2.3.9 Deactivation I Reactivation of Points 2.3.10 Alarm Inhibit SYSTEM SOFTWARE 3.1 SYSTEM SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS 3.2 YEAR 2000 REQUIREMENTS 3.3 LOCAL AREA NETWORK AND REDUNDANCY 3.4 COMMUNICATION DRIVER 3.5 SYSTEM DATABASE 3.5.1 General Requirements 3.6 HISTORICAL DATABASE 3.6.1 Historical Data Save 3.6.2 Historical Data Edit 3.6.3 Historical Data Display 3.6.4 Historical Alarm Sort 3.7 01 OPERATOR INPUT 3.7.1 Console Modes of Operation 3.7.2 Operator Entry Requirements 3.8 OI DISPLAY REQUIREMENTS 3.8.11DIsplay Information Fields 3.8.2 1 Color Coding 3.9 BASIC SCADA DISPLAYS 3.9.1 Directories 3.9.2 Schematic Displays 3.9.3 Communication Performance 3.9.4 Master Station Configuration 3.9.5 Alarm Displays 3.9.6 S stem Supoort Displays 3.9.7 Trend Displays 3.1 PUBLIC PHONE COMMUNICATION 3.10.1 Alarm Call-out Auto-dialer Interface 3.10.2 Remote Access to System Information 3.11 SCADA DATA LOGGING TABLE OF COMPLIANCE Comply Comply Standard New Alternate Exception (CS) (CN) (A) (E) Comments 3.11.1 Basic SCADA Logs GENERAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS 4.1 SYSTEM AVAILABILITY AND MAINTAINABILITY 4.1.1 Single Point of Failure 4.1.2 Availability 4.2 SIZING AND EXPANSION 4.2.1 Master Station Equipment 4.2.2 Master Station Database 4.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE 4.3.1 Communication Performance 4.3.2 Periodic Performance 4.3.3 Operator Interface Performance 4.4 SYSTEM MAIN ENANC MASTER STATION HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS 5.1 COMPUTERS AND PERIPHERALS 5.2 COMMUNICATION SUBSYSTEM 5.2.1 Spread Spectrum Radio Interface 5.2.2 Dial-up interface 5.3 MASTER STATION ELECTRIC SUPPLY AND ENVIRONMENT 5.3.1 Uninterrupti le Power Supply(UPS) REMOTE TERMINAL UNITS 6.1 GENERAL 6.2 MURPHY CONTROLLERS 6.3 MODBU OL COMMUNICATIONS SUBSYSTEM 7.1 SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS 7.1.1 Site Locations 7.1.2 Provided by the Cint 7.1.3 Referenced Standards 7.1.4 Codes and Regulations 7.1.5 Environmental Specifications 7.2 PRODUCTS 7.2.1 5.8 GHz Point-to-Point Spread Spectrum Radio 7.2.2 900 MHz Spread Spectrum Radio 7.2.3 Laptop Computer Test Set 7.2.4 Uninterruotible Power Suopl (UPS) 7.2.5 Time Division Multiplexer 7.2.6 5.8 GHz Spread Spectrum Antenna 72.7 Scread Spectrum Master Radio Antenna 7.2.8 Spread Spectrum Remote Radio Antennas 7.2.9 Antenna Mount-Non-penetrating Roof 7.2.10 Antenna Mount-Wall 7.2.11 Antenna Mount Pipe/Hardware 7.2.12 Antenna Wood Pole Mount Hardware 7.2.13 RF Transmission Line 7.2.14 Wall Penetrations 7.2.15 Coaxial Cable Lightning Arrestors 7.2.16 Equipment Racks 7.2.17 EIA-232 Line Driver 7.2.18 EIA-232 Cables 7.2.19 Fiber Optic Line Driver 7.2.20 Fiber Optic Patch Cables 7.2.21 Two-Charinel Port Sharing Device 7.2.22 Ground Rod TABLE OF COMPLIANCE Comply Comply Standard New Alternate Exception (CS) (CN) (A) (E) Comments 7.2.23 Ground Cable 7.2.24 Ground Clam 7.2.25 Ground Kit 7.2.26 Ground Bus Bar 7.2.27 Vapor Wrap 7.2.28 Conduit 7.2.291 Miscellaneous Parts 7.3 INSTALLATION 7.3.1 Installer Qualifications 7.3.2 City Halt Radio Equipment 7.3.3 Reservoir Hill 1 Overmyer Pump Station Radio Equipment 7.3.4 Remote Site Radio Equipment 7.3.5 Muitimode Fiber Circuit EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 8.1 SCOPE OF WORK 8.1.1 Master Station SCADA Equipment Installation 8.2 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 8.3 CONCRETE s.4 ELECTRICAL SCADA SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION AND TRAINING 9.1 DOCUMENTATION 9.1.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL 9.1.2 REVIEW OF DOCUMENTATION 9.1.3 SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION 9.1.4 TESTING DOCUMENTATION 9.1.5 AS-BUILT DOCUMENTATION 9.2 TRAINING 9.2.1 General Requirements I 9.2.2 Training Course Contents SYSTEM TESTING 10.1 FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TEST(FAT) 10.1.1 System Factory Acceptance Test 10.1.2 Correction of Discrepancies 10.2 SYSTEM INSTALLATION 10.3 SITE ACCEPTANCE TEST 10.4 SYSTEM AVAILABILITY TEST 10.4.1 Maintenance Responsibility 10.4.2 Control Center Environment 10.4.3 Availabn Calculations 10.4.4 SCADA System Availability 10.4.5 Test Definitions 10.4.6 Test Satisfaction 10.5 RADIO SYSTEM TESTING 10.5.1 Factory Test 10.5.2 ite Uemonstration Tests PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION I 11.1 PROJECT ORGANIZATION AND COORDINATION 11.1.1 Contractor's Project Manager 11.1.2 Ci 's Engineer 11.1.3lMonthly Reports 11.1.4 Project Coordination Meetings 11.1.5 Correspondence 11.1.6 Procedures for Project Chan es TABLE OF COMPLIANCE Comply Comply Standard New Alternate Exception (CS) (CN) (A) (E) Comments 11.1.7 Documentation Reviews and Acceptance 11.1.8 Test Notification 11.1.9 Shipment Notice 11.1.10 Inspection 11.2 SYSTEM CUTOVER 11.3 PROJECT RESPONSIBILITIES 11.3.1 Development of Displays,Log Formats and Database 11.3.2 Ci 's Responsibilities 11.3.3Contractor's Responsibilities APPENDIX A: APPENDIX B APPENDIX C APPENDIX D APPENDIX E t RCA; ROUTING SHEET INITIATING DEPARTMENT: Public Works SUBJECT: -Water SCADA System - Professional Services Construction Contract No 1127 COUNCIL MEETING DATE: August 7, 2000 RCA.ATTACHMENTS STATUS Ordinance (w/exhibits & legislative draft if applicable) Not Applicable Resolution (wlexhibits & legislative draft if applicable) Not Applicable Tract Map, Location Map and/or other Exhibits Not Applicable Contract/Agreement (wlexhibits if applicable) (Signed in full by the City Attorney) Attached Subleases,�hi dt"Pa R Agreements, etc. (Approved"as to form by City Attorney) Not Applicable Certificates of Insurance (Approved by the City Attorney) Not Applicable Financial Impact Statement (Unbudget, over $5,000) Not Applicable Bonds (If applicable) Not Applicable Staff Report.(If applicable) Not Applicable Commission, Board or Committee Report (If applicable) Not Applicable Findings/Conditions for Approval and/or Denial Not Applicable )k -.EXPLANATION.-.FOR MISSING ATTACHMENTS C% .. .- . .REVIEWED LRETURNED FORVYARQED Administrative Staff 7 14 Assistant City Administrator (Initial) ( ) ( ) City Administrator (Initial) City Clerk ( ) EXPLANATION FOR RETURN OF. ITEM:_` r v SpaceOnly) RCA Author: I G E L L E14^ C,UC.NO.-363851 /A.B.C-7.C-10-5C-61 Az. -i_ NO.-pa73c2/L--1 O ?� s s O i2C0 RQ�� RPO A Subsidiary of Integrated Electrical Services, Inc. June 1, 2000 Thomas A. Rulla, P.E. _-�- ....... Engineering Division Public Works Department City of Huntington Beach 2000 Main Street / PO Box 190 Huntington Beach, Ca. 92648 Mr. Rulla, Rockwell Electric, Inc. is pleased to offer this response for proposal to the City of Huntington Beach for the Waster SCADA System Cash Contract 1127. Enclosed you will find our response formatted as requested in the specifications. We offer this system as proposed for the firm fixed price of $525,000.00 (Five Hundred Twenty Five Thousand Dollars). This quotation is valid for 150 days and does not include taxes. Sincerely, Henry D. Logan 7 Rockwell Electric, Inc. 545 CORPORATE DRIVE, ESCONDIDO, CA 92D29 (760] 489-6767 OFFICE FAX- ,7601 489-619❑ www.rosi(viel;electric.cam: ES71MATING FAX- (76C) 489-C643 ��L-J --- - �- ---- - -._ _ - �--- -� --- - - . _r��7- H-�-: [� cJ ��� ° � ��i ��' ., u oc n RPOR Technical Proposal For the City of Huntington Beach Water SCADA System Cash Contract No, 1127 Presented by: • Rockwell Electric, Inc. Bid Date: June 1, 2000 . Table Of Contents INTRODUCTION.........................................................................................................................................I ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC.QUALIFICATIONS(REF: SS5.5).....................................................1 PROJECT HISTORIES AND REFERENCES........................................................................................................3 References...............................................................................................................................................7 MAINTENANCE SUPPORT(REF SS5.6).................................................................................................7 WEB SITE(REF SS5.7)...............................................................................................................................7 USER GROUP(REF SS5.8).........................................................................................................................7 SAMPLE DOCUMENTATION(REF SS5.9) ............................................................................................7 SA_tiIPLE SCREENS(REF SS5.10).............................................................................................................8 TABLE OF COMPLIANCE(REF SS5.11)................................................................................................8 PRICE QtiOTATION FORMS(REF SS5.12)...........................................................................................8 DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED SYSTEM(REF SS5.13).......................................................................8 GENERAL DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................8 SPECIAL COMPONENTS................................................................................................................................9 Network...................................................................................................................................................9 • Communications Sen,er........................................................................................................................10 MurphyControllers...............................................................................................................................10 Displays............................................................................................................. .. ...10 ...... .............. . Reporting...............................................................................................................................................10 RadioNenvork......................................................................................................................... FiberOptic DataLink............................................................................................................................11 Auto Dialer Alarm Annunciation..........................................................................................................I I RemoteAccess.......................................................................................................................................II Computers............................................................................................................ ........I I . ............. .... . Laptops..................................................................................................................................................1 Z SCHEDULE..................................................................................................................................................12 PROJECTSTAFFING....................................................................................................................................13 ProjectAlanager................................................................................................................................—13 HardwareEngineer...............................................................................................................................13 RadioSystem Specialist.........................................................................................................................13 Lead Programmer/Network Configuration Specialist.........................................................................13 FieldSuperintendent.............................................................................................................................13 APPENDIX A—TABLE OF COMPLIANCE..........................................................................................14 APPENDIX B—PRICE QUOTATION FORMS.....................................................................................16 APPENDIX C—SAMPLE DOCUMENTATION....................................................................................17 APPENDIX D—SAMPLE FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TEST PROCEDURE...................................18 APPENDIX E—PROPOSED SCHEDULE..............................................................................................19 • APPENDIX F—CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE................................................................................20 %tL El',I Huntlngtan Beach Water SCADA System _Technical offering O al � nl 'y t� C�AP O A�1 . Introduction Rockwell Electric, Inc. is pleased to present this technical description describing our understanding and approach to fulfilling the requirements presented in the Contract Specifications for the City of Huntington Beach Water SCADA System Cash Contract No. 1127. This document covers the major components to be provided as well as a description of the order of events we intend to follow in order to supply the system as specified within the required 360-day schedule. This document also includes a list of key project personnel, their commitment to the project and a schedule for the project. Note that this document is intended to present our understanding of the system, potential difficulties or issues and methodologies to be used to satisfy the requirements. This document is not intended to supersede the Contract Specifications. Rockwell Electric, Inc. intends to fulfil the functional requirements of the Specification. We have included a Table of Compliance as required in the Specifications. We are also in receipt of Addendum # 1 and have included that information in our proposal. . This document is organized into 9 sections as defined in RFP specification sections 5.5 — 5.13. Rockwell Electric, Inc. Qualifications (ref: ss5.5) Rockwell Electric, Inc. has been serving the water industry in Southern California for over 22 years. Our experience ranges from electrical services to local and wide area networks. Within these boundaries, we have direct experience in water management applications including treatment plants, water wells, pump stations and reservoirs. REI has collected a team of electricians, technicians, engineers and programmers with special skills required to incorporate existing and emerging technologies for management of water/wastewater systems, manufacturing / machine control systems, material handling systems, and food processing systems. REI offers expertise in Telecommunications (fiber, wire and radio), PLCs, HMIs, Relational Databases and can work with our clients in the design and implementation of solutions that assist them in executing their responsibilities in an efficient and cost effective manner. Our Motto "Growth and Prosperity through Quality and Integrity" underlies our commitment to providing our customers with systems that fit their needs, not ours. Page 1 f,, Huntington Beach Water SCADA System Technical Offering o' •~C�AP04Pt� Typical projects of similar size and scope include Padre Dam WMD SCADA Phase II, Santa Margarita Foothill Corridor, Vallecitos Water District SCADA upgrade. The reader will find summaries of these projects at the end of this section. The following summarizes some of the work involved in this project and REI's experience in these areas. Construction As a prime contractor for Remote Telemetry SCADA Systems, REI performs all phases of field construction required to install the remote monitoring units. Instrumentation REI has extensive experience with field instrumentation. Along with the need to install these units as part of the SCADA projects, REI has over 10 field technicians on staff to perform troubleshooting and calibration. Our Field support division is on call 24 hours a day, 7 days per week with an average response time under 4 hours. Panel Fabrication • REI fabricates the Remote TelemetryUnits using off the shelf modular designs. 9 9 Our UL 508A-rated panel shop produces panels that meet or exceed all customer requirements for consistency and quality. Status and Control Monitoring Our programming staff of 9 Software Engineers has experience in a large number of PLCs including Modicon (with Modbus Protocol specified for this project). These individuals have extensive experience in the nature of water system control algorithms and requirements. This understanding allows us to minimize system downtime during cutover and insures a quality product to our customers. Telemetry Our program staff has a thorough understanding of the tools and techniques required to optimize communications to Host systems using Telco circuits, radio telemetry (MAS and Spread Spectrum) and Fiber Optic Data Links. Our experience in Radio telemetry is uniquely suited to this application. With a solid foundation in basic RF technology, REI has performed radio surveys and has strong background in the tools and techniques required in troubleshooting and optimizing RF paths. Page 2 Ell Fl F, Huntington Beach Water SCADA System Technical Offering a n O •�rORPOAP,4 REI also has direct experience in the installation and testing of Fiber Optic Cabling. This includes long distance as well as within plant environments. Host HMI REI has experience in a wide variety of HMI packages including Wonderware, Intellusion, Factorylink, RSView32 and Lookout. For this project, we have selected Wonderware Intouch. Project Histories and References Rockwell Electric, Inc., has completed a variety of projects that have certain comparable requirements as those for this project. In nearly all projects recently completed, multiple computers have been connected over local area networks. Other projects have a large number of remote stations. These stations are normally powered by AC power with battery backup but we have also installed some solar powered stations. REI has also installed a number of radio telemetry systems including spread spectrum and MAS. The following projects are representative of these styles of projects. Page 3 Huntington Beach Water SCADA System Technical Offering O f5 a n al •MC�RPo4P�� Client: Vallecitos Water District project Summary San Marcos, California Co to • When VWD planned a move to a new main office Dennis Lamb building, they contracted with Rockwell Electric to (760) 744-0460 design and install an upgrade to the existing tone telemetry system. The system included six pump Cos • stations, eleven reservoirs, eleven pressure reduction $600,000 stations and five interconnect flow stations. Protect Title: REI designed a system using Metricom Spread SCADA Upgrade Phase I1 Spectrum Radios communicating using Allen Bradley DF1 protocol and reporting to the host in a report by Completion Date: exception environment. The system supports peer to 1998 peer communications in order to assure pump stations will receive reservoir level information without the need Base Hardware; for host intervention. Data Acquislifon The Host system is composed of two workstations AS Series 5/40 Host executing Wonderware Intouch Human Machine (Host) Interface Software. REI developed a reporting tool AS Series 5/20 PLC using Microsoft Access that reduces the data to daily, (Pump Stations) weekly, monthly and annual summaries including high • AS SLC 5/03 PLC and low reading, flow totalization and volume changes. (Res, PRS, Flow) The system cutover was smooth and required Host NMI downtimes less that 8 hours at each site. Its cost Gateway PCs benefits include the removal of leased lines for the tone MS Windows 95 telemetry and the associated monthly fees. Wonderware Intouch 5.6 relemetry Metricom Spread Spectrum Radios Power AC Power with 8-hour battery backup. One Solar System with 5 day backup(reservoir). One Solar System with 5 day backup(sub- repeater). Page 4 e,�r _Huntington Beach water SCADA System Technical"Offering O p • n O 'Y�O4POQP�.. Client: Padre Dam Municipal Project Summary Water District Padre Dam MWD service area encompasses major terrain Santee, California obstacles that complicated a standard line of sight radio Contact: system. In order to satisfy tight restrictions on Roland Rossmiller communications performance, PDMWD selected REI from (619) 448-3111 a group of 6 finalists in an evaluated RFP to upgrade their existing network. The existing system included a 10-year- Cost: old tone telemetry system for many stations and a 5-year- $1,600,000 old UNIX based SCADA system originally designated for this upgrade. Project Title: The upgrade consisted of installation of 50 new PLCs at SCADA Upgrade Phase II pump stations, reservoirs, pressure reduction stations and Completion Date: Flow connections. In addition, 20 existing PLCs were 1999 integrated into the new system. Base Hardware: Due to the large service area and difficult terrain, the -- radio system uses three repeater stations. The host DataAciquisition software was developed to select and activate a repeater, Modicon Compact 984 scan stations assigned to that repeater, deactivate the (Pump Stations) repeater and repeat for the next. When operator Modicon Micro 612 commands were to be sent, the system interrupts the • (Res, PRS, Flow) scan cycle, deactivates and activates the appropriate repeaters, sends the commands and then resets the Host HNI communications cycle at the last point. Dell PCs The host system is composed of four PCs permanently Gateway laptop PCs connected to a 10/100 Base T ethernet. Four laptops may MS Windows NT / 98 be connected at docking stations or via voice grade Telco US Data Factorylink 6.5 circuits. Alarm management software has been configured Te%metry to page operators when critical alarms occur. This Alligator Multiple Address software supports time based alarming and annunciates Licensed Radio each alarm either over message pagers or orally. Power AC Power with 8-hour battery backup. One Solar System with 5 day backup (reservoir). • Page 5 tiu E,f. —Huntington Beach Water SCADA System Technical Offering D a nl O �COR P OAP�V. _ c ien Project Summary Santa Margarita Water District Santa margarita Water District originally intended these Santa Margarita, two projects (Chiquita WWTP and Foothill Corridor) to be California separate projects. After evaluating the responses to the RFPs, SMWD awarded both contracts to REL Contact: The Chiquita Treatment Plant is a wastewater treatment Leonard Abbott plant with an existing SCADA system. As there was limited (949) 459-6538 information on conduit, the new SCADA system uses Cos • Spread Spectrum radios to communicate with seven $847,000 Remote Terminal Units. At the Host, a redundant PLC manages all data traffic and makes the information Project Title: available to the Host system. Foothill Corridor/Chiquita The Foothill Corridor project collects information from Treatment Plant seven pump stations, three sewer lift stations and COMRietion Date; fourteen reservoirs. PLCs at the pump and lift stations 2000—In Progress control based on standard operating requirements. Base Hardware: Communications between the host and the remotes uses Metricom Spread Spectrum radios. Each RTU is DataAoquisition programmed to report data to the host on a report by . AB SLC 5/04 exception basis. The reservoirs also transmit level AB SLC 5/03 information to the associated pump stations without AB Micrologix intervention of the host. Host HMI Gateway PCs MS Windows NT/ 98 National Instruments Lookout 4.0 Telemetry Metricom Spread Spectrum Radio Page 6 4LL Elf Huntington Beach Water SCADA S stem Technical Offering E r o "I 0 RAO4PV. • References In addition to the above named references, the following individuals are offered as general references of the products and services offered by REI. Renzo Marin El Toro Water District (949) 837 - 1660 ext 217 Cyrus Moaveni Cybernet Consulting (760) 744 - 5004 Joe Moraes Moraes & Associates (760) 431 — 7177 Chuck Reuck Vallecitos Water District (760) 744 - 0460 ext 230 Gary Smith Padre Dam MWD (619) 258 - 4667 Maintenance Support (ref ss5.6) REI maintains a staff of programmers and field engineers available for 24 hour- 7 day/week support. Our field engineers are experienced in Radio Telemetry, Software and Instrumentation. Our initial response will be within 4 hours. Web Site (ref ss5.7) REI maintains a Web Site at www.RockweliElectric.com. We invite you to visit us although we confess it may be of little value in your selection process. User Group (ref ss5.8) REI does not directly support a user's group. There are user's groups for Wonderware Intouch (our proposed HMI interface). Sample Documentation (ref ss5.9) We have included the operators manual from the Padre Dam MWD -SCADA System as a sample of our documentation in appendix C. This was one of two written manuals provided to the District. The second was a detailed program and configuration manual. Copies of the configuration manual can be provided should the Authority request it. Appendix D contains a sample Factory Acceptance test Plan. Note this is for an RTU panel however the reader will see the level of detail included in the tests. The Test plan includes sign off for pre-testing (by REI) and FAT testing. Page 7 tll EJ, Huntington Beach Water SCADA System Technical Offering O ' �l roJ?P0 Sample Screens (ref ss5.10) The operators manual for Padre Dam (included in appendix C) includes sample displays. Note that REI prepares sample displays for end-user review prior to a major coding effort. These sample displays are used to define the general level of detail and styles to be used for the system. In this way, the client, not the developer, can determine the "look and feel" of the final product. Table of Compliance (ref ss5.11) Due to the format of this table, we have included it in appendix A. Price Quotation Forms (ref ss5.12) Due to the format of this table, we have included it in appendix B. Description of Proposed System (ref ss5.13) This section describes our approach to the project. It offers a general description of the "pieces of the puzzle" that we propose to use to implement the requirements of the specification. A second section describes major tasks and associates them with a project schedule that is included in appendix E. The project schedule meets the 360 days in the specification and has been set to start August 1, 2000. General Description The specification very clearly describes the requirements of the system. Therefore, this section details the tools we intend to use and the methodologies we propose to implement in order to offer a usable system to the City. Our design is based on Wonderware Intouch version 7.1 Human Machine Interface (HMI). This software package will be hosted on the three PCs. Two of these PC's will be configured as the data servers (one primary, one backup). In normal operation, one will be connected to the radio telemetry and will manage communications from and to the Murphy Controllers. The other system will allow Page 8 E«E, ^ Huntington Beach Water SCAQA System _ Technical Offering o a n a y �O COPPO4P full operational capabilities but will also monitor the primary and take control of the system should the primary fail, The system will be designed so that either of these two systems can be defined as the master. The other will automatically be designated as the backup. From an operational point of view, there will be little need to know which system is the primary. The third PC will also host Intouch and will allow operator access. It will not be designated as a backup and will collect all information from the active primary system. It will be configured as a development station and will allow program changes to be made. The two primary systems will have runtime systems only (no configuration changes allowed). We propose to offer a fourth system as a database server. Contrary to the requirements of the specification, we propose to support the reports and data reduction on this system. The system will not be an operator station and will only be configured with Windows NT, MS SQL Server and MS Access. Its entire responsibility will be to reduce the historical data for reporting purposes. It will be used for automatic report generation. It will also be the access point for database editing required in spec section 3.6.2. We have found this to be a more reliable approach than to support the historical pP pP data on multiple machines. Although it does expose a potential limitation (should the database server fail), we avoid this by recognizing the system failure mode and logging the data locally during the period the server is unavailable. When the server becomes available, the information is transported to the MS SQL data files. Intouch provides an effective interface for operations. It allows powerful data management functions that may be used to collect and process the information for real-time and trend plotting. Along with the SQL data logging facilities, Intouch performs all the necessary functions required to support a powerful and flexible SCADA Application. Special Components Network As required by the specification, the system will be provided with a redundant network. Each system will have two network interface cards and will be configured to support either data path. i Page 9 �tLL Ei, Huntington Beach Water SCADA System Technical Offering a ni O 1CO"Po0.P4V. Communications Server In the past, we have encountered a number of limitations with the standard DDE data servers available from HMI vendors. The Modbus RTU protocol is an extremely sensitive protocol and can be significantly impacted by timing issues within the radios or modems. REI has found a DDE server, EFM SCADA, which overcomes many of the issues and seems to provide an exceptionally robust communications tool. In addition, it offers some powerful features required by the specifications. In particular, it offers communications statistics and the ability to enable and disable scanning. These features are not easily supported by the vendor DDE servers and are required by the specifications. Murphy Controllers Although the programming of the Murphy Controllers is not a part of the requirements (or this proposal), an understanding of these controllers is essential to the success of this project. Rockwell Electric, Inc. has experience with these units at three other locations (Mesa Consolidated Water District, City of Paramount and City of Bell Gardens). We have a good working relationship with Murphy and have been involved in the development of the RTU protocol support for these controllers. Displays REI offers a powerful operator interface. We design our displays around a graphic representation of the system. This design requires close coordination with the end-users. As will be seen in the project approach discussion, REI has schedule meetings to review the features and capabilities of the display system. Reporting We have hinted at the reporting in earlier sections. REI has developed a reporting package that offers a powerful set of data management and reduction functions. This package takes data stored on minute intervals and creates hourly, daily, weekly, monthly and annual summaries of the information. For each data point logged (over the interval), the system determines the maximum, minimum, average, sum, value at the start, value at the end, number of samples and sum squared (for standard deviation calculations). This information is recorded and stored in the MS SQL Server Database and is available for automatic reports and demand reports. Page 10 EIL E" Huntington Beach Water SCADA System Technical offering tr �� •yCaAp p4��t Automatic reports are generated at the end of each interval. They can be printed daily, weekly, monthly or on an annual basis. Operators may select any demand report to be printed on an automatic basis. Demand reports are also available. These reports are the same as the automatic reports but can be manually selected and printed at any time. The information for these reports is maintained in the database unless purged by an operator and any report can be selected for any time the system was collecting information. Demand reports can be called up from any operator workstation. They can be displayed in a print preview window or sent to the system report printer. Radio Network The radio network is well defined. We intent to use MDS 900 MHz spread spectrum radios for the RTU communications and Western 5.8 GHz spread Spectrum radios for the Water Operations to City Hall Datalink as required in the specifications. Fiber Optic DataLink As with the radio system, we propose to use the specified components for the Fiber Data Link. Auto Dialer Alarm Annunciation REI proposes to use SCADAlarm for the alarm dialer. This package was recently purchased by Wonderware and is now a part of their standard product line. The system offers voice notification as well as numeric and alphanumeric paging features. Remote Access REI proposes to use PcAnywhere for remote Access. This facility is a powerful tool that offers complete access from a remote location with standard off the shelf software. Computers REI proposes to provide HP Vectra VEI8 computers with Windows NT 4.0 Workstation. As indicated in other sections, four computers will be provided. All will be identically configured except one will be provided with a Read/Write CD- ROM. We have found this to be an effective means to backup the system for more convenient access. (NOTE: All items required by specification section 5 A and C are included as well.) Page 11 @\l FIFI Huntington Beach Water SCADA System Technical Offering 0 r t•. r ^i O yC04P44p1¢ Laptops REI proposes to provide three HP Pavilion Notebook computers configured as required in specification section 5D. Schedule Appendix E shows a proposed project schedule. As can be seen, our schedule shows an end date of July 22, 2001. This is 5 days under a 360-day schedule. As will be shown, there are a number of items in the schedule that may be , excessive and we feel extremely comfortable with the 360-day requirement. Assuming a start date of August 1, our first task is the preparation of submittals. We have allowed 25 working days to prepare the submittal and a detailed design document. This document would be presented to the City on September 4th With a 2 week review period, we assume that an approved submittal (with minor or no corrections), to be returned to us on or about September 18th. This is the date we would start development. We have allocated 20 days to further define the RTU interface. As much of this will have been done for the submittal, this is a comfortable time frame. Next we would develop the redundancy doe for the primary systems and configure the I/0. Again we have allocated 30 days to these tasks. Definition of the SQL data logging model and the failed server data logging has been scheduled for a total of 20 days as well. At this point, only the displays and reports would be missing. We have allocated 50 working days to this effort. This would allow over 1 day per site. Overall, this allocates 120 working days for the software development. While the software development is taking place, the field crews will be executing the construction effort. With a single crew and 3 days per site, we would complete all the fieldwork by March 5, 2001. Note that adding crews can accelerate this effort but we have chosen to schedule it with one crew for a worst case scenario. On or about March 6, 2001 we expect to schedule a 5-day Factory Acceptance Test. Allowing for 10 da�rs to correct any outstanding issues, we would start the installation on March 27t . Assuming we can to pre-testin� on 2 sites per day, we should be ready for a System Functional Test on April 24 . For the rest of the schedule, we have allocated 5 days for the System Functional Test, 2 days for the 48-hour test, 15 days to correct any problems and 60 days for the 30 day availability test. - - — — Page 12 tU 14, ^Huntington Beach Water SCADA System Technical Offering o s ;� n O yr�4Po4P`� Project Staffing REI has identified 5 categories of project responsibilities. Although there may be multiple individuals assigned to a category, each category will have the following responsibility and primary individual. As each individual reports to the project manager, we have not included an organization chart with this proposal. Project Manager The project manager to be assigned to this project is Sam Passanisi. He will coordinate all efforts within the organization and between REI and the District. As the primary contact, Sam will be responsible for scheduling the teams in the field and insuring the project proceeds according to the schedule. Hardware Engineer The hardware engineer is responsible for preparing the submittals for review, purchasing the equipment, designing the panels and insuring the electrical components of the system will function as required. REI has a staff of 6 engineers in this capacity. At this time, we expect the engineer assigned will be Clayton Anderson. Radio System Specialist The radio system is a critical component of this system. Therefore, REI will assign our Radio System Specialist, Brian Harrison, to perform the radio surveys (described in section 6) and insure the radio system topology is installed in an effective manner. Lead Programmer/ Network Configuration Specialist REI has a number of qualified software engineers suitable to lead the programming team. For this project, Harvey Quintero has been selected as the primary individual. Field Superintendent Qualified journeyman electricians or field technicians will perform all field construction efforts. Our field superintendent Jim Hudson will supervise these efforts. s . Page 13 E<<F<E� Huntington Beach Water SCADA System _ Technical Offering O41 ' A ^. Y A O yCO4POIL Appendix A — Table of Compliance The following pages contain the table of compliance. Note we have entered CS to items that are generic in nature or contain not text. We have also included references to the following notes to further explain items that have some form of exception. Note there are no items that have been declared as an exception Note 1: We have added a fourth PC to act as a Data Server. The functions of this server are described in the system description of this document. Note 2: REI has not coded this style of processing in the past (Command Scheduling). We can and will provide this feature as required. Note 3: • We have offered a Communications driver that is not provided by Wonderware or Murphy. We have successfully used this driver in other applications using Modbus RTU protocol to overcome difficulties with the standard drivers. Note 4: We plan to store the data on a single database server. Our system description details how we expect to implement this interface and the tools required to insure no loss of data. Note 5: Our standard data storage system does not currently support the ability to edit data and ripple the change through other periods (ie daily to weekly to monthly to annual). This is a feature we will develop as a part of this project. Note 6: Currently the Alarm log is stored in an ASCII file. We can and will import it into a database where is may be sorted using standard reporting tools. Page 14 Eje Huntington Beach Water SCADA S stem Technical Offering 0 y�aRaoaP�` Note 7: We believe the communications scan rate of 15 seconds is overly optimistic. We feel it will require a minimum of 1.5 seconds to scan each station. This leads to a scan time of approximately 60 seconds (for 40 stations). Page 15 • TABLE OF COMPLIANCE o py Standard Comply New Alternate Exception (CS) (CN) (A) (E) Comments INTRODUCTION CS 1.1 EXISTING SCADA SYSTEM CS 1.1.1,Summary of SCADA System Work CS 1.1.2 SCADA System Overview CN Note 1 1.1.3 Communication System Overview CS 1.2 ORGANIZATION OF SPECIFICATION CS 1.3 DEFINITION OF TERMS CS SYSTEM FUNCTIONS CS 2.1 SYSTEM MONITORING CS 2.1.1 Acquisition of System data CS 2.1.2 Manual Points CS 2.1.3 Data Processing CS 2.2 CONTROL CS 2.2.1 General Requirements CS 2.2.2 Supervisory Control CS 2.2.3 Supervisory Set point Control CS 2.2.4 Pump Scheduling CN Note 2 2.3 ALARMING CS 2.3.1 General Alarm requirements CS 2.3.2 Alarm Priority CS 2.3.3 Alarm Reporting CS 2.3.4 Alarm Message CS 2.3.5 Alarm Lists CS 2.3.6 Alarm Zone CS 2.3.7 Alarm Acknowledge and Deletion CS 2.3.8 Silencing Audibal Alarms CS • 2.3.9 Deactivation 1 Reactivation of Points CS 2.3.10 Tlarm Inhibit CS SYSTEM SOFTWARE CS 3.1 SYSTEM SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS CS 3.2 YEAR 2000 REQUIREMENTS CS 3.3 LOCAL AREA NETWORK AND REDUNDANCY CS 3.4 COMMUNICATION DRIVER A Note 3 3.5 SYSTEM DATABASE CS 3.5.1 General Requirements CS 3.6 HISTORICAL DATABASE CS 3.6.1 Historical Data Save A Note 4 3.6.2 Historical Data Edit CN Note 5 3.6.3 Historical Data Display CS 3.6.4 Historical Alarm Sort CN Note 6 3.7101 OPERATOR INPUT CS 3.7.1 Console Modes of Operation CS 3.7.2 Operator Entry Requirements CS 3.8 01 DISPLAY REQUIREMENTS CS 3.8.1 Display Information Fields CS 3.8.2 Color Coding CS 3.9 BASIC SCADA DISPLAYS CS 3.9.1 Directories CS 3.9.2 Schematic Displays CS 3.9.3 Communication Performance CS 3.9.4 Master Station Configuration CS 3.9.5 Alarm Displays CS 3.9.6 System Support Displays CS 3.9.7 Trend Displays CS 3.10 PUBLIC PHONE COMMUNICATION CS 3.10.1 Alarm Call-out Auto-dialer Interface CS 3.10.2 Remote Access to System Information CS . 1 3.11 SCADA DATA LOGGING CS TABLE OF COMPLIANCE Uomply Standard Comply New Alternate Exception (CS) (CN) (A) (E) Comments 3.11.1 Basic SCXDA Logs CS GENERAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS CS 4.1 SYSTEM AVAILABILITY AND MAINTAINABILITY CS 4.1.1 Sin le Point of Failure CS 4.1.2 Availability CS 4.2 SIZING AND EXPANSION CS 4.2.1 Master Station E ui meat CS 4.2.2 Master Station Database CS 4.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE CS 4.3.1 Communication Performance A Note 7: 4.3.2 Periodic Performance CS 4.3.3 Operator Interface Performance CS 4.4 SYSTEM MAINTENANC8 CS REQUIREMENTS CS 5.1 COMPUTERS AND PERIPHERALS CS 5.2 COMMUNICATION SUBSYSTEM CS 5.2.1 Spread Spectrum Radio Interface CS 5.2.2 Dial-up Interface CS MASTER STATION ELECTRIC SUPPLY AND 5.3 ENVIRONMENT CS 5.3.1 Uninterruptible Power Supply(UPS) CS REMOTE TERMINAL UNITS CS 6.1 GENERAL CS 6.2 MURPHY CONTROLLERS CS 6.3 DB S PROTOCAL CS COMMUNICATION SUBSYSTEM CS 7.1 SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS CS 7.1.1 Site Locations CS 7.1.2 Provided by City CS 7.1.3 Reference Standards CS 7.1.4 Codes and Regulations CS 7.1.5 Environmental Specifications CS 7.2 PRODUCTS CS 7.2.1 5.8 GHz Point-to-Point Spread Spectrum Radio CS 7.2.2 900 MHz Spread Spectrum Radio CS 7.2.3 Laptop Computer Test Set CS 7.2.4 Uninterru tible Power Supply UPS CS 7.2.5 Time Division Multiplexor CS 7.2.6 5.8 GHz Spread-Spectrum Antenna CS 7.2.7 Spread Spectrum Master Radio Antenna CS 7.2.8 Spread Spectrum Remote Radio Antennas CS 7.2.9 Antenna Mount-Non-penetrating Roof CS 7.2.10 Antenna Mount-Wall CS 7.2.11 Antenna Mount-Pipe/Hardware CS 7.2.12 Antenna Wood Pole Mount Hardware CS 7.2.13 RF Transmission Line CS 7.2.14 Wall Penetrations CS 7.2.15 Coaxial Cable Lighting Arrestors CS 7.2.16 Equipment Racks CS 7.2.17 EIA-Line Driver CS 7.2.18 EIA-232 Cables CS 7.2.19 Fiber Optic Line Driver CS 7.2.201 Fiber Optic Patch Cables CS 7.2.21 Two-Channel Port Sharing Device CS 7.2.22 Ground Rod. CS TABLE OF COMPLIANCE Uomply Standard Comply New Alternate Exception (CS) (CN) (A) (E) Comments 7.2.23 Ground Cable CS 7.2.24 Ground Clamp CS 7.2.25 Ground Kit CS 7.2.26 Ground Bus Bar CS 7.2.27 Vapor Wrap CS 7.2.28 Conduit CS 7.2.29 Miscellaneous Parts CS 7.3 INSTALLATION CS 7.3.1 Installer Qualifications CS 7.3.2 City Hall Radio Equipment CS Reservoir Hill!Obermyer Pump Station Radio 7.3.3 Equipment CS 7.3.4 Remote Site Radio Equipment CS 7.3.5 Multimode Fiber Circuit CS EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS CS 8.1 SCOPE OF WORK CS 8.1.1 Master Station SCADA Equipment Installation CS 8.2 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CS 8.3 CONCRETE CS 8.4 ELECTRICAL CS SCAPA SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION AND TRAINING CS 9.1 DOCUMENTATION CS 9.1.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL CS 9.1.2 REVIEW OF DOCUMENTATION CS 9.1.3 SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION CS 9.1.4 TESTING DOCUMENTATION CS 9.1.5 AS-BUILT DOCUMENTATION CS 9.2 TRAINING CS 9.2.1 General Requirements CS 9.2.2 Training Course Contents CS SYSTEM TESTING CS 10.1 FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TEST FAT CS 10.1.1 System Factory Acceptance Test CS 10.1.2 Correction of Discrepancies CS 10.2 SYSTEM INSTALLATION CS 10.3 SITE ACCEPTANCE TEST CS 10.4 SYSTEM AVAILABILITY TEST CS 10.4.1 Maintenance Responsibility CS 10.4.2 Control Center Environment CS 10.4.3 Availability Calculations CS 10.4.4 SCADA System Availability CS 10.4.5 Test Definitions CS 10.4.6 Test Satisfaction CS 10.5 RADIO SYSTEM TESTING CS 10.5.1 Factory Test CS 10.5.2 Site Demonstration Tests CS PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION CS PROJECT ORGANIZATION AND 11.1 COORDINATION CS 11.1.1 Contractor's Pro'ect Manager CS 11.1.2 Cit 's Engineer CS 11.1.3 Monthly Reports CS 11.1.4 Project Coordination Meetings CS 11.1.5 Correspondence . CS 11.1.6 Procedures for Project Changes CS TABLE OF COMPLIANCE L;Omply Standard Comply New Alternate Exception (CS) (CN) (A) (E) Comments 11.1.7 Documentation Reviews and Acceptance CS 11.1.8 Test Notification CS 11.1.9 Shipment Notice CS 11.1.10 Inspection CS 11.2 SYSTEM CUTOVER CS 11.3 PROJECT RESPONSIBILITIES CS Development of Displays, Log Formats and 11.3.1 Database CS 11.3.2 Cit 's Responsibilities CS 11.3.4 Contractors Responsibilities CS Appendix A CS Appendix B CS Appendix C CS jAppendix D CS ppendix E C5 EtA f[Er Huntington Beach Water SCADA System Technical Offering K �I yr04 P ORPtir. Appendix B — Price Quotation Forms Page 16 WATER SCADA PRICE FORM Specification Reference Quantity Unit Cost Total Cost SYSTEM SOFTWARE 1a Software Licenses (itemize) 3.1 $ 1. Intouch 1 SCADAIarm 1 $ 25,000 $ 25,000 2. Database 1 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 3. Drivers, Remote Access 1 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 1b Operating System 3.1 1 $ 1,200 S 1,200 1c Murphy Modbus Protocol 6.3 2 $ 1,500 $ 3,000 1d Real-Time Database Development 3.5 1 $ 10,000 $ 10,000 1e Historical Database Development 3.6 1 $ 20,000 $ 20,000 1f SCADA Displays 3.9 1 $ 20,000 $ 20,000 1g Alarm Call-out Auto Dialer Interface 3.10.1 1 $ 4,000 $ 4,000 1 h Remote Access to System Information 3.10.2 1 $ 3,000 $ 3,000 1 iLogs and Keports 3.11 1 $ 10,000 S 10,000 MASTER STATION HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS 2a Servers&Workstations 5.1 4 $ 5.000 $ 20.000 2b Redundant LAN 5.1 1 $ 5,000 $ 5,000 2c Laptops and Docking Stations 5.1 3 $ 3,500 $ 10,500 2d Peri heals 5.1 1 $ 7,500 $ 7,500 2e Communications Interface 5.2.1 1 $ 500 $ 500 2f Dial-up Interface 5.2.2 1 $ 500 $ 500 2g Uninterruptible Power Supply 5.3.1 1 $ 2,000 $ 2,000 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM 3a 5.8 GHz Radios, Masts, Antennas 7.2 2 $ 7,365 $ 14,730 3b 900 MHz Radios, Masts, Antennas 7.2 38 $ 2,533 $ 96,240 3c UPS, Multi lexers 7.2.417.2.5 1 $ 19,830 $ 19,830 3d Radio installation 7.3 1 $ 125,000 $ 125,000 SCADA SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION AND TRAINING 4a Documentation 9.1 1 $ 15,000 $ 15,000 4b rairnn9 9.2 1 $ 10,000 $ 10,000 SYSTEM TESTING 5a FactoryAcce tance test 10.1 1 $ 5,000 $ 5,000 5b System Installation 8.1.1 1 10.2 1 $ 10,000 $ 10,000 5c Site Acceptance Test 10.3 1 $ 10,000 $ 10,000 5d System Availability Test 10.4 1 $ 5,000 $ 5,000 5e Radio System Testing 10.5 1 $ 5,000 $ 5,000 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION 6a Project Management 1 15000 $ 15,000 6b System Design 1 12000 S 12,000 6c System Integration 1 20000 $ 20,000 6d Warranty 1 5000 $ 5,000 6e $ - TOTAL $ 525,000 ELL Fe Er Huntington Beach Water SCADA System Technical Offering — r n • •i O yCp4 P p0.'�k Appendix C — Sample Documentation Page 17 LA ROCIMELL ELECTRIC, INC. 4 . a 545 Corporate Drive • PO 4�C Escondido CA 92029 Voice: (760) 489-6767 Fwc (760) 489-6190 W_�M DamMtm"lowd Wader D' ct NA er Distribution WAM ftsftm Upg9ra- de a 'ons & M ai anCe Manual Revision 1.1 Feb 2000 VOLUME 3A—OPERATOR INTERFACE SYSTEM 1 3.1 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION 1 3.1.A Introduction 1 3.1.13 Computer Descriptions 2 3.1.0 Computer Redundancy 3 3.2 EXPLANATION OF FACTORYLINK 5 3.2.A Description of Displays 5 3.2.8 Navigating Through Displays 31 3.2.0 Alarm Indications 35 3.2.D How to Read Alarm Printouts 37 3.2.E Security 37 3.3 SUPPORTING SOFTWARE 38 3.3.A SCADAIarm 38 3.3.13 WebClient 43 3.3.0 PCAnywhere 44 3.4 EXPLANATION OF ARCHIVING DATA 45 3.5.A How to Use Reports 46 3.6 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE 51 3.6.A Computers: 51 . 3.6.6 Printers: 51 3.6.0 Modems: 51 • 3.7 Glossary 52 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL VOLUME 3 — OPERATOR INTERFACE SYSTEM 3.1 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION 3.1.A Introduction The new PDMWD Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition(SCADA) System provides monitoring and/or control capabilities of every site in the Padre Dam Municipal Water District. Owing to the unique synergy of technologies employed in the SCADA system PDMWD personnel can control the entire water distribution system from a single location. The new system offers dramatic improvements over the previous one, not the least of which is that its level of coverage has been greatly increased. Incorporating new design philosophies the SCADA system is a radio based telemetry system vice the older leased telephone line system. Other key design considerations noticeable in the new system are greater redundancy for enhanced reliability, standardization of components, improved data collection, and better alarm condition notification methods. During the design and development of the SCADA system a priority was placed on standardization. Every facet of the system was built with the concept of uniformity in mind. Standardizing the RTU design, the tagnames, the I/O structure, and the PLC code was paramount not only for facilitating construction of the project but also for the beneficial consequences it provides to the system operators. Operators face less of a learning curve when each site has the same look and function as its brethren. The same look and function applies only to each site type. • For example, all reservoirs look and behave the same but they are distinctly different from pump stations. Phase one sites are an exception to this rule. Since they were pre-existing REI endeavored to make them adhere to the same standards as the new sites as much as practicable. Redundancy is another concept of design that was incorporated into the SCADA system. Primarily this applies only to the computer network for it was decided that the failure of the Host machine should not have dire consequences for system operators nor should it adversely affect the data collection process. Thus, two master nodes were allotted. The advantages of having two identical master nodes far outweigh the added cost of the second machine. Striving to ease the burden on operators, a new feature incorporated into the PLC programs at pump stations is control logic that is capable of managing a pump station with minimal operator intervention. This is a dramatic shift from how the system has been managed in the past but hopefully something that will become the new way of doing business in the not so distant future. Considering that the pump stations are receiving regular level updates from the reservoirs they fill, they now use this information to run pumps as necessary within user defined parameters. Once the parameters are established in the HMI operators are free to concentrate on other matters, as the control logic will ensure that reservoirs are filled when needed. Most operating conditions are handled by the PLC code, however, there will be extreme circumstances that the program is not equipped to handle and then it will be necessary to run a pump station by hand. In conjunction with the automatic control of pump station operation a new enhanced alarm notification system has been installed. This system is capable of detecting alarm conditions and then automatically notifying the appropriate duty personnel of such via pager or phone. As in the old system alarm condition monitoring is an ongoing process. What separates the new system from the old is the SCADAlarm software that actually manages how personnel get notified of alarms. This software is user configurable and affords many different combinations of call out schedules. Revision 1.1 Page 1 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL To facilitate overall information management a complex and exhaustive data collection process has been employed. Given the enormous amount of data involved and because this is such a crucial facet of system operation a separate computer was purchased to function as the database server. In simple terms this machine is the central repository of all data. It is responsible for storing all data,managing all data for reports and archiving all data to a backup tape drive. A major cost savings was realized by converting the signal transmission media from leased telephone line to radio communication. Now when remote sites send information to the central office they do so via a licensed radio network. The radio network, as shown in diagram 3.1.1, consists of a polling master radio in the central office that communicates via three relay radio sites to the remote sites. The master polling radio does not talk directly with any remote site. Equipping all sites with battery backup power is a key improvement that, combined with the radio network, helps ensure reliable communication in the event of not only phone system damage but power outages as well. A unique feature of the radio network is that if the master radio becomes inoperable then the relay radios, utilizing built-in intelligence, can take over polling and relay level data from reservoirs to appropriate pump stations thus avoiding any unnecessary pump station shutdowns. i • RI EF;AY}I REI_ Y 2=� =REI AYT3 - L[tSM4T '-=` j,[tEylO"F:E� RF:Fti1 "F"G REh1QTl;J=r F4Rvt0'F�6 REhSQTE' Schematic of Radio Network Diagram 3.1.1 3.1.B Computer Descriptions - The central computer system is actually a computer network (see diagram 3.1.2) comprised of many computers, several printers and other peripheral hardware. All of the network components shown in the diagram are located in the field operations building with a majority of the pieces being found in the control room. Portions of the system (e.g. laptops) are designed for remote use and will usually be connected to the network only when required. The backbone of the network is the Ethernet pipeline. The desktop computers are all permanently connected to this pipeline through a multi port hub. System printers are also connected to this hub via an Ethernet print server. This arrangement allows any computer to use any available printer. Revision 1.1 Page 2 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC_ SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL . Most computers have unique functions that merit discussion. One desktop computer, node name Padre_1, is designated as the database server. Its job is to archive all data logged by the master nodes. The data being logged covers everything from pump run times to minute by minute tank levels, pressures, and flow rates to site-specific alarms and events. Using Oracle 7 Workgroup Server software the server regularly culls through the data sets and automatically generates reports in Microsoft Access that can be viewed on the monitor or printed on a network printer. Although the computer can view the FactoryLink application it usually will not be used for this purpose. This computer also happens to be the only one outfitted with a tape drive. Tape media was chosen for long term archiving of data. Two other desktop computers are FactoryLink application servers and are configured as redundant master nodes. Their names are Comp_1 and Comp_2. These are the computers called Master No.1 and Master No.2 in the diagram. They are also the primary machines operators will use for day to day use. They will normally show the FactoryLink application and should not be shutdown under normal circumstances. One of these machines is designated as the primary master node, or Host, and is responsible for scanning (reading information from) the remote sites. Other machines running FactoryLink can turn scanning on or off at particular sites but they cannot enable or disable scanning as a whole. Only the Host can do this. This machine also logs data to the server and sends alarms and events to the alarm printer. Should an alarm go unacknowledged then the Host will trigger SCADAlarm, which in turn notifies duty personnel. SCADAlarm is explained in section 3.3.A. To determine exactly which master node is Host simply look at the Host Layout display; see section 3.2.A for details. The other master node acts as a hot standby. Should the master node controlling scanning become disabled then the backup master machine will automatically assume control within a few minutes. It will do this without operator intervention, however an alarm will be generated signifying that this has occurred. Section 3.1.0 discusses this interaction in more detail. - The fourth desktop computer, node name COMP_3 is similar to the master nodes except that it cannot take control of the system..It will not allow scanning of the entire system to be enabled or disabled, it does not print alarms and it does not log data to the database server. Operating limits and alarm set points can be changed on this machine just as on other workstations, however. There are several other computers that are workstations capable of tying into the network. These are the laptop computers with their docking stations. The docking stations are permanently connected to the network via the multi port hub. While the laptops are mounted on their respective docking stations they will connect to the master nodes using WebClient, (see section 3.3.13 for details). The laptops should always mate with the same docking station because mating it to a different docking station requires that the computer build a new profile for that setup. The laptops will perform all of the same functions as the COMP_3 node mentioned above. Additionally, they can be detached from their docking stations and used at home or at remote sites. If an operator at a remote site uses a laptop to dial into the system they will be dialing into one of the master nodes. Hence, at any one time there can be at most only 2 remote connections. The preferred method for dialing into the system is with PCAnywhere, which is explained in more detail in section 3.3.C. 3.1.0 Computer Redundancy The two master computers, COMP_l and COMP_2, are redundant by design so that system operations will be maintained in the event that the primary master node, a.k.a. the Host, is rendered inoperable. In simple terms the two computers act as backups for each other. If the Host stops functioning for any reason then the other master node will automatically assume control of the system with little or no interruption in system operation. The actual switching is not Revision 1.1 Page 3 of 56 Febmary 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL instantaneous So there is a slight delay of a few seconds before the other machine assumes control. Also, an alarm is printed on the alarm printer to record this. This message reads "Backup Host Has Taken Control Alarm". To know how this transfer Works is not important to an operator; just lmowing that it does work when needed and how to tell when it has occurred is more crucial. T'lie primary master node is indicated on the Host Layout screen, see section 3.2.A for further details. Note that the master nodes are not programmed to automatically take control upon start up. An operator must start scanning on one of the machines manually. The machine they choose to do this on will then become the Host machine. Switching control between master nodes can be done manually in the following manner: 1. On the Host node go to the communications display and disable scanning. 2. On the other node call up the Host Layout display. 3. Wben scanning has stopped on the Host node click on the "Switch Master"button on the other machine. The backup master node should take control and be so indicated on the display. 4. On the new Host node go to the communications display and re-enable scanning. Revision 1.1 Page a of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL . 3.2 EXPLANATION OF FACTORYLINK 3.2.A Description of Displays 'Ovurvlew3' �.1enu Prurio`wCentelyingan ,. 1'nguRp� P,ilntThu' w ■ ■ ■ F Lr ■ 41% dlly(llb ■ ■ i «<6CRQLL 8CROLL»> Padre It— Padre Dam • . District Site Map Ho$t Leyo�t I�S1er1 -pz "i 5 - .sue'. F.x�`ta. - .F!' . JU I JkJEFIJ;SpYs.'�.1. 13l4`� �FAp... Y313 p1d • Diagram 3.2.1 There are many displays, or screens as they may sometimes be referred to, in the HMI for displaying information. Instead of describing each screen individually we will discuss each type of display in general because many screens are similar in nature. Navigating from one display to the next is covered in the next section therefore this section will focus on what information can be found on the display. We will also mention any operator functions, (e.g. changing level alarm setpoints, pump start levels) that can be performed on displays. A convention that is used on the displays is that push buttons; buttons that can be clicked on to do something, are shown as gray 3- D squares or rectangles. The Overview display, see diagram 3.2.1, is the main screen of the SCADA application. It is essentially a site map of the district showing only the major sites in the district; (i.e. pump stations and reservoirs). Operators should be aware of two status indicators that may appear next to the gray buttons. The first is an alarm indicator, which is a white letter "A" inside a red square that indicates that an abnormal condition exists at the site. The other indicator signals that pumps are running at a pump station and appears as a black letter"I"' inside a green square. On virtually every screen the time and date is displayed in the upper right hand comer of the screen. The current users log on name is displayed immediately below this time clock. Next to these items is the current display number. Below this you will see a Select Display option that allows an operator to enter the display number of any screen that they desire to view. It is not Revision 1.1 Page 5 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL . recommended that this option be used for navigating through the screens because there is not a list of display number that can be easily called up. This forces the operators to remember the numbers themselves or keep a list of numbers handy. Either way is more trouble than it is worth. The recommended way to navigate through the screens is explained in the following section. These four items along with the menu bar stretching across the upper left-hand corner will be referred to as the Page Header. Revision 1.1 Page G of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL OreMew _.Menu Previaut Cancel,_ Alnrmr } _Lagnn Lagofl._ __Print_ m.n, Aoi­ Chem np �5whcli.Mseler Diagram 3.2.2 The Host Layout display, see diagram 3.2.2, essentially informs operators which master node is primary and what other users are logged onto the system. The primary master node is the one highlighted in green with its node name followed by the word active next to it. The green arrows represent the flow of information to and from the Host computer. If the computers were to switch control, then the other machine would be indicated as the primary master in this same fashion. In the diagram the machine on the right is acting as a client. In the lower left-hand corner the Station Host Name is specified as padreserver. This is an internal naming convention that is just another name for Comp_1. Comp_2 is also known as just padreserverb. This display also shows other users that are logged onto the system. Keep in mind that it only shows users that are connected to the system using WebClient. Their user name will appear -on the screen in the Users Logged In list next to the computer they are communicating with. Also the active connections counter will increment by one. Additionally, one of the nodes on top of the Ethernet figure will become highlighted. For more information about WebClient see section 3.3.13. Persons connecting to the system via PCAnywhere will neither show up as a user nor count against the number of active connections. For each master node a watchdog is displayed which is simply a counter that automatically increments once each second. One way to ensure the computers are working is to check that the watchdogs are incrementing regularly. The Switch Master button will naturally make the backup computer the Host when clicked on. Read section 3.1.0 for directions about how to properly switch control. between computers. Revision 1.1 Page 7 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL ;Overvlu`w-. A1anu_ "f revinu■ Cencal :'Aknimsr} i"=Lngnn- �agoH�_ 1'iimrr RIGS CilNY�N PUMP BTATION P,ump_St■�5umm■ry� - `T■nk�Se�nkmiry; ■ r■ m � ■ r ■ i S Diagram 3.2.3 Pump Station Graphic displays are for viewing individual pump stations -and their associated reservoirs. Diagram 3.2.3 is typical of this type of display. As a group they are the most information packed screens in the HMI. Standard features found on this display type include: ❑ Page Header ❑ Pump HOA status ❑ Pump run indications ❑ MOV status ❑ Value displays for all analog signals; flow, upstream and downstream pressure, tank level(s), MOV position ❑ Pump station status block ❑ Reservoir status block ❑ RTU program and common miscellaneous status information for individual sites These graphic displays attempt to show the relation of the pump station to its forebay(s) and fillbay(s). It is not intended to be a completely accurate diagram but rather a simplified schematic to facilitate the presentation of information. Future reservoirs and pumps are shown but they are not animated. Most status items have animation incorporated into them to show various conditions. The tables below show for each status block what indications are available in each column. Revision 1.1 Page s of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL Pump Station Status Block ES' -.4- PIN1134.M Building Intrusion Active/Inactive Sum 2 Flooded Active/Inactive Seismic Alarm Active/Inactive Seismic Trip Active/Inactive Seismic Reset Active/Inactive C12 Reset Reset On/Inactive _C12 Alarm Active/Inactive C12 Valve Position N/A C12 Weight ##Analog Value C12 Residual ##Analog Value C12 Dosage ##Analog Value 02 Setpoint ##Analog Value C12 Remote Status Remote/not Remote Surge Valve Activate Active/Inactive Reservoir Status Block W - - I 'W"WINDIG 416N,KFM AMINMENW- MEKWH Reservoir Intrusion Active/Inactive C12 Alarm N/A Not installed at reservoirs yet. C12 Residual N/A Not installed at reservoirs yet. I C12 Weight N/A Not installed at reservoirs vet. C12 Dosage N/A Not installed at reservoirs yet. Seismic Alarm Active 1 Inactive Seismic Trip Tripped Inactive Seismic Reset Reset On 1 Inactive Site Information Status Block 'C_ f-C Is MOTES i�AINN _t, !@V Station None "S"button forces site scan, "R" button resets latched alarms Status 0 - 100 Communication quality percentage, 0 is worst, 100 is best Program Running/ Stopped Concerns PLC Rrogram, Attempts ##Analog Value -Resets to 0 after 32767 attempts Watchdog ##Analog Value Range is from 0 to 1000 RTU Intrusion Active/ Inactive Auth. Intrusion Authorize Power Status AC On AC Off Applies to 120 VAC power Irrig. Status ON OFF Irrig. Enable Enable/Disable Gray button on left turns it off, button Revision 1.1 Page 9 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL on right turns it on Generator Runnin Idle/Runnin Generator Failed Active I Inactive Generator Plug Conn/Discorm Start Generator Active I Inactive Gray button on left turns it off,button on right turns it on All gray buttons on this display will cause other displays to appear when clicked on. These other displays are explained later in this section and are only mentioned here to inform operators what screens are accessible from this display. The small buttons located next to site names will call up STN screens; similar to the one shown in diagram 3.2.17, when clicked on. These screens are for administrative purposes mainly and needn't be displayed by operators. The small buttons beneath the Control Valves will display a new screen, like the one shown in diagram 3.2.8, which allows for individual pump control. The words to the immediate left of this button indicate which position the Host HOA control is in. The button located beneath the bottom most pump will display the STN screen for the pump station currently being viewed. If the operator clicks on the pump station title button at the top of the screen, then a Pump Station Start/Stop Setpoints screen, see diagram 3.2.4, is displayed. This screen allows operators to control pump sequence, Time of Use (TOU), and manage lead/lag setpoints. If a Chemical Addition Controls button is found on the screen then it will naturally display a screen that shows the status of the chemical pumps if clicked on. Some Pump Station displays have buttons found on the left or right-hand side of the screen that act as jump points, or links, to other Pump Station displays. In diagram 3.2.3 one sees such a button for Mountain Top PS on the right-hand side of the screen just above Mountain Top Reservoir. If an operator drags the cursor over any of the pumps then they will notice that a thin white dotted line appears around all of the pumps. This indicates that clicking inside this dotted line will bring up another display that contains pump runtime information. Diagram 3.2.7 is example of such. This method of accessing a new screen does not follow the standard gray button method established throughout the HMI and is the only exception to this rule. • Revision 1.1 Page to of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC.INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL Overview; flanu Prevloua -Cancel Alarms. La ani_�d La-nfl. _:=.ePrint��' ' Ria'slCanyon P.uinp�Statinn�Start7Sto reetpoffitss1�] - -- - ��Tx -� f4alrrmum Numhar O6Parap a]ls � kumder of Pumps In om -= Lead Pump - Lag Pump 1 Auto Pump Altarnet4on i LFg+P�p�1 FiK Pump Soryuenco �■ ' Lag Pump;3 Leq;Pump�4 _ Pamµ •uult taFt Stnµ mar Preeat ea-- -_-_-- ail f o lion 11mar PrnegF Fn ilmar}'rnsnt rs - Lead On __- i it n Stop me Prncnt rs Lead OIf © yI _ 11 n •rn me se Lag t Ong,_® 1 Yn hla f ou End'of Blue Tlmo Ol�lnna 171M1 Leg 1 Off � Ynl uw i End nl Ynlln�1�TlmQ}i llta nne 1700 ed • tnd of Rad flme�o;lJsa 2ona ZfIMI Lag 2 On _ +.� _.►- Lag 2 Olf ' End o[Yetlow ma Of Oc'te Zane 00 Leg 3 On--- I _ ur, on PFu�w L LFrmt µsf Lag 7 OH �: �- t Guunnl SFaga O rry Proerur lilgh Limn µsl _ ow u t an reaaFuo •q 1 Finar f'rraet sera Leg 4 On I R Lag 4 Off _I h� - 6lodky5taga Higfi rare r q PUISSUFa a I ma Praeei ea . _ 16 �p I� 2' •`_ ReeenFa�f;F]II 1;ry,aural Tnp Mlnuta Fnrnhay Ti�n Em�py 1 p oretlay tlaAdband � fLA � Mlnura ,Grp day�l�ocka'0 La'"iral 3:16'A A4fnuia OalmdlSaninryc I�koclaro _ Ucly Dares ffaa � Sava Send Data ® Refresh Data Diagram 3.2.4 Diagram 3.2.4 shows the pump station setpoint screen for Rios Canyon P.S. Each pump station will have its own screen like this. The control provided by this screen is most challenging to understand because it directly relates to the aspect of automatic pump station control, which is a new enhancement to the system. Once the screen is setup properly it needs very little tuning after that. Hence, it is incumbent upon system operators to familiarize themselves thoroughly with the nuances of this display before they attempt to make changes to it. Ill-considered settings can have serious detrimental effects on the system. The display can be broken into two halves essentially. On the left you have the TOU lead/lag settings and on the right you have everything else. The blue, yellow, and red zones correspond to the SDG&E off-peak, semi-peak, and on-peak periods respectively. Within each of these zones individual settings for pump start and stop levels can be entered. For each fillbay associated with the pump station there will be a column of settings, with the reservoir name at the top of the column. Settings need only be entered for the maximum number of pumps at the pump station, which in the case of Rios Canyon is three. The setpoints that get entered are sent to the PLC at the pump station for use in automatic operation. Assuming the pump station is in automatic operation, whenever the fillbay level falls below an "On" setpoint a pump call is issued and likewise when the water level exceeds the "Off' level setpoint the pump call is removed. Please note that event messages are printed out warning that pumps are operating in the yellow and red time of use zones. As the time of day progresses and pump operation moves from the Blue Zone to the Yellow Zone, for instance, an event message is printed documenting this fact and the Yellow Zone level setpoints now govern operation. Revision 1.1 Page I I of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCAOA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL Now lets dissect the right side of the display. At the top of the green section there are inputs for the maximum number of pumps to use and the number of pumps in the system. These two numbers need not be the same and at some pump station must not be the same. The number of pumps in the system merely states how many pumps are available to run (i.e. those that are not failed or down for repair). The maximum number of pumps to use puts a restriction on this and says, of the available pumps, this is the most I want to run together. Moving down a notch in the green section one comes to input fields for the lead and lag(s) pump order. It is safe to list all available pumps here in whatever order is deemed fitting. The options Auto Pump Alteration and Fix Pump Sequence will determine what effect the order of pumps you delineated will have. The Auto Pump Alteration option means that each time a pump cycle is begun a different pump is started first. For example, if on Monday pump I was started first then on Tuesday pump 2 will be started first. The program will continuously cycle through the list of pumps as it appears in the lead/lag field. Fix Pump Sequence is the converse of Auto Pump Alteration.With this mode set the pumps start in the same order every time. 'The next block of inputs establishes time limits for alarm conditions. Since all pumps are not created equal; the fail time limits don't have to be equal either. The settings are based mainly upon an operator's experience with the pumps at the pump station. Reasonable limits should be set so that nuisance alarms are not frequently generated but avoid setting them to high thus unnecessarily delaying actual alarms. Moving down to the next set of items one sees the time of use settings. The time at which each zone ends is shown but it cannot be changed on this screen. To make changes to the zone time structure one must access another screen, called the Time of Use— Period Settings, which is discussed next. To access this display click on the Menu button then select TOU listed at the bottom. The Enable TOU buttons and indicators are provided in ease the time of use settings for the yellow and/or red zones need to be overridden for some reason. Essentially what this does is it forces the PLC to ignore or obey the setpoints for a given zone. When the indicator light is red it means that the-TOU zone settings are in effect. Conversely, a green indicator means that the zone settings are not in force. The next sets of inputs are fairly self-explanatory. The Suction and Discharge pressures each have alarm setpoints and timers. If the actual pressure exceeds a given limit pressure for a period longer than the preset time limit,then an alarm is generated. The penultimate set of inputs in the green section may differ amongst pump stations. Pump stations that have multiple forebays will show an input field in this section just for fillbays. The reservoir to fill is determined by the operators from the list of choices to the right of this black box. By selecting a fill reservoir one is not specifying that just that reservoir be filled, instead one is simply using that reservoir's level data to control the pump station operation. The minutes value entered in the other input field is used by the pump station control logic to determine how long it can leave a running pump on when it looses its source of level data. For example, in the diagram above, if Rios Canyon Pump Station were to loose communication with Mountain Top Reservoir and the last known level of Mountain Top was 2 feet from the lead stop level setting, then the pump station would continue to run the lead pump for another 2 hours and then shut it off. This is because 60 minutes is entered which gets multiplied by the number of feet left to fill,which in the example is 2 feet, and thus 2 more hours of runtime are allotted. For pump stations that do not have multiple forebays there are inputs for Forebay Deadband and Forebay Lockout Level only. The Forebay To Empty input is not applicable in this case. The lockout level will cause a pump station lockout if the forebay Ievel drops below this setting. The deadband setting is an amount that the reservoir level must surpass the lockout level in order for the lockout alarm to clear. Unlike pressure lockouts forebay lockouts can clear themselves automatically. For pump stations that do have multiple forebays these inputs are found at the bottom of the green section. Additionally, an operator will decide which forebay level to use for Revision 1.1 Page 12 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL-WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL determining lockout alarms by selecting a forebay listed to the right of the black box. The deadband and lockout settings work the same as above. Next to these inputs is an option that allows the operators to select how the source of data the pump station uses is routed to the pump station. In Host mode the information coming from the reservoirs is sent to the Host computer which in turn routes it to the appropriate pump station. In the Peer mode this same reservoir information is routed through the radio repeater directly to the pump station. The Host computer is cut out of the loop in this mode. The Peer mode requires a special communication link in order to work correctly. In the middle of the display is an indicator that shows the current stage below which is a feature that allows an operator to modify the staging under certain circumstances. Diagram 3.2.5 will be used to explain how this feature works. LEAD .............................................................------------------ ................ LAG1 5 LAG2 4 10 a, 3 x c F 2 1 Diagram 3.2.5 Revision 1.1 - _ _-- Page 13 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL To help explain this feature we will start by creating a worst case scenario. Assume that the pump station is operating in automatic mode and the tank level has dropped rapidly causing 3 pumps to be called. The Current Stage value should read 3 at this point. When the level starts to rise it will soon go above the start level setpoint for the Lag 2 pump, into what is labeled zone I in the diagram. In this zone an operator can modify the staging in only one way. They can select 2 to be the stage number, which will turn off the Lag 2 pump. In zone 1 the only two choices for staging are 2 or 3. As the water level continues to.rise it will eventually go above the start level setpoint for the Lag 1 pump and move into what is labeled zone 2 in the diagram. The only acceptable stage modifications in this zone are 1 or 2. If three pumps are running when the level enters this zone, then an operator can turn off Lag 2; stage 2, or Lag 2 and Lag l; stage 1. The lead pump will remain running throughout this zone however. When the water level breaches the start level setpoint for the lead pump, entering into zone three, then an operator can change the staging to 0, 1, or 2. Selecting stage I or 2 will accomplish the same thing as before in zone 2. Now, however, the operator has the extra option of selecting stage 0, which will turn off all pumps. When the water level reaches zone 4 the Lag 2 pump will automatically shut off. Thus the only stage modifications that can be entered are 0 or 1. The control logic will want to run two pumps but the operators can choose to run just one pump or no pumps if they desire. Similarly, upon entering zone 5 the Lag 1 pump will shut off as the water level has exceeded its stop level setpoint. Now the only modification that an operator can make is to set the staging to 0. Directly below the stage feature are the Default Settings buttons. Once an operator has fine-tuned all of the settings on the display they should click on the Save button to make these settings the default values. If ever they need to restore the settings on this display, clicking on the Restore button will do so. Clicking on the Refresh Data button in the lower right-hand corner will cause an immediate read of the pump station PLC which sends back to the Host computer all of the values it has in its memory for all of the settings on this display. This is a good way to compare what is actually in the PLC with what you think is in there. Lastly, when an operator makes any changes to this screen those changes actually don't effect anything until the Send Data button is clicked on. This minor, yet crucial, detail is how all of the setpoint information inside the Host computer in central gets transferred to the PLC in the' field. The Last Command status is provided to assist in determining whether or not the information sent down to the PLC was received or not. The status will flash the word "Pend" immediately after the Send Data button is clicked on. If it changes to the word "Failed" a few seconds later, then the message was not received correctly by the pump station PLC. If the word "Sent"is shown,then the message was received properly. Revision 1.1 Page to of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL . OvarvlowF htana{gPreriaaa. --_CancerAlarm��.,; I.ogon.i',T logaR_. _ PrinterFri 0 111611999 r• . Time of Use-Period Settings �ReFre� 'sh�t'aE Se dLLData • Diagram 3.2.6 The pump station Time Of Use displays allow operators to change the TOU parameters that govern pump operation. Diagram 3.2.6 is an example of what the display looks like. This Time of Use structure is global, meaning that it applies to all pump stations. The only modifications an operator can make to this structure that will effect only one pump station are to disable the yellow or red zone as mentioned previously in the discussion of the Pump Station Start/Stop Setpoint screen. The screed is divided into three sections essentially. The top portion is a horizontal bar graph depicting the current time of use divisions. The blue, yellow and red zones correspond to the SDG&E schedule PA-T-1 off-peak, semi-peals, and on-peak periods respectively. The middle section is where operators can make changes to the current settings. The current settings are those shown on the right-hand side. The left-hand side is for inputting new values,but only in the white text fields. Cyan text fields cannot be changed. Holiday schedule exceptions are entered in the bottom portion. Days that don't follow the TOU scheme can be specified here so that pump operation is not restricted on these days. As it shows, up to sixteen days can be entered. The format for entering holidays is MMDD. For example, Christmas would be entered as 1225. Revision 1.1 Page 15 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL . ��vervlewj�Manu �Prmluw��Cancel��Alarm���4ogan �lagafF� Print ' � �" - g Diagram 3.2.7 Diagram 3.2.7 is an example of a Pump Station Pump Hours display. It has the standard Page Header on its top edge and shows runtime information for all of the pumps at a pump station. The four categories of information are current hour, current day, total and maintenance. The first three categories display the number of runtime hours and start counts for the respective time period. The last category is designed to ease pump maintenance scheduling and tracking. Maintenance personnel can input milestone setpoints that act as triggers for reporting events. The runtime limit and start count limit entered on this screen will be compared to the actual runtime hours and start counts. If either limit is exceeded then the next morning a report will indicate that maintenance is now due on a particular pump. The report referred to here is printed out using Microsoft Access, see section 3.5.1' for more details. Revision 1.1 Page 16 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL � �--.�11�Ia�n�ua1 � oft= �u�mp an�trol Host o� � Host Hand Host Auta end�DatLa Diagram 3.2.8 Diagram 3.2.8 is an example of a Manual Host Pump Control display. The kind of control • provided by these screens is essentially.like having a remote HOA switch at the central office. Operators can, by clicking on the appropriate button, turn off a running pump, turn on a stopped pump, or place a pump in automatic operation. Since this control originates at the Host computer the indication on the Pump Station graphic display reads "HOST OFF", "HOST AUTO" or "HOST HAND" as required. The position of the HOA switch at the actual pump station is indicated to the left of this text field,refer to diagram 3.2.3. For the PLC program to control pump operation automatically this control item must be in the "HOST AUTO"position. If this control is in the "HOST OFF"position then the pumps will not operate regardless of what level signals the pump station is receiving. The "HOST HAND" position causes an immediate command signal to be sent to the PLC telling it to start the pump. Exercise caution when using the Host Hand command, as it will cause the pump to run regardless of level setpoints. The pump can only be turned off by removing the Host Hand command or by placing the pump HOA at the pump station into the OFF position. • Revision l_t Page I7 of 56 February 2000 PADRE PAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC.INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL • --Overview- .;�,�Aenu =_Pravluua, Canrel �Alerm•�.=jlagnn.._ LagolF._ i_yPrinl ' :i f' lk+. Li ■ E , 133] e ■ GPM • GPM • GPM • • • 1 00 103.0 4 �615. 1 1 1 1 1 1 00 0.0 00 OD To yYhol■ssli�Iono NN 5 �H SN - Diagram 3.2.9 The Gravity Zone graphic display is a single display that shows the five reservoirs and five turnouts in the gravity zone, see diagram 3.2.9. As with the Pump Station Graphic displays the reservoirs and turnout placement is not intended to reflect actual physical locations. The display has the usual status block on the bottom, shows all pertinent information for each site and includes links to the Wholesale Zone display and additional turnouts. The status block indications are the same as those for the Pump Station display. The small buttons next to each site name are for calling up STN displays. Revision 1.1 Page I A of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL Oiieriiluur`. fAAunuPravinCancRl, Ala`rms } L'ogonuI.ngaR__ t==PrinT WHOLESALE • s sa Tt MAX. RiwMew W.D. TO ■ r ChmUs Prim Psi ol I: Psi ol I: Los Ci ■ - P 00 0.0 N.xe Pap.>aa GPM cfs 14 `4 T 21-4 ,%— SDC%VA SDICL Psi Psi iT4antu Turnout. 5 Diagram 3.2.10 The Wholesale Zone display, see diagram 3.2.10, is much like the Gravity Zone display. It shows all pertinent information for the turnouts, reservoir, and CWA connection. It to has links to other displays of turnouts and to El Capitan Pump Station as well. The small buttons next to each site name are for calling up STN displays just as one would expect. One unique aspect of this screen is that the booster pumps at Conn #6 can be controlled on this screen. Keep in mind that the start and stop buttons are password protected to guard against unauthorized operation of the pumps. Revision t.l Page i 9 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL-WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL .. .._... ■rim . IOvervl w witanr -C7-- 42,�Alarm.,r �Lagon- L`agoH� Pr t SImaon Dr.' Mountaln op ' iCtZGtatI1— . C12iSyatam ■ iStart Stop Start Stop. I .. ■ 11 Start Stop Stop Start Stop MMMMS MourrtalNILIP'-r-P titlon Diagram 3.2.1 l Diagram 3.2.11 depicts the Chemical Systems graphic-display. It is a relatively simple display that provides status information of the chemical pumps at Simeon Dr. and Mountain Top Pump Station. It also pen-nits pump control in the same way as the Conn #6 booster pumps mentioned previously. Revision 1.1 Page 20 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL eve - 0 -PM%�- 1 W=j6MN9j1020 W M1 jS.I.. Display• 10-0 R 1004. 98 "I l?0v,0T.Wj QT:W Ing-N-11 cl-19M,�21. Cursor.movement1wN Flita RGild:O _j Jam- 1l2vum.11 12so—M.0- M I_-n Currant Max Seale vilua Seale 50.00 11,90 11111.1111 11 ONIA:Commun:catm;Success%Field Ops • 40.00 99.00 COMM;Camm"n ca ne Success%Mission Crook SLS 50.110 97-00 110100 - 0 M:Communications Success%GFmimmuni Ran 50.00 TOO Is CO=Communications Suictes.%Station 73 50.110 UTD 115Z `4 COMM:Communications SUE %Palo Votda Pas 1110M ONM:Communication Success 50.00 1IN1,110 c an%Chocolate Summit Res • 5020 O'M 110.110 N COMM:Cmmunmtlons Success%Sewage Flow M9116F(A 50.00■ 99.00 110.M a COMM Communications Success%Main Adman n Bldg. Diagram 3.2.12 The trending display, see diagram 3.2.12, is the best troubleshooting tool available in FactoryLink. Being able to observe a parameter's changes over time is crucial in the early diagnosis of trouble. The trend screen has the capability to show the minute by minute variations of any analog point in the system for any time frame as far back as the previous one to two months. Furthermore, direct comparisons can be made by plotting two or more points together on the same graph. Since operators must configure the trends themselves they may be a bit overwhelmed at first by all of the choices involved. With a little practice however, trend setup will become a quick maneuver. The first step in configuring a trend display is to select the analog point(s) to view. To do this simply click on any one of the gray squares located in the white boundary found in the lower left-hand comer. As you can see, the gray squares are on top of colored rectangles. The color of the rectangle will be the color of the plotted line on the graph representing that point. Upon clicking on a gray square, a small window will appear that lists the types of analog values that can be plotted (e.g. flows, levels, or comm statistics to name a few). Click on the type of analog point you're interested in plotting and another window will appear that lists all of the points that belong in that category. Here is where you will select the individual point you wish to trend. Once you click on a point its name will be displayed to the right of the gray square that you started with. Also, default scale values will show up in the columns to the left of the gray square. A second or two after this a line is plotted on the graph which delineates the changes in value over time for the point. Revision 1.1 Page 21 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAI_WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL . Please note that after you select a point a black circle appears in the radio button corresponding to this point. This radio button will play an important part when adjusting the scale of the graph,which is the next step. To the left of the graph portion is a scale and next to it are a series of buttons that are used to manipulate the scale. The buttons are broken up into two halves-, the top six adjust the upper end of the scale while the bottom six adjust the lower end of the scale. The adjustments work the same for the top and the bottom. The default settings are shown in diagram 3.2.13 below. They can be changed by clicking on the button labeled Customize; however, the default values are usually the optimal settings. Moves the scale up 1 unit ,-T �— Moves the scale up 10 units 101 Moves the scale up 100 units �— Moves the scale down 100 units t. rz Il �— Moves the scale down 10 units 5� l" ; Moves the scale down 1 unit Diagram 3.2.13 The next step is to focus on a time frame that shows the data you're interested in viewing. This is accomplished by manipulating the buttons found near the lower left-hand corner of the graph. The button labeled Real-Time in diagram 3.2.12 is actually a toggle switch that alternates between two modes of operation; Real-time and Historical. The label that appears on the button is the mode that the graph will go into if the button were clicked on. So in the diagram the graph is in Historical mode. The reason there are two modes is that the Real-Time mode is fixed to the most current 12 hours. The user can not change this. In cases where the information that is sought after is more than 12 hours old one must switch to Historical mode, which then allows the operator to go back in time, albeit no more than one to two months in the past. The Grid Off button will remove or add grid to the graph. The lines are there to assist operators in reading values on the graph. The Zoom In and Zoom Out buttons only work in Historical mode. Clicking on Zoom 1n will cut the time frame of the graph in half whereas Zoom Out does just the opposite; it doubles the time frame of the graph. The Panning Controls, like the zoom buttons, only work in Historical mode. In a similar fashion as the scale controls they adjust the time frame of the graph in certain fixed increments. The outer two buttons will advanced or retard the time frame in one-minute intervals. The two buttons just inside of the outer ones will advanced or retard the time frame in ten-minute intervals. While the inner two buttons will advanced or retard the time frame in twenty-minute intervals. For extra convenience the Start Time of the graph can be manually adjusted, in Historical mode only,by entering a desired time. A cursor is available to help determine the value of a plotted point. To the left of the gray button used for selecting a point is a value that is determined by where the cursor intersects the Revision 1.1 Page 22 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL • plotted line on the graph. Moving the cursor around the graph will change this value accordingly. To move the cursor one can click on the Cursor Movements buttons or manually move the cursor line itself. The outer two Cursor Movement buttons will adjust the cursor left or right in one- minute increments. The inner two buttons will adjust the cursor line in ten-minute increments. The center button will reset the cursor line to the current time. The File Controls are for saving and recalling trends that operators might view frequently. Up to 10 trends can be saved on each of the master node computers. The buttons themselves are rather self-explanatory. The Open button retrieves saved trend files. The Save button will save the trend to disk. Likewise, the Save As button saves trends to disk but in a location that the operator can specify. If a saved trend is no longer required it can be deleted using the Delete button. When viewing a saved trend the file name of the trend will be displayed in the lower right-hand corner of the screen. • Revision 1.1 Page 23 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL ■ There are two kinds of reservoir summary screens. The one shown in diagram 3.2.14 is the Reservoir Totals Page that delineates each reservoirs current volume in text format. The table is self-explanatory as the column headings indicate ..what the values represent. At the bottom of the table is a system summary that.shows for each column the sum total of all the values in that column. Each morning this same information is available in an Access report. See section 3.51 for further details of this report. Overview 1 _�M-hw_a L_P[lwaw-- Cencal Alarms •�s Logon._: -lor goR -_ Prin9 : Mon 03,1161'IM 10:1528 Display 226 Ilse[Lagged In, Me Select Display 0 RESERVOIR TOTALS PAGE Current Level Maximum Cap. Current Cap. Current cap. Remaining Cap. Percent Full Ft Gal. Oat. AFt.'Fl Gal. 5; !� etcher Hills 16.2 lc-:4I;i2 1032431 3.17 511690 68.a0 Carlton Hlllo! .1.0 - 5ZC C _i7 -274360 -0.84 =4990 .6.44 cuvamaca 1 10.6 ; Zl-:�055 146t809 4.46 108.749 67.20 J Sunrise 15A _00D104 1306996 4A1 7Za408 64.37 Fanita. 7.3 '5252;3 428637 1.32 t1o9815 27.91 Grossmont Rx 2;11E,l-5 1826409 429 792745 67.22 Northcote 112 .675151 3N027 0.94 3T3823 44.96 Charier Price i 8.7 1 351S7o 4080T86 12.66 1t260719 28.85 Loa Cochea' 0.3 17,03F19B M79736 729 1401448 10.02 i J LakeYleW 93 I�'1F737 8666737 17.40 13051089 30.28 1 1310830m Valley 0.0 1ti84633 P 0 0.00 7994533 0.00 Mtn.Top 10.6 2ZB;E53 i BT8788 1.79 18070TO I 94.20 J La Cresta 00.2 1pl]1N554 868783 ; 2.97 ,138770 86.23 Crest West 0.1 1C07$5♦' , 2197 0.01 1006369 _ 0.22 crest East 12.7 1 IrVE24 .131221 1.00 8T8342 13.02 I Chocolate 18.0 3522E-tu 1957270 0.01 1p86299 66.68 Oak Creek 8.7 17 /32i 412903 1.27 690857 37.42 1J Gal 16E ;35�' N) 2273210 8.98 1228789 64.95 Alpine Hel hts I , 24i.3,710 1338846 4.11 1 1125004 64.33 J' Went Victoria I 11.6 231'310 978740 1 1832589 26.98 _Aldine P6clflc OA i3='i ]_ 0 - 0.00 1 1627803 0.00 Spanish Blt 18.1 1 2�02 51 1551288 4.76 i "13TZ 01.95 1�1 East Victoria I oA 1,30 ?il 9 1 0.00 t300781 0.00 Vle as Mtn oA '7C�1] 0 6.00 770049 1 0.00 r=! VIe as Mtn 02 0.6 :7°"' 80298 0.26 ;178448 31.03 Mesa Road 0.0 3cL G=] 0 0.00 stoog000 0.60 ' 14108ternlann 3.0 r;Br-i:1,n 90423E 2.78 SOM5704 15.07 SYSTEM TOTAL 28700276 68.36 B57341T2 25.14 Diagram 3.2.14 The second summary screen, referred to as the Reservoir Summary Page in diagram 3.2.15, provides most of the same information as the previous one with the obvious difference being that the tanks are represented in 3-D style graphics. Moreover, this screen breaks out the tanks by zone. This screen was created so that operators could "at a glance" get an idea of system water levels without having to carefully read lines of text and/or do any manual calculations. The gray buttons labeled with the reservoir name will bring up a graphics page where that reservoir is found. • Revision 1.1 _ Page 24 of 56 Febmary 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL • Ovanrlewj E1anu_= ;P,redoua� `CancerAlenne_�y ;:yLngonaLagoftPilntMon' ' ' • SUMMARY j �2n'd,Pegej Zone Wholesale `Cherlca�prlce�I�Loa:Cochae' _ Laknvlow�---.-,', Hort4 �Giwwnonl�l;t�laieam'Yalley;��AAaunt ■ e : 0.0 10.6 Zone Santee Gravity (2) HIIla�ej�Cttyamaco__ '.�rlotch�Hllls7_��Sunrlso�J'�Hlo'riarmaan ��Fanita�,j i Ll Ij i Diagram 3.2.15 Revision 1.1 Page 2+of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL ;Overview; $,,�danu? yP,revluusGncelfjj F7Nerma _„legnn- La9offM y€Piint' r - ciblPhly 1 PRESSURE7 REDUCTION STATION SI ■ E R - � � •SA i UPapi 2 PRS_i;r1J;n■ S Diagram 3.2.16 The Pressure Reduction Stations summary displays, see diagram 3.2.16, report data for all PRS sites. The upstream and downstream pressures along with the flow rate for each site is shown. The status block at the bottom of the screen is similar to that on the Pump Station graphics screen. Likewise, the gray buttons next to site names are for viewing STN displays. • Revision 1.1 Page 26 of 56� February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL �pyervlewjMenu�iFrevfnGncer' [Alermsy Logone L"oguR P,rintFri' r Sunirise Reservoir 11.4111 r 0.0 i 4111 ■ On r Hn R ■ 00 ■ 0 ■ U f ! ■ t 11.1111 ■ 11 IN, 0 11 INA S E3 III, ! ■ ® ■ ■ c ■ ! E • a ■ ■ 00. Oil i 1 ■ F ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ! ■ ■ • s ■ ! s s • C 13 ■ ■ ■ ¢ ■ ■ S'�klldc hip • ■ ■ VA." Ott Oft ■ ■ + ■ r • ■ ! ■ ■ a ■ ■ ! ■ • east Sc Diagram 3.2.17 The STN displays are ones that operators will probably not use much. They contain indicators for all the points monitored at a site. Every site has an STN display. Diagram 3.2.17, for example, shows every I/O point that is being monitored at Sunrise Reservoir. • Revision 1.1 � Page 27 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL ,�•, tam Overview tdenu Prevloua KCancel•p sAlerma Lagon -uff= Prfn1 Mon 03116M99910:2124 01spliry 4 227 . User Logged In: k1a Select Display 0 Zone Flows Data Display H_r�0.ecumulalor�;g_Curiin`t Flow Current Capa city- • -� - �-Q--'-=�� -_ Fxsxflesltaa-�s.a�. Zen•01 VI•Jaa Mountain ' a D i .f= 0 80298 - �.._ irk=ram. '•: Z_•"�on�°.02� Ea�a�4Ylcto� ri� 0 �=� �= 0 � _1�7948 - �Zone z n a w•:t►��wt1x o _ o wsoAe6so Zon•OD ChoaolateSummlt D _ __ 0 4233482 Zen-09 Oak Cn AMIIII 0 IMAM 41r e.29W LZij.—.03 1131oaaom Valley 0 0 0 Zane 00 ,[Mount nn Top 0 10 670708 Zon•OB t aCnata_Haight• 0 _ 1001472�� --Ter s ri Zo 00 Magnollalsummit . 0 1266 w9sum Zone 11 t Northcot• ® 0 73 306167 Zone 12 Groasmont 0 0 1024239 Zone 13 Lak•dde WL7 0 464 0 Zen•14 'Rlv_•rvl�w,WD 0 44T MINE= Zone 16 Santee Gvity 0 Z300 36D 112 ra Zone 19 Sant••R•covend 0 78 429211 Zone 17 Whol��al_• D 17466 12100045 Diagram 3.2.18 The Zone Flow Data Display is for viewing the zone totals. Diagram 3.2.18 shows how this is depicted. The zones are the same as those depicted in the Reservoir summary display, diagram 3.2.16. Revision 1.1 Page 26 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS 1 Mon 03J95fT999 10�4:55 UiH nyR 9!Iti Ilyal l.uggeel In: Mu Snlur111isplay 0 Disable Site Alarms 811:-Iamrn RTI I Run fun::.: all Flnnus RTU Run :;mrnu ��� I'nik L]Illy flld9 �..� U ❑ a Q a [� I:EmculMu tinu:u:it Yahm Vnull[� 4 f� a � � f�l Palk llllir.e IIUIq �] Q Q a � a � n:nula way I'HS a, Q d p a � a Mnuld way I'HS 4 2 � a p � .� a Wuudsi:lu n�u,ti[.ti [� ',l Q a ($ a � ht.lul:l Wny I'HS p:I [� a f� a •� a ]� Iliryh Iliac Wny tiLti Q a C{ C f a F31� n,nuld Wey I'HS p 1 f3 a Q Q FT!]j Peul,a Hes x P5 [] IJ (� a q O Ff7� 5uatny,ada Hd,F'kS U!I � f� a � D Il,:k fnn:k Ilra t� a ❑ a ❑ a 53I flidwny D,.I'Hti [J a p a ($ a R::nau:l Milk Rkra g a [� a f� a �31 Npiva Ifeighs Flns ❑ a ❑ a [� a jf�l]I Il,ussnlun,i'S ® O Q O f] a �� Wusl Vlumin Il,:a a 1's F3 a ❑ e_7 [� � �� f.n[114kll lHlls l{,:s �] C} [�, fJ [� a �, nlpllu:l'acillk:kus ❑ a ❑ C} f� a FBI nq:ikrkl rs It o C3 I a Nuunr.u[u PS [� ❑ �] Q Last Vinoria Hes E PS Q a ❑ Q [� a 1}�� 5untis::Itas [] a Q IS © � Vfujns phr Ilkn �] {! ❑ a Q a FII IIIutiIHrn:nu Hus ❑ a [ O p a [ Vir.lulin Ur.F'Itti ❑ f] ( a Q a �]:]� Cnuuu:.liun w1 ❑ a Q p Q a �� Spnuisl,liit lien [,� €) � C} {� a (•Tlj Slru uuu Ur.CI,L tiro p t� [] � Q d [�f Vle Illuqumms l'k5 ❑ a [� (� A Q Fill tinr:lna to a, C] a p O A a l63f EInlUisun I:enyun ud,r,eti R a L� l a `j]I tinnrua to a 2 G] a ❑ a [� a [�]� fnlluwny Vnllay rlra k❑ Q Q a (� p �� Snuluu 10 a a �;] O ❑ O ❑ a �� Nnl,hcu,a IGs � a [� a p a �Il SanUln lop 1 p a f� � Q � [� E:est Vlcruli4 Valru vault ❑ {) ❑ O f:� a f�i� I:Undun I'licc Hua ❑ a [� fl f3 a [']]� onk[:,.:r.k I'S Q a Q f� [$ Q i�j Snu,,:c 10 p 5 �] O ❑ a f� a [�]� field Ope,:,,iuns Q Q [x a ❑ � �}]� Iliv::rYik:w I11 p 1 ❑ a [] Q [3:]� Rliailuu Creuk SLS Q a ❑ O Q n f�]l Ilivk:winw soa'1 f3 a C3 a q a fi3f �'�� 1 nku+i:lu loh 1 Q a 0 � [� a �� 1„r,tis:uur:,Iluv ❑ a 13 a ❑ a kl7j Los Cuchus k s [ ,5 �{ Q Q a IY7� IAusn Hd.krs>G F'ti LS d d Q a kCl� LakktiiJu I U p 2 ❑ a [� a Q d �]� k�� l nkrrvinw Flea Q 4 [] O [.] f� Pnlu Vu:da F'Rti [& (tTt]j Gmlkuctinu c ri Gt O [] Q p Q 1� I:hu:elate Sununi,Hks p O C] a p � c�.11 l.ekk;sl,l:;l o y:l p O ❑ O Q a flif Suwellu Fluw Al::ler(P.IIS) 1k t} R a FII I:npilnu I'S ( C R Q Q C1 m ( C Hh:w�mn Vnlluy Etks R n Q Q Q p �i}] Hina(:ll yrl Hnnr:n dS [] +5 © Q ❑ Ci �I] Hiva I:nnyuu Pti [] a p kp a Le end t[{,]' R1u:::klain I elk I'S ❑ a ❑ a Fq a � rn Ln Grsln I;es fa a fJ O [� a nlauu Gnn:p[lisenlud CF3V Ln c::,;a,nws,s'+sti Gy a R C �{ Ip � nlarrn(,rnnp Ltlaide:l �7 Sneduw f.11u I'll1 Y 1 ❑ � f3 O ❑ a Diagram 3.2.19 shownThe screen diagram ' is used for enabling or disabling individual 1 / chooseRTU Running, or Comm the Legendindicatesredcircle means that the alarm categoryoffwhichprevents it from showing up in FactoryLink if it becomes active. Furthermore, this will also prevent SCADAlarrn from doing disabled in FactoryLinkno mechanism for SCADAlarm to /" 1 1 1 the alarms as appropriate1 each site. Revision I A Page 29of 56 February 2000 r- • Mon 031151199909:69:44 Rinpiny#!N,17 Cmum C.onnu klI1lIS Cnuu;; Ihu+Lugged In; Sulura Dispiny 0 f:7l ills C+anm Sih: SI,I Il,;ad�W;hu Slelus Crown ]ilc Ihs,.;l tlu;t Silo Slal Ilond'W+11e yl,nu I.om I Sllu Dusui;liuu wi-r,wia Ended 5xlx„1 I' w'w�� 1: ilnd Sulu'' nxt„rw w:wrw�x n�r,;rw w_w�w_w 0 ..- �,},Jt� -- ,e% O I.Am 47 C1.2 tits [rn 0 [ t�[_1 100% - 0 Shadow Mw I'SLS 41 - _ _ __ _0 1 ;7ry� '% Q 1-Bon Sl,rin�s YS __- 0 Lli_li 1 100•,6 O l� Pe;liLniryRlil;l 0 i_li;[-1 100% "O""`� fhn+:ulntxtiuo;mllYnlvuVe; _0 ui},fir 10D% 0 f3__I]ruunilnkrepur lildq 0 ;7ili_r ,-,6 Q � Ai III Wny I'S 0 i�h_)i_V 100"% O Pnrli Dlficn filii;l -0 li 7r } too,%q rj !Could Wny F'k5 p 1 0 _ i��j["Y 100% _Q_173 llr n.-I-I w,;y! p 7 0 L Vi 71_). --- '•% ON Wuudsidn Ave.SIS- 0 +_itJLl 96% O rj Amold Wny FIRS#3 0 ['-Il l,"t 100% 0 IIirII,Itise Wny SI S 0 100% O Arnula Wny NIS#4 96% Q j raui,a Res 3 f'S� 0 99% (5—r3 SoutW),i m10 lid.VWS 100% Q r] 04k Cm!k Hes 0 [')i7!1 99% 0 r3 klidwny D.,141S. 0 (_)i'y;- 100 X Q rj I'le[rhm Il HIS llus 0 1DO vL 0 n Alpiuo Ileiyhls Res 0 �"i�"7�i 96% O U frusti;nunl I'S 0 _Q West Vi;:tu;ia Iles a I'S 0 k=i,]i^I-- 'h - Q f r fmllns Hills Res 0 L�i_iI l .;% Q mpine I'ncifie Rus 98% O Q t:uy,nmca Res 81'S FRI 0 ,-1+-x) '% 0 1 Npinx PS 0 i_I;yJ 100''C _Q—�--k;irthr,mn PS— -0 LJI j %O r Last Victurle Hrs d I, 0 _I_I�-1i�1 100% O n tiwnlyu Re> 0 �_'),_)+�) 100% O F1 Vie ns flln Itr- jmi--.. 0 � !�1,-'> 100 b Q � 4Shs4c,mann Iics ,[ - 0 �- "; !t --,4 5 -" %_Q-- A—Viitwin 11r.S'RS 11i-1,� 100% O 1'mu;;aai;;;+41 31 0 -I;�� 100% 0 rj Spm1s1111111tcs 0 �ii�_!,j �1•% O��'�Sinranu Dr.C12'Sh.- �0 L�1'�}i=1 97'% Q M Via I)ie[luunns PIIS 100% 0 rj Snutee 10k 1 1.411 0 i-I�_r�1 -_100% O [] Il n;hiswr fnuyuYi Itd.PI!S '1001/. - O 'r] -Santee 002� 0 ��.J� k) 1D0% O r3 Gnlluway V,Iley Rub 4 i-7i ];^`�100% Q _ S,wu. 10N 3 7 0 ,'1�nY 99"G O Kuril-lu Ites _ 0 i 1,.j,�i 100% Q Snnluu TON 1— ,, 0 li_.i_7 1D0-% O � Easl Vlctu;ln Vnlve Vnull� 0 100 k Q f,j 01.11es P;icu Rus A 0 ;-h-`a�7 % 0 A Onk C+eek I'S 100 Sn114,1a W. 0 ;-i,-is-1 % O S'inld Slpe,,Sims 0 ,-_1�-1�:i 100 X. 0 rj Itir+nvixw IIl#1 0 ��� � ) 100% O Q l7iSiuu 4;;uuk SLSS 0 100 U. O rj Hivemiew 111 y'1 r I --- �4 0 ,�N-Ii-Y 100% O rA I nk-idu 10I 1 0 ,-)�}; ) 100% p rj G;trarnurrt Hes F:III 0 i >ii,=y 100% p��yl'nv Cnehtn Nux r -0 L,j,_7r) ,`% Oa Besa Hd,lies d—PS FBI 0 99% 0 rj I.ALL ide 10 N 1 o 1 1-1�; 100-'/. O - �I,akmvi�l.r Res ' -0 % -0— X '-"Pnlu Vuid+i ImI 0 ��)��i,�; 100% O I'nnnu+:liun u fi 1I 0 1'I,';f�Y too% 0 rI Cht+eulnlr,til;;;ppit Res 0 L_i+�}i`} too"�, O t.,kesiile Tl7 q 1— 0 L'Si-,-j % O r Snwn,ps III-lame,(A4lSj Kai 0 t-M-I,-I 97'L 0 f j I'I(:.pit-PS FBI 0 7-' 100% p kL.iu AdJmm IHdy. 0 ; }; I; i % O HI,i�SarnVnlley Ites u;vN)uy 1!rlltl servtlllu+l'L:ftiil l.t / 2 l�},'�;^y 89% _O [__Ili-(:nyu Itnru.11 NIS 0 L_i;"1�+7 100% d`( HiisCauyun PS wT_1 w 1 [j Re;n;,l Ruud Cunydele iPl) RC 0 98% O r _Mururtniu lop I'S _ 0 06 vi"im Wituouin 111:pxnl;;;41 �7 luililize CuuuuuuiueliunS in1 p i._ii_li_?- 100% 0 r I_.;Ciusla Res © 4 0 I.,Crest,Repedlu;p1 J3 110-I-Scau Puahled tKit 0 U'} 100% O rj Clem Kos 0 0 0 fu es wl Lluuulaiu Ilupxntet#:I Q Hed-Scnu Arlivu 0 t]; N-) 98 Q [1 Le Ctesta Rd,PL1S fwnv,En4k a (:ee,w Watt,in,) 95 % RIJ 0 I_I�_l,� 99-%_ O_Q_ Shndnw IAw I'ItS#1 � . 1 • , 1 1 1 � 111 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL 3.2.B Navigating Through Displays When FactoryLink first starts up a title screen is displayed that reads "Padre Dam Municipal Water District Water Delivery SCADA System". FactoryLink calls this display the splash screen. Ideally. the computers, and the application itself for that matter, should never have to be restarted; so most operators will never see this page. This notwithstanding a brief description of this screen is still warranted. The splash screen has only two navigation buttons on it to choose from; one labeled "System" and the other labeled "Continue". Water system operators should not use the "System" button. SCADA system developers should be the only ones using this button mainly because it grants access to all of the processes utilized by FactoryLink. Clicking on the "Continue"button will cause the overview display to appear. To view the extreme left or right hand sides of the map click on the appropriate SCROLL button, refer to diagram 3.2.1. From this screen an operator has two ways to get to site-specific screens. The most obvious is to click the gray button located next to the site they are interested in viewing. For pump stations and most tanks clicking this button will bring up a pump station graphic display. For tanks that are not directly associated with pump stations an appropriate graphic display of the Wholesale or Gravity Zone will appear. Along the top of the overview screen is an eight-button menu bar. This menu bar is found on virtually every display and serves as the master navigation method. Most of the buttons on this bar are self-explanatory and perform the same function on nearly every display. For instance, clicking on the"Overview"button causes the overview screen to be displayed. Likewise, clicking on the"Alarms"button causes the Alarm Summary to appear. The "Logon" and "Logoff' buttons are for security and allow authorized users access to . the system. Anyone can view data on the screens without logging on to the system. However, they are prevented from making any system changes. A more detailed discussion of security can be found in section 3.2.E. Just as a rule of thumb, when an operator is finished using the computer they should click on the "Logoff' button to prevent anyone from coming in after them and making unauthorized changes to the system. The "Print"button's sole function is to print the currently viewed display. When printing screens make sure that your computer's default printer is the one you want to print to. Normally the LaserJet is the default printer with portrait mode selected as the page format. Most screens will look better, however, if printed on the DeskJet printer in landscape mode. Because most screens have a black background extensive use of the DeskJet printer will rapidly consume ink cartridges. The "Cancel" button is designed to replace the current display with a natural return screen. By natural return screen we mean a standard default screen based on the current display type. For example, for Pump Station Start/Stop Setpoint and Pump Station Pump Hours displays the natural return is the respective pump station graphic display. For pump station and other graphic displays (e.g. tank summary, gravity zone, and wholesale zone) this button will act like a previous button and return the operator to the screen shown previously. The reason for this is that some screens just don't have a sensible natural return so the previous screen is substituted instead. The "Previous" button will replace the current display with the one that was shown just before it; hence the name previous. The computer keeps tracks of the order displays are viewed so that an operator can view the previous.screen up to 100 times in succession. There is no comparable means to go fonvard through the screens that have already been viewed. The "Menu" button is the alternate and preferred means to view site-specific screens from the overview display. Clicking on this button will cause a listing, shown in diagram 3.2.21, of pump stations and other site categories to appear. This list is not the same for all displays. The reason for this is that the screen displays are grouped into four categories. The list that is Revision L I Page 31 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL displayed when "Menu" is clicked depends on what category the current display belongs in. Generally, the list will contain all similar displays as the one that is currently being viewed which allows for better "horizontal" navigation. For example, clicking on "Menu" while viewing a Pump Station Pump Hours display will bring up the menu shown in diagram 3.2.22 which lets you choose other Pump Station Pump Hours displays. Similarly, Pump Station Start/Stop Setpoint screens have the menu shown in diagram 3.2.23 and STN screens have the menu shown in diagram 3.2.24. To view a specific display simply click on the site name you're interested in. Main Menu. •° - P.ump Stations Misc. Stations Fanita Chemical Controls [3rossmont Communications i Northcate PRS Stations EI CapitaIn Pump Statlan Summary Rios Canyon Reservoir Summary Reservoir Totals I Mountain Tap S tee 0 a ty Zone Flinn Springs Sewage E.ift Sta. j Arnold Way Trending West Victar!a Wholesale Zone East Victoria Zones Creek f Mesa Road Magnolia Eancel All Alpine Diagram 3.2.21 Revision 1.1 Page 32 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL Pump�Stations - Fani#a c3rossmont No Cote El - apitan Rfos Canyon Mountain Top Flinn Spring Arnold Way West Victoria East Vlctorla Oak Creek Mesa Road Magnolia Alpine Misc. Stations Pump Sta. Sum Page 1 Pump Sta. Sum Page 2 Pump s#a. Sum Page 3 PRS Status Page 1 PRS. Status Page 2 Reservoir Totals Simeon ... CL2 SDCWA-PDMWD Conn #6 Sewage Lif# Stations Cancel Ali Diagram 3.2.22 Revision 1.1 Page 33 of 56 Febmary 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC.INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL ! eTS Uses -Me'nu= 1 : .. ._ - Pumps tlbnns vFanitax__- _ rossmont Nar#h Cotei AEI=Capstan Rios=Canyon= Mountain Top - Flinn spring �ArnofdtWay West Victoria , it, iatoria Oak=Creek 94 MesaiRoad Magnolia Alpine TUU Settings i TO U Ca e� All v • Diagram 3.2.23 St'atlan Menu - Psrma Stations .Reaervolr.5tatione iPreaeure Statfa_m I Miat ens Fanita t Fletcher-Hllla La Create Rd ; Lake MCt2 Btatlon Oro$smont i Sunrise Shadow Mtn#1 P,ark Entry 6ullding ' North Cote 8loasom Yalley &hadowMtn 412 ®Ondskeeper.Bullding EI Capltan La Create Arnold Way#1 Park ompa"Widing Rice Canyon Crest Arnold Way 02 ~Connection#4 - -am nta-in Top Alpine H*11111 Arnold Way ra Simeon or Ci2 9tadoh Flinn Spring Alp ins_PaaMo Arnold Way ei I Rlos Canyon Ranah M8 Arnold Way YleJas Mtn. South Grade Rd r Sewage flow Mater =West:Victerfe No Cote Midway prlve Maln Admin.Bullding -Heat YlctsRa Mesa Road Yletorla Cr Connactlo`n-go Cak Creek Chocolate Summit Yla Clsguenoe -Choc.Summit-V..Y. € Mesa Road Gravel Harbison WnyonRd EastYletorlaM.Y. Magnolia Charles Price Palo Verde i FIe1tl Operatiohe Alpine LoiCoahes 7ur out Sn one .,Sewer.L•IRStadans J: lakevil - 8antae 0t BWoodside Ave. _ Lreek sBalttee iu2 _Htgh tilss.Wayy_ CaHmn Hills I BaMee p3 -;Mission_Creek - Spanleh s i<OallowaTy v Valley =craaamotit— _ _ Ti Riverview R1 aKIVOI ak4sideu2 akwo Diagram 3.2.24 Revision 1.I . Page 34 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL.WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL • You'll notice on the bottom of each menu a button labeled "All". Clicking on this button will cause the menu shown in diagram 3.2.25 to appear. This is a comprehensive menu that lists all sites by category and the various screens that contain information pertaining to them. The number of associated screens a site has increases with its complexity. The buttons with a number inside them will open the STN display for that site. The button with a letter "P" on it will open the Pump Station Pump Hours display. The button with an "S" on it will open up the Pump Station Start/Stop Setpoint screen. The button with a "G" on it will open up the graphics display for that particular site. ;Overview - R1enu Pr ui j cancel ;Alarm■ Lognn i Logoft Arint Wed02MO199911:152:47 DisplayM� ' Salaq Dlspley CWA Cunnurllons ___,Pump StatlOas,� _ Alhcellasenus StnGau. �[F'anEfa Ras 8 P_S �'� - �I - . -9. i Grncsmnnt PS noellon 6 fi Lo , Perk Entry Bldg f �I0Ilyamac Ras A_p = 111 11 j5j II -- - [GiTandaka0psr pld�� 5 C Norlhceio PS :16 _ Perk t]Hlco Bldg J I gpltyn P� G P 35 I %t- 0n P.CLI C.___ e Bldg Rios Canyon PS P 30 i Turnouts _ Rim Canyon Ranch MS 3 ;I[�AynPl16 T0g_P3� 9 [Santa'_n TR N 1� =� r`CBac Sun;mll Vahre Viyl� Flinn Sprin&e.PS I 5anian TO B 2� East Vlctorle Yilre Vault I�Arnald Way.P$____-���JG P 7'i [Saban T03 fflG23 6BWedVlotarla Rea A PS 55 ] Santda r0 p 4 G f r Main Admin Bldg. J�_ 1fact Victoria Ras d P 5 Rivnrv_lnw TOM 1 -- [Rhoninw-00-N.2� G :Moss Rd.Rae A PS y - �! Lakoddo TO if 1 j� Sewer Litt Stations J !CL4ke>lde 7D-p.7__�_ 3 i 1ptrtnda(p Aw;SLS I Reservoirs ( - Lakeside TO M 3 S1 Hlgh Poise Way SLS_ 9 �OaY Cragk Am_ !1 [f4isdan C{aah S15--- _ - __j Sewage Flaw Motor(ADS) ' Fletchar Hllh Rea 12 (I �arhanttllhtiRris�� l G lJ • Sundsa Ras Presure Redualon Swims Ch�nilea Piro Res �1 La Cresrn Rd.PRS— G113 i _ C-- - -- la`s(acRei Res 3B +I Shadow Mm PAS M 1 G 32 �5hsduw_AhnPRSAnnoldWayPRS F 1� G La Cresta Res ' .PASJ.2 __� GIArnold Way FRS AAlpine Hs-ghts Ras f -Arnold VV-W PRS N j-_�lSau Rods Rd.PRS ffF-Miawny.PrPRS- _`-I G Vlo as qtn Rea II Vlctnda Br.PRS � Rog;_5pq�khNI1Rea aDln on-_RS Galloway VallOy Res 6 '[ul- nit----P --�G 6 Herhls0a l e S-fid,PRS[PeIdVR[daPRS_ GrOr�smont Rea r i Echoc l ogte 9un 75 1n1h E;� G 1] Diagram 3.2.25 3.2.0 Alarm Indications Alarms in the SCADA system are reported in various ways. The means by which the system will notify operators of an alarm condition include visual messages on the computer screens, audible beeps from the computers, and after-hours dial up notification. The master computers actually manage all alarms. A caveat to keep in mind is that when a master computer is first started it has to wait 3 minutes before it will process and display alarms. The reason for this is because of some internal timing issues. Revision S.l Pagt! 35 of 56 February 2000 PADFRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC.INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL • When alarms are first reported to the master nodes they will cause an alarm message of some kind to appear on the Alarm Summary screen, see diagram 3.2.26. Simultaneously an alarm message will print out on the alarm printer. The next section discusses how to read the alarm print outs. The on-screen message will flash repeatedly until an operator acknowledges it. Moreover, the computers will beep incessantly until this acknowledgment is made. Once an operator acknowledges the alarm the beeping will stop but the message will remain on the screen until the condition in the field is rectified. Once the abnormal condition in the field is corrected then the alarm message will disappear. If the anomalous condition in the field is corrected before an operator acknowledges the alarm then the on-screen alarm indication will disappear at the time the acknowledgement is made. To acknowledge an active alarm the operator must click the "Acknowledge Alarms" button located on the bottom of the Alarm Summary screen. Keep in mind that an operator must first log in before they can view the Alarm Summary screen. Alternatively, if an operator is responding to a call from SCADAlarm then an acknowledgement made in SCADAlarm will also acknowledge the alarm in FactoryLink. See section 3.3.A for details about how SCADAlarm works. •-•----s.a..—^—^---�---m-�.-»:-.-.� Fn`04f12l1499't�-05:T9„'p_ gyervlerw plenu ;PrnvEous i Canul 4lnnn��� �Logon�! LP-ogoff Ptint h111� [her Lagged In. Me-Select pkpl a Padre Dam Alarm summary PAC Move Selected Alarm Scroll Display A 02J12199 14:04:50 Alarm:Blossom Valley Reservoir RTU Program Not Running I: l 02112/99 14:04:49 Alarm:Blossom Valley Reservoir Reservoir Hi-Value 32.0 i 02112/99 14:04:49 Alarm:Blossom Valley Reservoir Reservoir Mimi-Value 32.0 02/12199 14:04:10_ Alarm:Connection#4b RTU Program Not Running 1 62112199 14:04:15 Alarm:Northcote Res RTU Program Not Running 102112199 14:04:15 Alarm:Northcote Res Reservoir Lo-Value 0.0 4 02/12190 14:04:15 Alarm:Harbison Canyon Rd.PRO RTU Program Not Running 02112199 14:04:15 Alarm:Via Dleguenos PRO.RTU Program Not Running 02112199 14:04:15 Alarm:W.Vlcotorla Res/PO#9 RTU Program Not Running 02112/90 14:04:15 Alarm:W.Vicotoria Res1PS#9 Reservoir Level Lo-Value 0.0 02112199 14:04:15 Alarm:Alpine Heights Reservoir RTU Program Not Running 02112109 14:04:15 Alarm:Alpine Heights Reservoir Reservoir Lo-Value 0.0 0211 2199 14:04:15 Alarm:Midway Dr.PRO RTU Program Not Running I' 02/12199 14:04:15 Alarm:Southgrade Rd.PRS RTU Program Not Running 02112/99 14:04:14 Alarm:Arnold Way PRO#4 RTU Program Not Running ` 02/12/00 14:04:14 Alarm:Arnold Way Pits#3 RTU Program Not Running 02/12199 14:04:14 Alarm;Arnold Way PRS#2 RTU Program Not Running 02J12199 14:04:14 Alarm:Arnold Way PRO#1 RTU Program Not Running 02112/99 14:04:14 Alarm:Flinn Springs PS#3 RTU Program Not Running 021121gg 14:04:14 Alarm:Flinn Springs PS#3 Suction Pressure Lo-Value 0.0 02112/06 14:04:14 Alarm:Crest Res RTU Program Not Running 02112199 14:04:14 Alarm:Crest Res Reservoir#1 Lo-Value 0.0 02/12/99 14:04:14 Alarm:La Cresta Res RTU Program Not Running 02112199 14:04:14 Alarm:La Cresta Res Reservoir Lo-Value 0.0 Move Selected Alarm —_ Acknowledge Alarms Scroll Display r Diagram 3.2.26 The actual on-screen alarm message may vary depending on what the condition is and on what screen the operator is viewing. When there is a comm fail at a site, for example, all status information will turn magenta on the pump station graphics pages. The status words like running, on, and inactive will become magenta, as will all of the analog values. This same alarm viewed on the STN screen will appear as a text message consisting of white letters on a magenta background that reads "Communications Failure". There are copious alarm indications possible in Revision 1.1 Page 36 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL . the HMI, most of which have already been touched on. The system is constructed so that alarms are annunciated and/or presented as conspicuously as possible. Therefore, operators should not have to worry about missing alarms. 3.2.D How to Read Alarm Printouts The Okidata line printer is employed as an alarm log printer. It keeps a continuous record of all alarms and events that transpire. Both of the master nodes send information to this printer; thus two messages are printed for each alarm/event that is received. This notwithstanding, the database server logs all alarm and event information as well. The database server uses Microsoft Access to generate alarm and/or event reports. Refer to section 3.5 for further details about this type of report. The alarm printer is perhaps the most accessible repository of alarm information but it is not meant to be the cornerstone of alarm/event archiving. That job belongs to the database server. It is the Districts prerogative to decide whether the paper print out is kept on file or not. The format of the printed alarm log is shown below in diagram 3.2.27. Column 1. shows the date of the particular alarm and column 2 shows the time that the alarm or event occurred. Column 3 indicates which computer printed the line of text; PRI for the primary master node and BAK for the backup master node. Column 4 specifies the nature of the alarm or event. New Ifor when an alarm is first detected, Ack for when an operator acknowledges the alarm, Rtn for when the alarm condition is cleared in the field, and Event if the reported condition is not an alarm. Column 5 displays the tagname of the alarmievent. Column 6 is a brief English description of the alarm/event. Column 7 specifies which operator acknowledged the alarm. • 1 2 � 4 5 6 7 Ol/N/99 09-36-00 BA ��New.. RTU_g5PStet V. Vittorio Res/Ps Ps R 9 RTU Progr o.+ Not Running O3 /20/99 09'3610! BAK AC- R1U_55PStot w_ Vittorio Res/PS It RTU Progron trot Runn:ng Ack ioy, Me 0:/20/99 09;36;45 PRl --Rtn-- RTU-52-C-ol So4thyrade Rd_ PRS Cormon-cations reiiu,e Diagram 3.2.27 3.2.E Security Naturally, there are certain security features built into the SCADA System that prevent unauthorized persons from tampering with the system. Every access point into the computer system must be considered a viable means for a hacker to gain entry and cause havoc. In this vein REI has attempted to block easy access at each one of these points. The four cornerstones of security are WindowsNT logon security, FactoryLink logon security, SCADAlarm password protection, and dial up access password protection. FactoryLink logon security is fairly simple. To logon to the system simply click on the "LOGON" button on the main menu bar. A Security Login Dialog window will appear that has spaces for operators to enter their unique User'Name and Password. Each operator has their own username and password assigned by the System Administrator. Once logged in operators have access to higher level functions. These functions include, but are'not limited to, making alarm setpoint changes, altering TOC; periods, acknowledging alarms, and managing pump sequencing. An event is printed on the alarm printer that records the time and name of the operator that logs . on. Operators are automatically logged off after 30 minutes of inactivity. This happens without warning and without notification. The reason for this is so that after an operator leaves a Revision 1.1 Page 37 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL • workstation without logging off first no one can come in after them and make changes to the system. If an operator still requires use of higher level functions after half an hour has elapsed, then they will have to logon again. The operator will be prompted by the computer to reenter their user name and password when they try to access any higher level functions if this is the case. PCAnywhere is a very powerful application that lets users take full control of the machine that they dial into. A person cannot connect to one of the master nodes via PCAnywhere unless they have it on their machine as well. Due to the potential threat therefore, PCAnywhere requires a user name and password upon link up to one of the master nodes. It is configured to automatically supply the user's name and password after dialing in so that operators will not have to concern themselves with this step each time they connect remotely. SCADAIarm is not really a means of gaining access to one of the computers in that if someone calls SCADAIarm they cannot alter other programs that are running nor do they have the ability to access the hard drive on said machine. In this regard SCADAIarm is a stand-alone program. Even though it doesn't really need it, SCADAIarm does require a username and password nonetheless. The reason for this is so that non-district personnel will not acknowledge alarms that may be potentially dangerous if not investigated immediately. Further details about SCADAIarm can be found in the next section. 3.3 SUPPORTING SOFTWARE 3.3.A SCADAIarm SCADAIarm is a third party program providing telephonic alarm dialing and real-time • alarm notification. The program is installed on the two master nodes only and it uses a dedicated modem and phone line. It establishes a communication link with FactoryLink and monitors certain status words for changes in value, which signify alarms. In simple terms, when an alarm remains active for more than a user prescribed time limit without being acknowledged in FactoryLink. SCADAIarm is then directed to dial up the duty person and notify them that something is amiss. Each operator may specify whether the notification will be sent to a residential phone, numeric pager, alphanumeric pager, or some combination of the three. After being notified the duty person is then responsible for acknowledging the alarm and executing appropriate corrective measures. Alarm acknowledgement can take place in SCADAIarm over the phone or in FactoryLink on the Alarm Summary screen. Depending on how the System Administrator structures SCADAlarrn certain alarm conditions may cause repeat dial outs if the abnormal condition is not alleviated in the field. SCADAIarm is the major piece of a whole alarm notification process. To ensure that this process works correctly one must first define exactly how it is to function. This is done using Microsoft Access. The System Administrator will be responsible for completing the setup but operators need to be aware of how things are configured so that they don't get caught off guard or receive unwelcome surprises. There are two forms in the CommDefs.mdb that control how SCADAIarm works. Diagram 3.3.1 is the Alarm Groups form. This form controls how SCADAIarm treats incoming alarms. As can be seen on the form there are 6 alarm groups (more groups may be added if desired). These groups can be individually setup thus affording better alarm management. The first concern for each alarm group is whether to send repeat calls when the abnormal field condition is not corrected within a reasonable time frame. What this means is that if something goes wrong in the field then SCADAIarm will repeatedly call the duty operator at a . set frequency until the situation is rectified. If repeat calls are desired for a certain group then the Alarm Type should be set to Reissue. The only other setting for Alarm Type is Direct which naturally does not send repeat call outs. Next, consideration must be given to what times during Revision 1.1 Page 38 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL • the day SCADAlarm should call personnel. There are separate schedules for weekdays and weekends. The times are entered in military style. The start and end times dictate when SCADAlarm can call. For instance, in the diagram SCADAlarm can only call duty personnel for active GeneralAlarms between the hours of 1630 and 0700 on weekdays. Entering a start time of 0 and an end time of 2359 means that it is permissible to call at any time throughout the entire day. The Reissue column is for specifying the frequency that SCADAlarm will call personnel when ReIssue is selected for Alarm Type. The number entered will cause a delay of that many minutes. The last column, titled Delay, establishes the maximum amount of time FactoryLink waits for an alarm acknowledgement before triggering SCADAlarm. A suitable choice for this delay is 5 minutes. Hence, operators in the control room have up to 5 minutes to acknowledge incoming alarms or else risk triggering SCADAlarm. °f t7 Ix - _ =e ms:a Wa6kday 3�FJe-kend ' — Gp,Group_f3escription -_ Ala rMIII F GroupEnableTag_-` : ' Start Endue Start EndkReissue Delay `►i 1. General Alarms Direct R JjGroupiEn 1 330 700 9:1 r5 >. F7 ICcnm Fail - _ f3elsaue t= Group2En _ 1630! 700 I V 2359F_ 30f� _ �3 Program Off : Direct Group3En — ; 1630` 700.� 2359 I I ' Intrusion ' Direct s- GrouWn 163Q_ 700: 0 2359 r-- 01E5 5 Test Direct D,SC1 t; Group5En t630 700 0. 2359 0 I F-3 Fq 6 ITes1 Reissue Rclssue r? Group6En 1 1630 FTQ f 772359: 3 f 4�= - - wk ^ooid:�ti E49 �- Ert'►i ►r�of:6 E MIJ Diagram 3.3.1 The second form used for configuring the alarm notification process is the Dialer Alarms form, shown in diagram 3.3.2. Essentially this form is a laundry list, albeit a user changeable one, which lists every alarm SCADAlarm is monitoring. Details about how to add or subtract alarms from this list are covered in greater depth in the Configuration Manual. Revision 1.1 Page 39 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL ----- -- ------ --- - - --------- =® 1 ❑ •X • Alar'mFig AlarmDascriptEan ='4�Gro�upRTUt,' AAH02130 ; Cl2 Residual Hi AAHD2130_sa 1 2'-�;''. AAH10130 ; Cl2 Residual Hi Level AAH10130 sa E AH 2130 Fi 1;fkrt�l0�xhf -- --- - --- ---- - - - -� � �---'Yhf� -. AAH12130 I Cl2 Residual Hi Level A _sa 1t 12 AAH1313D `!IC12 Residual Hi Level f AAH13130 sa _ 1: 13 F4 { " AAH15130 i Cl2 Residual Hi Level i AAH1513D_sa �1 15_ ` -'- AAH16130 Cl2 Residual Hi Level r A4H16130_sa E. 1 i 16. `� A4H17130 — ICI2ResidualHiLevel -E.AAH17130_sa J61� 1 ' AAH2O130 ; C!2 Residual Hi Leve! 1 AAH2O130_sa = 1 1 20. _ AAH35130 C12 Residual Hi Level E AAW35t 30 sa 1 35., f,. AAH36130 j 137esidual Hi Level AAH36130 sa- iFF1 36,;•' AAH38131 u-Cl2 Residual Hi Level AAH38131 sa - _ I 1 38: AAH40130 — CI Residual Hi Level �:AAH40130 sa 11 40 AAH41130 Cl2 Residual Hi Level _ =AAH41130_sa --3 -- 111 411i/ BuJdDefinitioria �. Close Form ry WNINII1 r►_I►I �w of_iB30 s> .- -_- __ -; Diagram 3.3.2 • Probably the most interaction an operator will have with SCADAIarm is setting it up to call them when they have duty and then answering the phone if it ever does call them. Both steps are fairly easy to learn and with practice will become second nature. Duty personnel are responsible for ensuring that they are configured in SCADAlarm as the first person to call in case of alarm. Operators can do this in the following way. 1) Click on the SCADAlarm icon on the bottom task bar. This reopens the already running program and places it on top of the other applications. You should see the following main menu bar for SCADAlarm. E 4ccess NOR r If no one is logged into SCADAlarm then the words Maintenance and Con ftguration will be "grayed out" as in the example above. (While grayed out clicking on these «-ords wrill do nothing.) If this is the case then go to step 2 otherwise go to step 3. 2) Logon to SCADAlarm by clicking on the word Access in the upper left-hand corner of the main menu bar. Then click on Login in the drop down menu. The following window appears. • Revision 1.l Page 40 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL INU -NUOI : Operator 1 RD02: Operator 2 -A !H Highlight your name by clicking on it and then hit Select. (If your name is not on the list. then see your System Administrator.) A password window will appear; see example below. Please entet yuui PIN Numbeg Enter your PIN number and click Ok. All menu items on the main menu bar should now be active. Revision 1.1 Page 41 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL • 3) Click on the Maintenance option and then select the On-Call Group List. The following window will appear. - ------ - - - - - — ------------— - -- . Primaryd 1d�Ctpup; E F.gRo_yq It no one is on call in another group,this group will be called. Group Operators not In Group i! Lei � fteratars in Group <1 mbmj 8001: Operator 1 1 4002: Operator2 I . FF • I S�njeni trap,IElarr .....—� - s Set Calling Preferences j=on 4) See the SCADAlarm User's ;Manual, section 4.3.3 for details about how to use the On-Call Group List Editor. The order in which names appear in the Operators in Group list is the order in which the auto-dialer will call people to notify them of an alarm. Therefore the duty person should ensure that their name is at the top of the list. The Set Calling Preferences option allows an operator to change the phone numbers that SCA.DAIarm will call to notify him/her or they can change the order of the phone numbers for his/her particular configuration. SCADAlarm is a menu driven system. When an operator answers a phone call from the auto-dialer they will hear a pre-recorded voice message explaining the available options. The operator must then push a number to advance to the active alarm list for instance. The auto-dialer will play pre-recorded messages that state which site(s) have an alarm and what the actual alarm is. After listening to the message(s) the operator is given a chance to enter the number '9' to acknowledge the alarm. Doing so not only resets SCADAIarm, it also acknowledges the alarm in FactorvLink. The last message to be heard will say that the alarm has been acknowledge, then SCADAlarm will say "Goodbye"and hang up. Revision 1.1 Page 42 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL If SCADAtarm is configured to notify a person via numeric pager then the pager will display a specific phone number. This number is the one an operator must call to connect to SCADAlarm. If a person calls in, then they will hear the same menu system as described above. Acknowledging alarms works the same in this case as well. If the type of pager being used is alpha numeric, then a specific message may be displayed that says in plain text what the alarm is. This option requires much more configuration effort and is discussed in the SCADAlarm User's Manual. 3AB WebClient FactoryLink ECS WebClient gives users the capability to remotely monitor and control IactoryLink applications using the Microsoft Internet Explorer browser. Using Internet standard technology, application information is communicated across internet or intranet connections, allowing either full-control bi-directional connections or secure view-only connections. Operators will mainly use this application for remotely logging into the system with a laptop computer to view the system status and/or acknowledge alarms. Padre Dam Municipal Water District has purchased 5 licenses for WebClient, which means that only five remote connections can be active at a time.There is no limit to the number of computers that can have WebClient installed on them but only 5 can connect to the system at any given time. Once WebClient is installed and configured on a client machine, you must use Internet Explorer to load the startup page for your Factoryl-ink application. After double clicking on the desktop icon for Microsoft Internet Explorer the default window for FactoryLink WebClient will be shown, see diagram 3.3.3 below. On the left-hand side of this window you wit] see listed the . server name and port number of one of the two the master nodes. The default setting is for server A. To connect to this machine simply click on the button labeled "connect". (To connect to server 13 change the settings for name of server to read"padreserverb".)FactoryLink starts automatically and will show the overview screen after loading all application processes is complete. Revision 1.1 Page 43 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL i h l _ po�rcrn�dlhkc,'Ncb=1Gn:,'e�rndc�i'__H I�tL�ntYcic�t h:R Padre Dall:n Municipal Water District t=F Fijctgr rLlnl,`-ECS.WebCllenl - z '�_ ,. -a� � 41& :f s -V R Note r Name Of Server _ 11 € � pad reserver ti - Port to Connect to: boss ' 4 _ ._ _ F wa a14�'+�yi�tY' ��I� � irl '�-1TE!R4M��f�a� �• .12 lot Diagram 3.3.3 3.3.0 PCAnywhere Despite the fact that WebClient can be used to connect remotely to the SCADA system, it is not the preferred way to do so. PCAnywhere is the recommended tool for remotely accessing the SCADA system primarily because it has a faster data transfer rate than WebClient. This application is actually quite powerful because it gives the user full control over the computer that they are remotely connected to. For instance, while someone is connected to a master node using PCAnywhere an operator in the control room will see the mouse cursor move around the screen on its own. To establish a remote connection an operator starts by double clicking on the PCAnywhere desktop icon and then double clicking on the Remote Connect icon in the PCAnywhere application window. The application is password protected but it is configured to automatically supply the user's password after dialing in so that operators will not have to concern themselves with this step each time they connect remotely. To assist in troubleshooting computer problems REI may at times remotely take control of a master node. In so doing REI can see what is actually happening on a machine without • having to physically be on site. REI will strive to notify operations personnel prior to connecting Revision l.l Page 44 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL • with PCAnywhere so as not to disturb any district personnel who may be using the master nodes, and also to warn people not to use the machine while troubleshooting efforts are in progress. 3.4 EXPLANATION OF ARCHIVING DATA The database server machine has a backup tape drive unit installed in it for the purpose of regularly archiving data. The archiving process is automated so that the system administrator won't be bothered by it. However, the system administrator will have to change out the tapes when they are full. Revision 1.1 Page 4-5 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL 3.5 Explanation of Reports 3.5.A How to Use Reports As mentioned earlier, one computer is functioning as a database server. This machine uses Oracle software to manage the constant stream of incoming data. However. when operators desire to look at some parcel of data they will do so through a customized Microsoft Access program. This section will highlight what information is available using this program and describe some of the reports that operators can view or print. It is expected that operators will not need to use the Report Manager on a daily basis, but being familiar with its contents and capabilities will go a long way towards better system operation. The PDMNVD—Reporting Manager is the one user interface operators will manipulate to view or print reports. To access the report manager just click on the button labeled Reports on the Overview screen. The report manager interface has five tabs that each control specific types of data. Ix r PDMWD - REPORTING MANAGER _ Hourly 51atstic8 Selected Pump Statistics !Pump Operations ;;Summer Ra orts ;Alarms and Events - Point Selection ` Sort --- Lake#7 Cl2 Station Station Flaw :FT 0 21.20 C' Sort By Station. Fanita RES &PS j Station Flaw FT_10120 dr Fletcher Hill Res Station Flow 'FT 12120 . 07 Sort By Point Type: Grossmont PS Station Flow 1 FT_13120 Sort By Station Type Magnolia PS /Cuyamaca Re Station Flow 1 FT_15120 � f _ Magnolia PS 1 Cuyamaca Re Station Bimeter Flow FT_15121 _ Norkhcote PS 1 Station Flow FT_16120 =Fleport Period — I iew�Report T ;--- Print Report C Daily Summary !' Weekly Summary I Start Time ;Erid T� ime _ 1j 17- Monthly Summary Current Period i Previous Period t' Annual Summary i � I " Selected Ta v ;� Diagram 3.5.1 In diagram 3.5.1 the Hourly Statistics tab is highlighted. This form allows operators to select specific points, or tags as they may sometimes be called, and-view their values over a given time frame at certain intervals. The points (tags)that this form pertains to are all the analog points in the system (e.g. flows, levels, and pressures). This form contains different sorting methods, different reporting periods, and user selectable values for start time, end time and selected tag. To use this form first start by selecting the sort method. Only one method can be chosen at a time. The black dot indicates which method is selected. Next choose a report period. Again • only one can be chosen. From the Point Selection list choose the point you're interested in viewing by clicking on it. This point should now appear in the Selected Tag field. Now you must Revision I.t Page 46 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL.WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL • specify the start time and end times. You can do this by manually typing these values into the appropriate fields or you can click on the current or previous options. If you select current period, then you will get the most recent complete report period of the type you selected (e.g. if it's the 4"' of June and you want to see the monthly summary for flow data from Conn ±`6, then the current period will be 1 _May to 31 May). Lastly, you have the choice of whether-to print the report or to look at the report on the screen. The Preview Report and Print Report buttons are for this purpose. "31.F F - +EP0U!I!N: o N, Houur ;Stall"sties Selected Pu p y FP_ump.Operations:aSummary Reparts,� Alarm"sand-Events == Grossmont PS 'Pump 1 - Grossmont PS Pump 2 - _- __ - Grossmont PS Pump 3 - --_ Northcote PS Pump 1 >Lr Northcote PS Pump 2 s<iiif Northcote PS Pump3 r;v _ - - �Prey 'Reportr�-- iei - Prn=Re - _ _ -__= Rn StaitTim'e� - End.Time - -4 - - _ �+�.bi-fit._ _-- L- ........... urientmP_ario x Prar+icusPeii�od Diagram 3.5.2 The Selected Pump Statistics form, shown in diagram 3.5.2, generates reports that show start counts and runtime information for individual pumps over certain intervals. It also includes maintenance information that could be used to estimate when a pump will be due for maintenance. Using the form is easy. Simply select the pump that interests you and then specify a time period. You then can print the report or view it on the screen. Revision 1.1 Page,:?of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL NOW!j PDMD - REPORTING MANAGER Hourly Statistics 'Selected Pump Statistics Pump Operations Summary Reports Alarms and Events 3 Report Selection---------- --- Select Source Database= ] C4 Pump Operation Summary Conip_1 j Current Pump Maintenance Status i i Conip_2 -- Preview Report Print Report i Skart Time End Time t - - Current Period Previous Period Diagram 3.5.3 • The Pump Operations form shown in diagram 3.5.3 provides two different kinds of reports. The Pump Operation Summary report will list the complete chronological event history for all of the pumps in the system. It focuses on ON/OFF events only. The Current Pump Maintenance Status report shows much the same information as the Selected Pump Statistics reports only in a condensed format. All of the pumps are listed on this report. The data source is also selectable via the Select Source Database radio buttons. Revision 1.1 Page 48 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL PDMWD - REPORTING MANAGER . Hourly? !Selecked Pump Statistics _ mp Pu Qperations� Summary Reports I Alarms and Events �4 Flow Summary I FT Level Summary LT f Volume VL If Zone Usage 1ZN i i 1 .,k.. :,.:.a' i i r '. . J F Report Period -- — Preview Report Print Report Cji Daily Summary Weekly Summary Starl Time End Time 0 Monthly Summary '- Current Period Previous Period Annual Susnmasy Diagram 3.5.4 • Diagram 3.5.4 shows the Summary Reports tab. Its purpose is to show a consolidated summary report for all points in a given category (e.g. all flows throughout the system) for a desired time frame. This form is rather simple requiring few user inputs. As with the other forms an operator most select the Report Period, Start Time and End Time. Choosing a point type is done by clicking on the desired type. As always operators can view the report on the screen or send it to a printer. Revision 1.1 Page 49 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL PDMWD - REPORTING MANAGE-RI Hourly Statistics I Selected Pump Statistics ;Pump Operations] Summary Re orts` Alarms and Events Report Filter &- All 0 Alarms ,-selectSourceDatabase— C Events l Comp 1 Setpoint Changes Comp 2 C,J Alarm Limit Changes [ —Preview Report F- Print Report Start Time 1.End'Time J Current Period I Previous Period Diagram 3.5.5 The last tab, Alarms and Events, is shown in diagram 3.5.5. This report generator essentially mimics the alarm printer with the added benefit that it allows an operator to concentrate on certain categories of information.(e.g. alarms only). Selecting a report filter other that "All" means that the computer will cull through all of the data from the start time to the stop time looking only for items that match the filter category. It will create a report of just those items it finds. This type of report is useful when troubleshooting problems. • Revision 1.1 Page 5o of 56 February 2000 PADRE OAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL • 3.6 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE 3.6.A Computers: „ P,ROBLEVI_a'� S0-UTIOS 1. The computers have locked up and don't fespond Try pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE two times. If to keystrokes. this does nothing, then push the reset button on the front of the CPU. 2. When I print something it goes to the wrong Change the default printer in the Settings options. printer.. 3.6.B Printers: PROBLEM § 30LUTI©N 3AC Moderns: _ MHHNRWP.96BLEM Revision 1.1 Page 51 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL • 3.7 Glossary Button A button is a graphical symbol that represents and emulates a physical button. It is the most common pick point used. DDE Dynamic Data Exchange. Digital Input(DI)I Digital Output (DO) Analog Input (AI)1 Analog Output (AO) These terms are used to define electrical signals connected to a PLC. Digital signals represent on/off values. Analog signals represent points that vary over a range (such as a level or a pump speed command). Highlight The term Highlight is used to indicate the operation of positioning the mouse cursor over a pick point. It may also describe how an operator interface shows special conditions. Host 1 Master • Term used to describe the computer system in control of the SCADA network. In particular, the master computers are responsible for scanning the PI-Cs and logging data to the historical database. Only two computers may be designated the host or master and only one of these at any one time. HMI Human Machine Interface. The operator interface most commonly seen on computer screens but not limited to this medium. Network Local Area Network(LAN) A network is a set of computers connected together. In some cases, the network refers to the physical medium that is used for the connection. In others, it refers to the set of computers. The network provides the ability to transfer information from any computer in the set to another computer. Mouse 1 Mouse Cursor The mouse is a device used to point to items on an operator display. The mouse cursor is a symbol that represents the location of the mouse. Operator Interface (01) The Operator Interface is the mechanism that provides information in a graphical and numeric manner to operators. The interface also provides operators the Revision 1.1 Page 52 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL ability to modify the behavior or characteristics of the system including adjusting setpoints, acknowledging alarm conditions and starting or stopping equipment. The operator interface does not normally make control decisions without operator intervention. Pick Point A pick point is a location on an operator interface that is used to initiate an action. The user highlights the pick point and selects the pick point either by clicking the mouse or by pressing the enter key to initiate the action. Programmable Logic Controller(PLC) A PLC is the intelligence of an RTU. The PLC reads the electrical equivalent of the status at a station, makes the information available to the host and executes logic in order to make control decisions. Radio Repeater(Repeater) Transmitter This term may be used in two contexts. In one, a transmitter is a device that reads a physical quantity and converts it to an electrical signal whose signal strength is proportional to the physical value. An example would be a level transmitter that converts the level to a signal that ranges from 4-20 ma. The second context relates to radios. A transmitter sends radio signals. Remote Terminal Unit (RTU) Term used to describe the controller and associated equipment located at a physical station that reads local status information and controls equipment based on commands from the host and/or control strategy parameters and the local station conditions. The RTU includes a PLC, Radio, power system and electrical interface devices that translate physical conditions into electrical equivalents for connection to the PLC. SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition. Select The term select is used to indicate the operation of positioning the mouse cursor over a pick point and clicking the mouse to initiate the action. TOU(Time of Use) Concerns the way SDG&E charges commercial customers for power consumption. Customers are charged substantially more for consuming power during designated peak times. Togname Tagname is the term used to indicate the name given to a status point or control point within an operator interface. Revision 1.1 Page 53 of 56 February 2000 PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT ROCKWELL ELECTRIC,INC. SCADA SYSTEM SUPPLIER OPERATIONS MANUAL Time-out The term time-out is used when a device has determined that an expected event has not occurred. In most cases, it indicates that an expected reply to a message has been lost and a retry must be attempted. Revision 1.1 Page_54 of 56 February 2000 E<<Er,r� Huntington Beach Water SCADA System Technical enng_ t �I 0 yc�4p Oapti� ' Appendix D — Sample Factory Acceptance Test Procedure Page 18 • ROCKWELL ELECTRIC , INC ORANGE COUNTY SANITATION DISTRICT CHEMICAL FACILITY MODIFICATIONS JOB NO. P1-46-2 FACTORY DE @G%fi ATION TEST PROCEDURE SUBMITTAL FDT-1 & FDT-2 SPECIFICATION 68-54�11-5402 Prime Contractor. SS MECHANICAL CORP. 17631 Metzler Lane Huntington Beach, CA 92647 ORANGE COUNTY SANITATION DISTRICT CHEMICAL FACILITY :MODIFICATIONS JOB NO. P1-46-2 & PRIMARY INFLUENT CHEMICAL FLOW PACING JOB NO. J-53 FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST SUBMITTAL TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION DESCRIPTION 1 FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST SAMPLE AGENDA 2 FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST TEST PROCEDURE 3 FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST FORMS REMOTE I/O PANEL 17GFCP003 4 FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST PERSONNEL SIGN-IN SHEET i FAT Proposal Gcneric.doc 06-i01 i2000 ORANGE COUNTY SANITATION DISTRICT CHEMICAL FACILITY MODIFICATIONS JOB NO. P1-46-2 & PRIMARY INFLUENT CHEMICAL FLOW PACING JOB NO. J-53 FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST SUBMITTAL SECTION 1 FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST SAMPLE AGENDA FAT Proposal Gcncric_doc 0610112000 ORANGE COUNTY SANITATION DISTRICT CHEMICAL FACILITY MODIFICATIONS JOB NO. P1-46-2 & PRIMARY INFLtiENT CHEMICAL FLOW PACING JOB NO. J-53 FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST SUBMITTAL i FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST SAMPLE AGENDA L' Introduction/ Sign-in 2. Review System Layout Diagrams 3. Remote I/O Panel Review 4. Remote I/O Panels: • Introduction to hardware • Quantum Remote I/O system overview • Remote I/O System Testing overview 5. Test Equipment Overview • Modicon External PLC and Remote I;`O Head System • I/O Signal Monitoring Using Taylor Programming Software . 6. Pass out FDT packages 7. Review Factory Checklist for each panel 8. Hardware I/O Test 9. Conduct Factory Test per Checklist for each Panel 10. Questions and Comments I I. Complete and sign FDT reports 12. Adjourn FAT Proposal Gener;c.doc 06-01 2000 ORANGE COUNTY SANITATION DISTRICT CHEMICAL FACILITY MODIFICATIONS JOB NO. P1-46-2 & PRIMARY INFLUENT CHEMICAL FLOW PACING JOB NO. J-53 FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST SUBMITTAL SECTION 2 FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST TEST PROCEDURE FAT Proposal Gencric.doc 06:0112000 ORANGE COUNTY SANITATION DISTRICT CHEMICAL FACILITY MODIFICATIONS JOB NO. P1-46-2 & PRIMARY INFLUENT CHEMICAL FLOW PACING JOB NO. 3-53 FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST SUBMITTAL i FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST TEST PROCEDURE This document describes the procedures to be performed during the Factory Demonstration Test (FDT) performed to test the Remote I/O Panels provided by Rockwell Electric. This document provides general procedures to be executed. The appropriate Factory Test Reports shall be filled in and signed during testing. The purpose of the Factory Demonstration Test (FDT) is to verify the operation of the system as required by the contract documents. To satisfy the requirements for the equipment provided, this includes verification of all internal physical equipment including lights, indicators and switches. As the entire system will not be available during the test of individual components (i.e., field instruments and PLC systems) certain areas (e.g., analog loops) can only be tested with analog simulators. Each Remote I/O panel shall be tested with power applied to the panel. The remote I/O inputs and outputs shall be simulated at the panel field wiring terminal blocks. A configured test PLC/Remote I/O Head system will be connected to each of the Remote 1/0 processors, in order to allow checking of all the simulated field analog I/O using the Taylor Programming software. The test shall be based on an input/output point by point bases by referencing the applicable 1/0 List for each of the Remote I/O panels. Testing will verify the following items: NOTE The appropriate Factory Demonstration Test Reports shall be filled in during testing. Factory Demonstration Test Reports will be provided with each panel tested. 1. Power distribution • Verification that all elements of the system are properly powered from the demarcation points within the enclosures. • Verification that each element may be powered down and restarted without operator intervention. 2. Physical Identification of Elements • Verification that all elements on and within a panel are properly identified. This includes enclosure inspection, nameplates, wire color codes, wire numbers, and other visual inspections. Approved Electrical and Mechanical drawings previously submitted shall be used to execute this step. . 3. Remote I/O Interface • Each input and output point for the Remote 1/0 shall be verified for electrical and logical f-AT Proposal Gener±c.doc 06%Ol'2000 ORANGE COUNTY SANITATION DISTRICT CHEMICAL FACILITY MODIFICATIONS JOB NO. P1-46-2 & PRIMARY INFLUENT CHEMICAL FLOWN PACING JOB NO. J-53 FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST SUBMITTAL connection. The I/O list for the Remote 1/0 and/or approved electrical drawings previously submitted shall be used to execute this step. • Each discrete input point shall be jumpered at the panel demarcation and the state shall be changed. Verification shall consist of a visual indication on the I/O card. • Each discrete output shall be tested by connecting a meter to the enclosure demarcation point and jumpering power to the relay. The change in state shall be verified by the meter. • Each analog Input signal shall be tested using a simulator at the point of demarcation. The test PLC/Remote I/O Head system shall be used to show a change in the reading. Signals shall be input at 0, 25% 50% 75% and 100%. • Each analog output shall be verified by connecting a current meter to the demarcation point within each enclosure. The values shall be modified using the test PLC/Remote I/O Head system. • If any point is wired entirely within the enclosure (i.e. a switch, push-button or light), the appropriate device shall be used for verification. 4. Programming • All loops associated with the Remote I/O shall be tested during the FDT to the extent described in paragraph 3 for analog signals. Complete testing of loops cannot be • completed until the system is fully integrated. Any deficiencies found during testing shall be rectified prior to shipping. Upon successful completion of the FDT, the equipment shall be delivered to the Staging Site at Plant 1. (2) certified copies of the Factory Test Reports shall be provided along with a list of any comments or additional procedures. The original test documents will be kept on file at Rockwell Electric. FAT'Proposal Generic.doc OWO1 i2000 ORANGE COUNTY SANITATION DISTRICT CHEMICAL FACILITY MODIFICATIONS JOB NO. P1-46-2 & PRIMARY INFLUENT CHEMICAL FLOW PACING JOB NO. J-53 FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST SUBMITTAL SECTION 3 FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST FORMS REMOTE IIO PANEL 17GFCP003 FAT Proposal Generic doe 06!01i2000 ORANGE COUNTY SANITATION DISTRICT CHEMICAL FACILITY MODIFICATIONS JOB NO. PI-46-2 & PRIMARY INFLUENT CHEMICAL FLOW PACING JOB NO. J-53 FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST SUBMITTAL FACTORY PANEL TEST CHECKLIST REPORT FOR: 17GFCP003 TEST NO. The following checklist is to be utilized for documenting completion of the required panel inspections and tests. Following are the system hardware and software inspections and tests to be performed: TEST DESCRIPTION COMMENTS CHECKED Visually inspect nameplates, tags, and other engraving. Visually inspect wire sizes, wire numbering, and color-coding. Visually inspect for proper wiring practices and grounding. Visually inspect enclosure finish and color Visually inspect for general neatness and appearance. Verify that all elements in the system are properly powered from the demarcation points within the enclosure. Verify that each element may be powered down and restarted without operator intervention. Check all Remote 110 if applicable. Utilize the 1/0 checklist for this procedure. Signature - Rockwell Electric, Inc. Representative Date Signature— Owner/Owner's Representative Date FAT ProposaI'Generic.doc 06 .2000 ORANGE COUNTY SANITATION DISTRICT CHEMICAL FACILITY MODIFICATIONS JOB NO. P1-46-2 & PRIMARY INFLUENT CHEMICAL FLOW PACING JOB NO. J-53 FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST SUBMITTAL i FACTORY PANEL TEST WIRING REPORT FOR: 17GFCP003 TEST NO. The panel wiring has been tested to the construction drawings supplied. Rockwell Electric, Inc. has verified that all panel wiring associated with this panel has been checked. Signature - Rockwell Electric, Inc. Representative Date Signature—Owner/Owner's Representative Date • FAT Proposal Generic.doc 06;0112000 ORANGE COUNTY SANITATION DISTRICT CHEMICAL FACILITY MODIFICATIONS JOB NO. P1-46-2 & PRIMARY INFLUENT CHEMICAL FLOW PACING JOB NO. J-53 FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST SUBMITTAL PRE-OPERATIONAL., INITIAL STARTUP, AND OPERATIONAL TEST CORRECTIONS FOR 17GFCP003 ITEM MODIFICATIONS OR CORRECTIONS CORRECTIVE ACTION TAKEN Rockwell Electric, Inc. has verified that the corrective actions listed above have been completed. Signature - Rockwell Electric, Inc. Representative Date Signature— Owner/Owner's Representative Date FAT Proposal Generic.doc 06:01,12000 ORANGE COUNTY SANITATION DISTRICT CHEMICAL FACILITY MODIFICATIONS JOB NO. P1-46-2 & PRIMARY INFLUENT CHEMICAL FLOW PACING JOB NO. J-53 FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST SUBMITTAL PRE-OPERATIONAL, INITIAL STARTUP, AND OPERATIONAL TEST CORRECTIONS FOR 17GFCP003 ITEM MODIFICATIONS OR CORRECTIONS CORRECTIVE ACTION TAKEN-. • Rockwell Electric, Inc. has verified that the corrective actions listed above have been completed. Signature - Rockwell Electric, Inc. Representative Date Signature — Owner/Owner's Representative Date PAT Proposal Generic.doc 06 01 2000 ORANGE COUNTY SANITATION DISTRICT CHEMICAL FACILITY MODIFICATIONS JOB NO. PI-46-2 & PRIMARY INFLUENT CHEMICAL FLOW PACING JOB NO. J-53 FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST SUBMITTAL SECTION 7 FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST PERSONNEL SIGN-IN SHEET FAT Proposal Generic.doc OC GI:'2GGG ORANGE COUNTY SANITATION DISTRICT CHEMICAL FACILITY MODIFICATIONS JOB NO. P1-46-2 & PRIMARY INFLUENT CHEMICAL FLOW PACING JOB NO. J-53 FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST SUBMITTAL • FACTORY DEMONSTRATION TEST PERSONNEL SIGN-IN SHEET NUMBER NUMBER NAA-11,, CON'll'ANY ADDRESS PHONE FAX FAT Proposal Generic doe06,101/2000 11b I/O Loop Test -Job No. PI-46-2 SS Mechanical Corp. Chemical I�acility Modifications Orange County Sanitation District Jon No.1'1-46-2 Drop Loop No .StatelRange' Slot 1 Pt Hdxr Signal Date DateNo Field Device No 1/0 Description Units T.B.- Tl /T21 73 OK OK Comments RE►Tested WhYnessed 17GFCP003 D3R1 12F-HS-510R DO EAST RAS BLEACH OFF T133-1-03 03 01 12FCON510 12FPMP510 RUN CNTRL 1 201 202 D3R1 12F-HS-520R DO STDBY RAS BLEACH OFF TB3-1-03 03 02 12FCON520 12FPMP520 RUN CNTRL 3 203 204 D3R1 12F-HS-530R DO WEST RAS BLEACH —OFF T133-1.03 03 03 12FC6N530 12FPMP530 RUN CNTRL 5 205 206 D3R1 17C-HS-020R DO PLANT WATER BLEACH OFF T133-1-03- 03 04 - 17CCON020 17CPMP020 RUN CNTRL 7 207 208 D3R1 17C-HS-030R DO PLANT WATER STDBY OFF TB3-1-03 03 05 BLEACH -- 17CCON030 170PMP030 RUN CNTRL 11 211 212 - - - - - - - - ------ ---- --- D3131 17G-YA-003 DO LEVEL ALARM PANEL NO HORN T133-1-03 03 06 i 17GYA003 HORN ENERGIZE 13 213 214 D3R1 HS-540ERD DO BLFACH BACKUP PUMP NOT EAST T133-1-03 03 08 i 17GMOV540 TO EAST RAS DISCHARGE 17 217 218 LINE D3R1 HS-540WRD DO BLEACH BACKUP PUMP NOT WEST TB3.1.03 03 09 176MOV540 TO WEST RAS DISCHARGE 21 221 222 LINE D3Ri 17G-YAL-003 DO LEVEL ALARM PANEL NO ALARM T133-1-03 03- 10 L 1 17GYL003 TANK 1 ALARM LIGHT 23 223 224 ENERGIZE D3R1 17G-YAL-011 DO TANK LEVEL ALARM PANEL NO ALARM T133-1-03 03 11 4 l 17GYL011 TANK 2 ALARM LIGHT 25 225 226 ENERGIZE D3R1 12FPMP510-A DI EAST RAS BLEACH ALARM T133-1-04- 04 01 12FXS510 12FPMP510 ALARM 1 111 101 Thursday,June 01,2000 Page I of 4 i • i Drop Loap Na__ Sta_telRange Slat/Pt Hdwr Signal _D_ate Date No Field Device Na 110 Description Units T.B. Tl 1721 73 OK OK Comments RI:I Tested R'ittnessed 17GFCPOa3 D3R1 12F-HS-510A DI EAST RAS BLEACH NOT T133-1-04 . 04 02 i r REMOTE — 12FHS510 12FPMP510 IN REMOTE 3 112 101 D3R1 12FPMP510-R DI EAST RAS BLEACH NOT T63.1.04 04 03 — RUNNING - - 12FYS510 12FPMP510 RUNNING 5 113 102 - - - - ----------------------••------- - -------------- - -------- D3R1 12FPMP520-R DI STDBY RAS BLEACH NOT TB3-1-04 04 04 J RUNNING 12FYS520 12FPMP520 RUNNING 7 114 102 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ----------- - - - - - - - - D3R1 12FPMP520-A DI STDBY RAS BLEACH ALARM T83-1-04 04 05 I� 12FXS520 12FPMP520 ALARM 11 115 103 D3R1 12F-HS-520A DI STDBY RAS BLEACH NOT T83.1-04 04 06 I REMOTE 12FHS520 12FPMP520 IN REMOTE 13 116 103 - - - ----------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - D3R1 12FPMP530-A DI WEST RAS BLEACH ALARM TB3-1-04- 04 07 u I� 12FXS530 12FPMP530 ALARM 15 117 104 - - --------- --------- •------------------- ------- D3R1 12F-HS-530A DI WEST RAS BLEACH NOT TB3-1-04 04 08 n REMOTE 12FHS530 12FPMP530 IN REMOTE 17 118 104 --------------- ------- - - -.._....... ... - - - 03R1 12FPMP530-R DI WEST RAS BLEACH NOT TB3-1-04 04 09 -� RUNNING 12FYS530 12FPMP530 RUNNING 21 119 105 - - -------------- - ------- D3R1 17CPMP020-R DI PLANT WATER BLEACH NOT TB3-1-04 04 10 RUNNING 17CYS020 17CPMP020 RUNNING 23 120 105 D3R1 17CPMP020-A DI PLANT WATER BLEACH ALARM TB3.1-04 04 11 I I I] 17CXS020 17CPMP020 ALARM 25 121 106 - - - - - ------- - - - _ ._ . D3R1 17C-HS-020A DI PLANT WATER BLEACH NOT T133-1-04 04 12 V I I] REMOTE 17CHS020 17CPMP020 IN REMOTE 27 122 106 D3R1 17CPMP030-R DI PLANT WATER STDBY NOT TB3-1-04 04 13 BLEACH RUNNING 17CYS030 17CPMP030 RUNNING 31 123 107 Thursday,June 01,2000 Page 2 of 4 • • \� Drop _Loop No SlatelR_a_ng Slot l P1 Hdwr Signal _Date _ _Date No Field Device No 110 Description Units T-B. T1 1 T 2/T3 OK OK Comments RF_! Te.sled 4Villnessed 17GFc D3R1 170PMP030-A DI PLANT WATER STDBY ALARM TB3.1.04 04 14 1- BLEACH 17CXS030 17CPMP030 ALARM 33 124 107 D3R1 17C-HS-030A DI PLANT WATER STDBY NOT TB3-1-04 04 15 F BLEACH REMOTE 17CHS030 17CPMP030 IN REMOTE 35 125 108 D3R1 12F-HS-540EP DI STDBY RAS BLEACH NOT TB3-1-04 04 16 SELECTD 124S540 MTR PUMP SELECTED FOR 37 126 108 EAST PIPELINE D3R1 12F-HS- DI STDBY RAS BLEACH NOT TB3-1-05 05 01 ( I , 540WP SELECTD 124S5 00 MTR PUMP SELECTED FOR 1 111 101 WEST PIPELINE D3R1 17G-LSH-005 DI BLEACH STATN CHEMICAL J LEVEL TB3-1-05 05 02 SUMP NORML 17GL7SH005 HIGH LEVEL 3 112 101 D3111 17G-HS-003 DI TANK 001 LEVEL ALARM NOT TB3-1-05 05 04 PANEL SILENCE 17GHS003 HORN SILENCE 7 114 102 D3R1 17G-HS-011 DI TANK 010 LEVEL ALARM NOT TB3-1-05 05 05 PANEL SILENCE 17GHS011 HORN SILENCE 11 115 103 D3Ri 12F-ZSC-562 DI BLEACH FEEDTQ EAST NOT TB3-i•05 05 06 CLOSED 12FZSC562 RAS DISCHARGE SHUTOFF 13 116 103 VALVE CLOSED D3R1 12F-ZSC-552 DI BLEACH FEED TO WEST NOT TB3-1-05 05 07 CLOSED 12FZSC552 RAS DISCHARGE SHUTOFF 15 117 104 VALVE CLOSED D3Ri 17C-ZSC-042 DF BLEACH.FEED TQ PLANT NOT TB3-1-05 05 06 CLOSED 17CZSCO42 WATER SHUTOFF:VAVLE 17 118 104 CLOSED D3R1 CRP1 Di DC POWER SUPPLY 1 NOT TB3-i-05 05 09 i J ENERGIZED NIA MONITOR RELAY 21 119 105 Thursday,June 01,2000 Page 3 of 4 Drop Loop No_ 51ate1Range _Slot 1 P[_ Hdwr Signal _Dale_ Date No Field Device No IIO Description Unite TB. TT 1 T21 T3 OK OK Comments RGI Tested Winness_ed 17GFCP003 D3R1 CRP2 DI DC POWER SUPPLY 2 NOT TB3-1-05 05 10 ENERGIZED N/A MONITOR RELAY 23 120 105 Thursday,June 01,2000 Page 4 of 4 IIO Loop Test - Job No. Pl-46-2 .SS Mechanical Corp. n Chemical Facility Modifications V Orange County Sanitation District Job No.P146-2 Drop Lo No S_latelRange_ Slot/PI Hdwr %Signal Check OK Date Date No Field Device No 1/0 Description Units T.B. TI /T2/73 OK _0_T5__50 73__1_ff Comments RL1 Tested Witnessed 17GFCP003 04R1 17G-LIT-002 Al BLEACH STORAGE TANK 0-11 T134-1-05 05 01 — 17GTNK001 L - I ❑ - 17GLIT002 LEVEL F T 1/2 401 402 D4R1 17G-LIT-012 . At BLEACH STORAGE TANK 0-11 TB4-1-05 05 02 - 17GTNK010 11 I I L I I ! ❑ 17GLIT012 LEVEL FT 5/6 405 406 D4R1 17C-FIT-041 Al BLEACH FLOW RATE 0-35 T134-1-05 05 03 I I 1 E.1 ❑ r�1 ❑ 17CFIT041 TO PLANT WATER GPH 11/12 411 412 D4111 12F-FIT-561 Al BLEACH FLOW RATE 0-80 T134-1-05 05 04_ I_I ; U I '-' ❑ 12FFIT561 TO EAST RAS DISCHARGE GPH 15/16 415 416 D4111 12F-FIT-551 Al BLEACH FLOW RATE 0-80 T134-1-05 05 05 r; 12FFIT551 TO WEST RAS DISCHARGE GPH 21/22 421 422 - - - - - - - ------------- - - - - - - - - - - - . - - - - D4R1 12F-ST-511 Al EAST RAS BLEACH 0-100 T134-1-05 05 06 ! ICI ! _. u 12FST511 12FPMP510 SPEED % 25/26 425 426 D4R1 12F-ST-521 Al STDBY RAS BLEACH 0-100 T134-1.05 05 07 12FST521 12FPMP520 SPEED % 31/32 431 432 ------- ---- - D4R1 12F-ST-531 At WEST RAS BLEACH - 0-100 T134-1-05 05 08_ I I 1 ❑ L_1 — I� 12FST531 12FPMP530 SPEED % 35/36 435 436 D4111 17C-ST-021 At PLANT WATER BLEACH 0-100 TB4-1-06 06 01 Li ; 17CST021 17CPMP020 SPEED % 112 401 402 - - ---- . -------- D4R1 17C-ST-031 At PLANT WATER STDBY 0-100 TB4-1-06 05 02 BLEACH ❑ L! ❑ I L-1 17CST031 17CPMP030 SPEED % 516 405 406 - - -------- - - - - ------------- ---- . - _ D4R1 12F-ZT-510 Al EAST RAS BLEACH 0-100 T134-1-06 06 03 12FZT510 12FPMP510 STRK POSTN 90 11/12 411 412 Thursday,June 01,2000 Page 1 of 3 Drop _Loop N`o_ StalelRange_ Slot I Pt Hdx r %Signal Check OK _Dale _Dale No Field Device No 1/0 Description Units T.B. T1 l Tl/T,3 OK 0 2S5ti-- 7S l0o Comments Rlsl Tested Wthn-essed 1 7GFCPW3 D4R1 12F-ZT-520 Al STDBY RAS BLEACH 0-100 TB4-1-06 06 04 1 Ll — 12FZ7520 127PMP5205TFMI.POS-M % 15)16 415 06 - - - - - ----------- -------------------------- _. -------------- - ------------ D4Ri 12F-ZT-530 Al WEST RAS BLEACH 0-100 TB4.1-06 06 05 IJ ❑ I I! I I ❑ [--I ^12FZT5 00 12FPMP530 STRK POSTN % 21/22 421 422 - - ----------- - -------------- - - - - - - ----------- D4Ri 17C-ZT-020 Al PLANT WATER BLEACH 0-100 TB4-1-06 06 06 LJ 17CZT020 17GPMP020 STRK POSTN % 25/26 425 426 - - - - - - - - - - - - - ------------- - ------- ---- ------- - - D4R1 17C-ZT-030 Al PLANT WATER STDBY 0-100 TB4-1-06 06 07 r-1 ❑ - BLEACH — 17CZT030 17CPMP030 STRK POSTN % 31/32 431 432 - -.. .---------- -------- -.--- - - - - - - - - - D4R1 17C-FI-022 AO PLANT WATER BLEACH 0-35 TB4-1.07 07 03 I El .1 1_J 1 L! 17CF1022 17CPMP020 FLOW INDCTN GPH 30 611 612 - - - - - - ------- ----- ------- - - - - - - - ------------ - - - - - - D4R1 17C-FI-032 AO PLANT WATER STDBY 0.35 TB4-1-07 07 04 J U BLEACH 17CF1032 17CPMP030 FLOW INDCTN GPH 40 615 616 ------- - - - - - - - - - - - - D4R1 12F-FI-511 AO EAST RAS BLEACH 0-80 TB4-1-08 08 01 I ❑ I ;_; I 12FF1511 12FPMP510 FLOW INDCTN GPH 10 601 602 - - - - - --- -------- - ------- - - - - - - -. - ------------ - - - - - D4R1 12F-FI-521 AO STDBY RAS BLEACH 0.80 TB4-1-08 08 02 _ _ __ [ .1 El I i U 12FF1521 12FPMP520 FLOW INDCTN GPH 20 605 606 ------ - - - ------ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - D4R1 12F-FI.531 AO WEST RAS BLEACH 0-80 TB4-1-08 08 03 F I ! i- El ` —12FFI531 12FPMP530 FLOW INDCTN GPH 30 611 612 - - ----- - -. . .- - - - - --------------- ------- - - - - - D4R1 12F-SC-511 AO EAST RAS BLEACH 0-100 TB4.1.09 09 01 1 I E1 1 1 ❑ ❑ 1 12FSC511 12FPMP510 SPEED CNTRL % 10 601 602 D4R1 12F-SC-521 AO STDBY RAS BLEACH 0.100 TB4-1-09 09 02 I i L.. I IIILI I 12FSC521 12FPMP520 SPEED CNTRL % 20 605 605 D4R1 12F-SC-531 AO WEST RAS BLEACH 0.100 _ TB4-1-09 09 03 1 1 ] I J 0 U L 1 12FSC531 12FPMP530 SPEED CNTRL % 30 611 - 612 ---- - ------ - D4R1 17C-SC-021 AO PLANT WATER BLEACH 0.100 - TB4-1-09 09 04 I J ❑ ❑ L-1 ❑ E 17CSCO21 17CPMP020 SPEED CNTRL % 40 615 616 Thursday,June 01,2000 Page 2 of 3 0 f Drop Low 1G'oi SlalelRange Slot 1 AID Hdur %Signal Check OK Date Date_ No Field Device No ISO Description Units TJ#. T! 1 T2 l T 3 OK50 75 t W Comments REI Tested Wittnessed 17GFCP003 D4R1 17C-SC-031 AO PLANT WATER STDBY 0-100 TB4-1-10 10 01 i . BLEACH El FJ 17CSCO31 17CPMP030 SPEED CNTRL % 10 601 602 ?hursday,June 01,2000 Page 3 of 3 titL F(f� Huntington Beach Water SCADA System ^ Technical Offering .e n a • Appendix E — Proposed Schedule Page 19 Quarter 1 4th Quarter 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter 3r In 0 Task Name Duration Start Finish Aug1 Se ; Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb ; Mar A r Ma . Jun Jul 1 ar Notice to Proceed 0 days Tue 8/1100 i Tue 811/00 811 2 a i Project Duration I 360 days' Tue 811/00 Thu 7126/01 f - - 3 +a, System Acceptance Test{By Contract) 30 days Wed 6/27101 ' Thu 7126/01 . . . . i 4 Contract End Date i 0 days Thu 7126/01 I Thu 7/26101 5 'Schedule End Date 0 days Sun T122101 , Sun 7122101 ` 6 7 ;Design 1 day Tue 611100 I Tue 811100 !I Time 8 I Prepare Submittals I - 25 days i Tue 811100 I Man 9/4100 5 9 Deliver Submittals 0 days Mon 914/00 Mon 914/00 9/4 i i 10 Submittal Review Period 14 days: Tue 9/5/00 I Mon 9/18/00 All Time 11 Receive Approved Submittals I 0 days! Mon 9/18/00' Mon 9/18/00 9118 12 Develop RTU Interface t 24 days Tue 9/19140 Mon 10/16/00 13 Define Read Data 10 days i Tue 9119/00 Mon 10/2100 i 14 :� Define Control Data - it �10 days Tue 1013/00' Mon 10/16/00 15 Deviop Intouch Configuration 100 days Tue 10/17/00 Mon 3/5101 i6 Redundancy Configuration 10 days i Tue 10117/00 Mon 10130100 17 RTU Data Configuration I 20 days Tue 10/31/00 Mon 11/27/00 18 SQL Data Logging 5 days Tue 11/28!00: Mon 1214100 19 SQL Data Server Fail Processing ; 15 days; Tue 1215/00 Mon 12/25/00 20 ` Displays 50 days: Tue 12/26/001 Man 315/01 i 21 Reports 50 days 1 Tue 12/26/00. Mon 315/01 I 22 Factory Acceptance Test 5 days Tue 316101 Man 3112/01 I 23 Fiber Optic testing 1 day: Mon 10/2100! Mon 1012100 i 24 5.8 Ghz Spread Spectrum Radio Test 1 day Mon 10121001 Mon 1012100 25 Install Host System ; 20 days Tue 3127101 ' Mon 4/23101 ------------ - --- _ - ---- 26 i System Functional Test 5 days' Tue 4124/01 Mon 4/30101 27 48 Hour test 2 days I Tue 511101 I Wed 512/01 ------ -. - - 28 Correction of Discrepancies 15 days Thu 5/3!01 i pWed 5/23101 .�. _�. III 29 I System Availabilty,Test 60 days Thu 5124101 ' Sun 7122101 30 i 4 31 Fieldwork(Condult/Enclosures,Radio,Antennas) ; 120 days' Tue 9/19100 Mon 315101 32 City Hall 3 days Tue 9119/00 Thu 9121100. eld Crew 1 i .............._............ _ 33 Reservoir Hills PS 3 days i Fri 9122100 I Tue 9/26100 field Crew i _ ...... . ........... - - - - - - ..... _.....-. --- :.._.. 34 Obermeyer 3 days Wed 9127100 Fri 9129100 Field Crew 1 qr 35 Adams 3 days Mon 1012/00, Wed 1014100 Field Crew 1 36 Atlanta 3 days I Thu 10/5100 Mon 1019100 Field Crew 1 37 1 Dale 8 Katella OC35 3 days Tue 10/10/00 Thu 10/12/00 I �Fl eld Crew 1 38 Dale&Katella OC9 3 days Fri 10/13/00 I Tue 10/17/00 Field Crew 1. -- ................ ...... - --- --- . ...._._.._......._..... ..............._._...... --.- 39 Dyke Well I 3 days.' Wed 10/18/00' Fri 10/20/00 + I Field Crew 1 40 Edward Hill Reservoir 3 days: Mon 10/23/00 Wed 10/25/00 Field Crew 1 41 Hamilton I 3 days Thu 10/26/00 Man 10/30/00 Field Crew 1 _ _.- _ 42 HB OC9 3 days. Tue 10/31/00 Thu 11/2/00' Field Crew 1 ._ _ ........ .. ..... ... ... ... ... ...A 43 HB Well No. 1 3 days Fri 11/3/00 Tue 11/7104 Field Crew 1 44 HB Well No.3a 3 days! Wed 1118100 Fri 11/10/00 i IField Crew 1 .__.._._- 45 HB Well No.6 3 days' Mon iim3100 Wed 11115/00 i, Field Crew 1 46 Indianapolis 3 days Thu 1 1/1 6100 1 Man l l/20/00 Field Grew 1 II 47 Marilyn 3 days I Tue 11/21/00 l Thu 11/23/00 I Crow 1 Field 48 Merideth 3 days 1 Fri 11/24/00. Tue 11/28/00 Field Crew 1 49 Seal Beach OC35 3 days Wed 11/,29/00 Fri 1211100 i Field Crew 1 50 1 Shields 3 days' Mon 12/4100 I Wed 12/6/00 Field Crew 1 - - - - - ------................. .................__..._._.. -- -...._..- -._..._.-------------. --- 51 Westminster OC35 3 days Thu 12/7100 Mon 12/11/00 ii Field Crew 1 52 1 Westminster OC9 i 3 days Tue 12/12/00 Thu 12/14/00 Field Grew 1 : 53 Yorktown 3 days I Fri 12/15/00 Tue 12/19/00 Id Crew 1 i ......- w Fie f 54 Banning 3 days Wed 12120100; Fri 12/22100 Field Grew 1 Task Rolled Up Task Project Summary Project: Huntington Beach Water SCA Progress Rolled Up Milestone O Split „„ „„ Date:Thu 6/1/00 Milestone . Rolled Up Progress Rolled Up Split Summary External Tasks U-Ni,Uus:�r.�„rr��y� Page 1 Quarter 4th Quarter I 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter 3r ID Q Task Name Duration Start Finish AugSep Oct Nov Dec Jan I Feb I Mar Apr May Jun Jul 55 Bolsa Chica ! 3 days Mon 12125/00 Wed 12/27100 Field Crew 1 56 Flounder 3 days Thu 12/28/00 I Mon 1/1/01 Field Crew 1 57 Garden Grave pC35 3 days; Tue 1/2101 Thu 1/4101 Field Crew 1 ' . ............. . .......... ..._..._. 58 HB OC35 3 days! Fri 115/01 . Tue 119101 Field Crew 1 i 59 I HB OC44 I 3 days! Wed 1110101 Fri 1112/01 Field Crew 1 ._ I .................---_--.: _...._._.__._...__.._..-_._._.,............_................._._.... 60 HB Well No,4 4 3 days Mon 1/15101 Wed 1/17/01 Field Crew 1 ..... . .. -.. . ...... 61 HB Well No.5 3 days i Thu 1/18/01 Mon 1122/01 Field Crew 1 62 HB Well No.7 i 3 days Tue 1123/01 ; Thu 1/25101 -Field grew 1 63 HB Well No. 8 3 days i Fri 1126101 ; Tue 1130/01 1 Field Crew 1 _.._.... -_......... ------._.......................-..........-..........................--------- -----------------------.- - 64 I HB Well No.9 3 days i Wed 1/31101 i Fri 2/2/01 Field Crew 1 65 HB Weil No. 10 I 3 days' Mon 2/5101 Wed 217/01 I Field Crew 1 66 1-18 Well No. 12 3 days_ Thu 218101 . Man 2/12101 Field Crew 1 67 Heil 3 days^ Tue 2113101 Thu 2115101 Field Crew 1 ' 68 - --Newland - --� 3 days Fri 2/16/01 Tue 2/20101 Field Crew 1 i _ 69 Peck reservoir 3 days. Wed 2/21101 Fri 2123/01 Field Crew 1 70 Scenario 3 days Mon 2/26/01 Wed 2/28101 Field Crew 1 71 Slater 3 days Thu 3/1101 ; Mon 3/5/01 ` Field Crew 1 I iI 1 ' I I 7 I I I f I f r k 1 I f I Task Rolled Up Task Project Summary Project:Huntington Beach Water SCA Progress Roiled Up Milestone Q Split Date:Thu 61'1il)0 Milestone Rolled Up Progress Rolled Up Split Summary External Tasks Page 2 }�E«f,E� Huntington Beach Water SCADA System Technical Offering a n1 O RPOAPtit Appendix F — Certificate of Insurance Page 20 SAGIFAX I D I J.A5A OWE 1F6 `T SID.J.7 LLUI.hVt1:,L�laC,Li PAuE n CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 06/01/0 PROCUGER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION " Bowen, Miclette & Britt, Inc. ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 1111 North Loop West, #400 HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Houston, TX 77008 713 8 0-7 10 0 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURED INS-PERA:Continental Casualty Company Rockwell Electric, Inc . iIYSuRERB:Royal Insurance Company of Americ 545 Corporate Drive Escondido, CA 92029 �suREAc: INSURI R 0. INS"RER-- COVERAGES THE POUCIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POUCYPEF90DINDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY.REOU+RE1WENT. TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CEFMFCATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRABM HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. •N9R° - POLICYEF CPVE PiOi•GYEXPIRATIOk L p, TYPEOF NSURANCE POLICYNL'MBER i A MM D DAi D I LIMITS A 'uNERALLIABIVTY GL194260578 110/01/99I10/01/00 i EACH OCCURR9NCE +Sl 000 000 ICOIIMERC:A;aEM1=RA'-LABI_!`Y F:REDAMAGEµnyanetrs% 9250 000 C'_AIMSMADE' X'OCCJm MEDEXR(Aiyanapertan', SS 000 I I I PEFSOyA.6ADVIN.URY S1 000 000 I i I 3EN EPA_AGGRE3ATE S2 00Q 000 GETI'LAGGREGA`E.INITAPPL.ESPER: I PRODUC'S-COMP/OPAGG $2 000 000 30-CY 1 X JFCPRO! A IlAUTOMOBLELABIL:TY BUA194260595-0/S 10/01/99 110/01/00 .018tlEIDS'\3LEUY:T $1,000,000 n AhYA".:TO BUA194260547-TX IALLOWNEDAUTOS 900ILY 4NJL'F.Y ;f SGHEOULE-3AUTOS I I 'Per pertan) X -cREDALTOS I BOJILYINJLRY X ,0I%-OW1JEDAJTOS I II°ermcuden1) S } I F'ROPERTYDAMAGff S (Per acaiden t) GARAGE LIABILITY I AL'.DOY--Y•EAACCiDENT.S ANYAUTO ! I 07'ER'HAN EAACO S I I I I AuTOONLY. AGG IS B EXCESSL:ABIL-TY IPHN0102925-01 10/01/99 i10/01/00 EACIOCCURRENCE S5 000 000 OGCLE I :CLAIMS MADE- I I AGGFEGATE S5 OOO OOO i IS 09DUCTIBLE I I i I Is I AETCNTION S S A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND WC194260550 10/01/99710/01700 x WO�57AT:15 'OTq- EMPLOYERS'LIAB'LITY I -I EL.EAC'r.ACCIOEY` 11111000 OOO I I E.i_,O_SEASE-EA EVIPLOYEEi 61 00 0 0 0 0 i I El.DISEASE-POJGYLIMITIsl 000 000 A OTHER IPRO189147247 10/01/99 10/01/00 Equipment/Rented-Lease roperty Package I $350,000 Any One Item/ ol icy I 1750 000 Max. Limit D ESCRIPT ON OF OPERAT ONS/LOCATIONS/V EH C LES/EXC LUS IONS ADDED BY EN DOSS EM ENTISPECIA L PROViS ONS Professional Liability Insurance: Policy #ZRU970361 written with Zurich Specialties London Limited. Effective 3-9-00/01. $1,000, 000 Aggregate Limit $25, 000 Deductible. CERTIFICATEH=E:R •AODMDNALiNSUREO;INSURESLETTER. CANCELLATION SHOULD ANYOFTH EABOVEDESCR!BED POLICIES B ECANCELLED BEFORE THE EMRAT:ON SAMPLE CERTIFICATE DATETNEREOF•THEiSSUING INSURER WiLL ENDEAVOR TOMAIL DAYSWRITTEN NOTICETOTHE CERTIFICATE HOLDERNAMEDTOTHELEFT,BUTFA:LURE TO DOSOSHALL IMPOSE NOOBL,GATiON OR L AB!L.TYOF ANYKiND UPON TH EINSLIRENJS AGENTS OR R EPR ES ENTATIV ES. AUTHORIZ ED RR�EPR ES ENTATIV E ACORD25-S(7197)1 of 2 #S56245/M39295 340 OACORDCORPORATION16MN SAW AX Gfoihoo i1:19AM BOWE WOL=Ta P'— ---E IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder L'n lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WANED, subject to the terms and conditions of the polity,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer,and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. AC.ORD25•S(7,97)2 of 2 #S56245/M39295 REQUEST FOR ACTION MEETING DATE: DEPARTMENT ID NUMBER:PW-00-069 Analysis: The City Water Operations SCADA system monitors and controls the operation of the City's water wells, reservoirs, MWD water turnout, and the West Orange County Water Board pipeline connections. The SCADA system also operates and controls 15 flood control pump station facilities. The existing system is being replaced to continue to efficiently and safely operate these facilities. The system will use a spread spectrum radio for monitoring and control systems, hardware and software to monitor and control the operations of the wells and stations. One-third of the SCADA system is the responsibility of the West Orange County Water Board (WOCWB) of which the City is 56.1% owner. Funds for the WOCWB share of the project are included in the Board's Fiscal Year 1999-2000 and 2000-2001 budgets. Westin Engineering, under contract with the City, developed the SCADA Master Plan and the detailed technical specifications for the project. Significant expertise is required to construct the new SCADA system incorporating various hardware, software, and communication components into a completely integrated system. The following six (6) qualified firms submitted proposals for the project: • Real Enterprise Solutions, Incorporated (TAVA) • Rockwell Electric Corporation • Systems Integrated • Northern Digital, Incorporated • Neles Automation • Carol Electric Co. Incorporated Proposals were evaluated based on the firms' knowledge, experience, and capability to best provide this type of project at a reasonable cost to the City using a structured Qualifications Based Selection process. Staff and Westin Engineering reviewed the proposals and unanimously recommend Rockwell Electric Corporation. The contractor has recent experience with similar systems, and their proposal clearly conveys their understanding of the City's needs and requirements. Rockwell's proposed fee is $525,000. Staff has included a contingency of$70,000, due to the complexity of the project. Supplemental expenses such as construction management and inspection by Westin Engineering are budgeted at $55,000. City Share WOCWB Share Total Rockwell Proposal S350,000 $175,000 $525,000 Contingency ` $46,667. $23,333 $70,000 Construction Management $36,666 $18,334 $55,000 Total $433,333 $216.667 $660,000 * Due to the complex nature of the SCADA project, staff is requesting 13.3% be reserved to cover change orders instead of the normal 10% limit set by Resolution No. 4896. Examples of possible change orders include changes in field conditions, unavailable materials, errors in the plans or modifications required by the City and the ability to expedite the project. RCA.doc -2- 07/26100 9:58 AM _�J